field monitor book.pdf

284
Part number 139256-01 Revision F, January 2001 FieldMonitor Machinery Protection System User Manual

Upload: zafarzeeshan002505

Post on 12-Jan-2016

361 views

Category:

Documents


98 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Part number 139256-01Revision F, January 2001

FieldMonitorMachinery Protection SystemUser Manual

Page 2: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor User Manual

ii

Copyright Copyright © 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Bently NevadaCorporation. All rights reserved.

The information contained in this document is subject tochange without notice.

Trademarks The following are trademarks of Bently Nevada Corporation inthe United States and other countries:

ADRE®, Bently Nevada®, Cable Loc, Data Manager®,DemoNet, Dynamic Data Manager®, Dynamic Transmitor,Engineer Assist, FieldMonitor, FluidLoc, FlexiTIM,FlexiTAM, Helping You Protect and Manage Your Machinery®,HydroVU, Key ∅®, Keyphasor®, Machine Condition Manager2000, MachineLibrary, MicroPROX®, Move Data, Not People,Move Information, Not Data, NSv, Performance Manager,PROXPAC®, Proximitor®, REBAM®, Seismoprobe®, System 1,TDIXconnX, Tecknowledgy, Tip Loc, TorXimitor®, TransientData Manager®, Trendmaster®, TrimLoc, VAM, Velomitor®,Actionable Information, Actionable Information to the Right PeopleAt the Right Time.

PLC, PLC-5, Flex I/O, and Flex Ex are trademarks of the Allen-Bradley Company .ControlNet is a trademark of ControlNet International

Microsoft and Windows NT are trademarks of the MicrosoftCompany

Profibus is a trademark of the Profibus User Organization

Contacting BentlyNevada Corporation

The following ways of contacting Bently Nevada Corporationare provided for those times when you cannot contact yourlocal Bently Nevada representative:

Mailing Address 1631 Bently Parkway SouthMinden, NV 89423USA

Telephone 1 775 782 36111 800 227 5514

Fax 1 775 782 9259Internet www.bently.com

Page 3: Field Monitor Book.pdf

iii

About this manual

Purpose This manual shows how to install and configure your FieldMonitorMachinery Protection System. The manual does not show how todesign and install the fieldbus network on which the FieldMonitorsystem is a node. It also does not cover transducer and externaltransducer system installation.

Audience We assume that you have previously used a programmable controller,that you are familiar with its features, programming methodology, andthat you are familiar with the terminology. If not, read the usermanual for your processor.

In addition you may also need to be familiar with

• Rockwell Software products such as RSLogix5, RSLogix500,RSLogix5000, RSNetworx, and RSLinx

• Allen-Bradley Flex I/O or Flex Ex products

• Microsoft Windows 95 or Windows NT

• Fieldbus networks

Vocabulary In this manual we use these terms to mean the following:

Term Descriptioncontroller Any control system or network master such as a

PLC, DCS, or PC.adapter Flex network adapter. The adapter acts as a

gateway between the Fieldbus network and FlexbusFlexbus The serial communication bus between Flex

adapters and Flex modulesFieldMonitorsystem

A FieldMonitor system consists of a terminal base, apower supply, an internal Proximitor module ortransducer I/O module for Keyphasor application(optional), monitor modules, transducer I/O modules,and internal transducers (such as internalProximitor modules).

Flex Flex I/O or Flex Ex partsinternalProximitormodule

A 1701 module that is equivalent to two externalProximitor Sensors, “internal” to the FieldMonitorsystem

Dual GalvanicIsolator(Isolator)

A galvanically isolated safety barrier that plugs intothe 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base. The isolator isused with any internal Proximitor or transducer i/omodule.

Transducer I/OModule

A 1701 module that plugs into the terminal base andinterfaces to two external sensors.

internaltransducermodule

A 1701 module that is a sensor or transducer andplugs directly into the terminal base. (An internalProximitor module is a type of internaltransducer.).

PLC Programmable logic controller

Page 4: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor User Manual

iv

ManualOrganization

This user manual is divided into 10 chapters and 8 Appendices. Thefollowing table lists the parts of the manual and describes the topicscovered in each part.

Chapter Title Contents1 System Description Overview of the FieldMonitor system,

components, and features.2 Receiving and

Handling InstructionsDescribes receiving and handling requirements.

3 Installation Describes how to install the system.4 How Communication

Takes PlaceGives an overview of how communication takesplace between the Flex adapter and the I/Omodules.

5 Programming theModules when using aRemote I/O Adapter

Describes how to program the modules and howconfiguration is sent to the modules using aremote I/O adapter.

6 Programming theModule when using aControl Net Adapter

Describes how to program the modules and howconfiguration is sent to the modules using aControl Net adapter.

7 Configuration Optionsand I/O Data Tables

Describes the configuration options and breaks upthe data table into detailed descriptions.

8 System Verification Shows how to verify that the system componentsare operating properly.

9 Troubleshooting Describes how to troubleshoot a problem with thesystem and how to perform a few maintenanceoperations such as changing a power supply fuse.

10 Ordering Information Describes how to order the parts for your system.Appendices

A through D I/O Data Table andConfiguration Codes.

E Specifications andMonitor Options

F Tested Flex Adapters A list of Flex network adapters that have beentested with FieldMonitor.

G Field Wiring andInstallation Drawing forthe 1701/05

Diagrams that show how to connect transducersto I/O modules and how to connect power andground for the 1701/05 Terminal Base.

H Field Wiring andInstallation Drawing forthe 1701/06

Diagrams that show how to connect transducersto I/O modules and how to connect power andground for the 1701/06 IsolatorTerminal Base.

Important InformationFieldMonitor Configuration Software automates the configurationprocess. If you use this software, the information in Chapter 7 andAppendix A, B, C, and D is for reference only.

Appendix Monitor Type A 1701/15 Radial Vibration Type B 1701/15 Thrust Position Type C 1701/25 Velocity Input Type D 1701/25 Acceleration Input Type

Page 5: Field Monitor Book.pdf

v

Safety Notices andWarnings

We use the following symbol to identify information that requiresspecial attention:

The key words in these notices have the following meaning:

Key word MeaningDanger, Alert, andCaution

A hazard exists that may cause injury ordeath. (Danger is the most serioushazard.)

Application Alert Inappropriate use or application of aninstrument that may damage the machineor instrument.Practices that would result in an inaccuratesignal or false alarms.Practices that would cause the instrumentto stop monitoring or cause themeasurement to be inaccurate ormisleading.

Application Advisory Less serious machinery problems causedby misapplication. These notices typicallyidentify tips about how to better apply theproduct and enhance performance.

For AdditionalInformation

In order to configure, program, and integrate the FieldMonitorsystem into a control system, you may need information fromthe following manuals and documents:

Bently Nevada Manuals:

• 1701/50 Weatherproof Enclosure Installation Guide. Part number143815-01.

• 1701/22 FieldMonitor Management Interface Module UserManual. Part number 141970-01

• Velomitor® Piezo-Velocity Sensor Operation and MaintenanceManual, part number 100076-01

• 330750 High Temperature Velocity Transducer OperationManual, part number 135090-01

• 330400 & 330425 Accelerometer Operation Manual, part number127088-01

Rockwell Automation Publications:

• 1794-2.1, Flex I/O Product Data

• 1797-2.1, FlexEx Product Data

• 1794-5.13, Flex I/O Panel Mounting Kit

• 1786-2.12, ControlNet Network/System Overview

• 1786-6.2.1, ControlNet Cable System/Planning and InstallationManual

DangerHigh voltage present.Contact will cause shock,burns, or death.

Do not touch exposedpower cables or terminals.

Page 6: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

vi

Table of Contents

System Description.......................................1-1Chapter Overview..............................................................1-1System Overview...............................................................1-1System Components ....................................................1-6

About Configuration Software...............................1-6About the 1701/05 Terminal Base (TB) and the1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base (ITB) ...................1-7About the Power Supply...................................... 1-11About Monitors................................................... 1-12About Transducer I/O Modules ........................... 1-13About Internal Transducers ................................. 1-14About Internal Isolators....................................... 1-14About Monitors, Transducer I/O Modules, Isolators,and Internal Proximitor Modules ...................... 1-15

Basics of Flexbus Communication ............................. 1-18

Receiving and Handling Instructions ..........2-1

Installation....................................................3-1European Union Directive Compliance ..............................3-1

EMC Directive......................................................3-1Low Voltage Directive ..........................................3-1

Enclosure Design Considerations ......................................3-2FieldMonitor Power Dissipation ............................3-2Calculating the Temperature Rise in a Weather ProofHousing ................................................................3-2Enclosure Oil Wicking and Humidity Considerations3-3

Hazardous Area Installations............................................3-3Div. 2 Installations ................................................3-4Zone 2 Installations ...............................................3-4

CE Installations.............................................................3-4Wiring ..................................................................3-6Additional Notes ...................................................3-6

Mounting the Terminal Base........................................3-7Mounting the 1701/05 Terminal Base....................3-7Mounting the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base .......3-9

Setting the Slot Offset Switch .................................... 3-10(OFF) ................................................................. 3-11

Connecting the Flex Modules ......................................... 3-11Direct Connection between a Flex module and 1701Terminal Base..................................................... 3-11Interconnect Cable Connection between a Flex Moduleand 1701 Terminal Base...................................... 3-13

Installing the Power Supply............................................ 3-15Installing 1701 Modules ................................................ 3-16

Installing Modules............................................... 3-17

Chapter 1

Chapter 2

Chapter 3

Page 7: Field Monitor Book.pdf

vii

Wiring ...................................................................... 3-18External transducer wiring .................................. 3-18Internal Transducer Wiring ................................. 3-19Routing the Proximity Transducer System ExtensionCable and Field Wiring ....................................... 3-19Power and earth connections ............................... 3-20Dynamic connector wiring ................................... 3-21

External Safety Barrier Considerations ............................ 3-22

How Communication Takes Place...............4-1Communication Over the Flex I/O Backplane..................... 4-1I/O Structure................................................................. 4-2

Programming the Module when using aRemote I/O Adapter ....................................5-1

Programming a Monitor with Ladder Logic........................ 5-1Example ladder logic program to write configurationto and read data and status from a 1701 Monitor ... 5-2

How Configuration is Sent to the Monitor ......................... 5-2

Programming the Module when using aControlNet Adapter .....................................6-1

Programming the monitor using RSNetworx and RSLogix5Software....................................................................... 6-1How Configuration is Sent to the Monitor .......................... 6-1

Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables7-1Data Table Structure............................................. 7-1Configuring and Programming a FieldMonitor System7-1

Radial Vibration Type 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor.. 7-2Option Incompatibilities ........................................ 7-3Direct Proportional Values.................................... 7-4Gap Proportional Values ....................................... 7-5Monitor Status...................................................... 7-6Timed OK Channel Defeat .................................... 7-6Channel On and Off .............................................. 7-6Channel Alarm Status ........................................... 7-7Trip Multiply........................................................ 7-7Channel Inhibit ..................................................... 7-7Transducer Type................................................... 7-8Transducer Scale Factor ....................................... 7-8Full Scale Range................................................... 7-8Gap Alarm Setpoint (Over and Under Alert).......... 7-9Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger) ... 7-9High and Low Pass Corner Frequency................. 7-10Alarm Time Delay .............................................. 7-10Monitor Reset ..................................................... 7-10Barrier Configuration.......................................... 7-10Set Configuration Flag........................................ 7-10Monitor Type...................................................... 7-11

Thrust Position Type 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor. 7-11

Chapter 4

Chapter 5

Chapter 6

Chapter 7

Page 8: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

viii

Option Incompatibilities ...................................... 7-11Direct Proportional Values .................................. 7-12Gap Values ......................................................... 7-14Monitor Status .................................................... 7-15Channel On and Off ............................................ 7-15Channel Alarm Status ......................................... 7-15Upscale Thrust Direction..................................... 7-16Channel Inhibit.................................................... 7-16Transducer Type................................................. 7-16Transducer Scale Factor...................................... 7-16Full-scale Range ................................................. 7-17Zero Position Voltage.......................................... 7-17Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over and Under, Alert andDanger)............................................................... 7-17Alarm Time Delay............................................... 7-18Monitor Reset ..................................................... 7-18Barrier Configuration.......................................... 7-18Set Configuration Flag ........................................ 7-18Monitor Type...................................................... 7-19

Velocity Type 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor .................. 7-19Option Incompatibilities ...................................... 7-19Direct Proportional Values .................................. 7-20Monitor Status .................................................... 7-22Timed OK Channel Defeat .................................. 7-22Channel On and Off ............................................ 7-23Channel Alarm Status ......................................... 7-23Trip Multiply ...................................................... 7-23Channel Inhibit.................................................... 7-24Transducer Type................................................. 7-24Transducer Scale Factor...................................... 7-24Full Scale Range................................................. 7-25Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger).. 7-25High and Low Pass Corner Frequency ................. 7-26Alarm Time Delay............................................... 7-26Monitor Reset ..................................................... 7-26Barrier Configuration.......................................... 7-26Set Configuration Flag ........................................ 7-26Monitor Type...................................................... 7-27

Acceleration Type 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor............. 7-27Option Incompatibilities ...................................... 7-27Direct Proportional Values ....................................7-3Monitor Status ......................................................7-4Timed OK Channel Defeat ....................................7-4Channel On and Off ..............................................7-5Channel Alarm Status ...........................................7-5Trip Multiply ........................................................7-5Channel Inhibit......................................................7-6Transducer Type...................................................7-6Transducer Scale Factor........................................7-6Full-scale Range ...................................................7-6Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger)....7-7

Page 9: Field Monitor Book.pdf

ix

High and Low Pass Corner Frequency................... 7-8Alarm Time Delay ................................................ 7-8Monitor Reset ....................................................... 7-8Barrier Configuration............................................ 7-8Set Configuration Flag.......................................... 7-8Monitor Type........................................................ 7-9

System Verification......................................8-1Monitor Verification....................................................... 8-1

Required Test Equipment ...................................... 8-1Typical Verification Test Setup............................. 8-2Monitor LED status .............................................. 8-3Monitor Signal Scaling ......................................... 8-3Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor RadialVibration Channels configured for externalProximitor Sensors............................................. 8-5Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor RadialVibration Channels using internal ProximitorSensors................................................................. 8-8Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor ThrustPosition Channels configured for externalProximitor Sensors........................................... 8-11Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor ThrustPosition Channels using internal Proximitor Sensors8-15Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor VelocityChannels configured for Seismoprobes or 2-wireVelocity Sensors ................................................. 8-19Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor VelocityChannels configured for Velomitor sensors .......... 8-24Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input AccelerationChannels............................................................. 8-30If a Channel Fails a Verification Test .................. 8-38

Internal Proximitor Module Verification........................... 8-38Transducer I/O Module Verification................................ 8-40Internal Galvanic Isolator .............................................. 8-4024 Volt Power Supply Verification.................................. 8-40

Troubleshooting ...........................................9-1System Troubleshooting.................................................. 9-1

Communication Problems ..................................... 9-1Monitor Troubleshooting................................................. 9-2

Monitor LED Fault Conditions.............................. 9-2Monitor Status Codes ........................................... 9-3

Internal Proximitor Module Troubleshooting.................... 9-4Transducer I/O Module Troubleshooting ........................... 9-9Internal Isolator Troubleshooting .................................... 9-1124 Volt Power Supply Troubleshooting ........................... 9-12

Changing the fuse ............................................... 9-12

Chapter 8

Chapter 9

Page 10: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

x

Ordering Information ................................10-1FieldMonitor (1701) System...................................... 10-1Configuration Software ............................................. 10-11701 Internal Dual Galvanic Isolator ......................... 10-11701 Transducer I/O Modules ................................... 10-111701 Internal Proximitor Modules ........................ 10-2

D3300 Series Dual Proximitor Sensors............. 10-23300 NSv Series Dual Proximitor Sensor ...... 10-27200 Series Dual Proximitor Sensor ................. 10-2

1701 Proximity Transducer System Cables ................ 10-23300 XL Series 5 & 8mm Proximity TransducerSystem Extension Cables..................................... 10-27200 Series 5 & 8mm Proximity Transducer SystemExtension Cables................................................. 10-33300 NSv Series Proximity Transducer SystemExtension Cables................................................. 10-3

1701 Proximity Transducer System Probes ................ 10-31701 Cables .............................................................. 10-3Accessories ............................................................... 10-4Flex Network Adapters.............................................. 10-4FieldMonitor Enclosure ............................................. 10-5

Data Tables for the 1701/15 Radial VibrationMonitor ........................................................A-1

Transducer Type vs Scale Factor.......................... A-5

Data Tables for the 1701/15 Thrust MonitorB-1Transducer Type vs Scale Factor.......................... B-5

Data Tables for the 1701/25 Velocity InputMonitor ........................................................C-1

Data Table for the 1701/25 Acceleration InputMonitor ........................................................D-1

Transducer Type vs. Scale Factor......................... D-5

Specifications and Monitor Options ...........E-1

Tested Network Adapters ........................... F-1

1701/05 Terminal Base Installation andWiring Diagrams........................................ G-1

1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base Installationand Wiring Diagrams................................. H-1

Chapter 10

Appendices

Page 11: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 1

System Description

Chapter Overview This chapter provides:

• an overview of the FieldMonitor™ Machinery Protection System• a description of the components of the system• basics of Flexbus communication

System Overview The FieldMonitor system is a distributed vibration monitor systemwhich can physically and functionally integrate with distributed I/O,programmable logic controllers, distributed control systems, and PCbased control systems. The system is used with the Allen-Bradley FlexI/O or Flex Ex distributed I/O products and communicates overindustry standard networks using Allen-Bradley and third party FlexI/O network adapters or Flex Ex serial bus isolator and networkadapters.

A distributed vibration protection system is an alternative tolarger rack-based systems or vibration transmitters when…

• the vibration protection system is integrated with a machinecontrol system that uses distributed I/O over appropriatenetworks.

• vibration parameters display on the human machine interface forthe machine control system.

• local, “on-skid”, mounting is desired• connecting vibration points to distributed FieldMonitor systems is

more efficient and economical than wiring all points to a centralrack-based system.

• the tight integration and perceived cost advantages of vibrationtransmitters are appealing but could benefit from properconnectivity to online (or off-line) diagnostic and machinerymanagement systems, reduction or elimination of field wiring,and the integrity and robustness of a system capable of self-checking and self-contained alarm capabilities.

• protection over a network is acceptable.

Distributed vibration monitoring saves money by reducinginstallation and wiring costs in the following ways:

• smaller footprint reduces cabinet space and enclosure size• “on-skid” mounting and internal Proximitor modules eliminate

field wiring and reduce the number of housings• a network cable may be the only wiring necessary between a

central control room and the machine

Chapter

Page 12: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor User Manual

1-2

• machine OEMs and packagers who use modular manufacturingtechniques can reduce cost by completely installing, wiring, andtesting the vibration system. Break down is simply disconnectingthe network cable and power thereby leaving the vibration systemintact and eliminating expensive field wiring and troubleshooting

• Internal galvanically isolated safety barriers are used with the1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base (ITB). The internal isolatorseliminate external safety barriers and make an Intrinsically SafeEarth unnecessary.

FieldMonitor systems are nodes on a field bus network. The numberof networks supported by Flex network adapters is continuallyexpanding. Some examples are:

• ControlNet• Remote I/O• DeviceNet• Profibus DP• Modbus• Interbus S• Ethernet TCP/IP

Appendix F lists the Flex network adapters that have been tested withthe FieldMonitor system.

Page 13: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 1 — System Description

1-3

FieldMonitor System Overview

Selection, layout, installation, and configuration of the network is notcovered in this manual

Each FieldMonitor node consists of an Allen-Bradley or third partyFlex network adapter, a number of Flex modules depending on theapplication, and the Bently Nevada FieldMonitor system.

There are two types of FieldMonitor systems that use differentterminal bases. Terminal bases are the mounting platform and wiringtermination point for the FieldMonitor system. The 1701/05 TerminalBase (TB) is used for most applications that do not require intrinsicsafety and the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base (ITB) is used forapplications that do require intrinsic safety.

Each FieldMonitor Protection System consists of the followingcomponents:

• a terminal base• a power supply• Keyphasor Module (optional). This is an internal Proximitor

module or a transducer I/O module interfacing to an externalProximitor Sensor

• monitor modules• transducer I/O modules

Industrial Network

HMIPLC

FieldMonitor System forHazardous Areas using the1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base

FieldMonitorSystem usingthe 1701/05TerminalBase

Div 1 or Zone 0/1Hazardous Area

Div 2 or safearea

A-B Flex I/O

Page 14: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor User Manual

1-4

• internal galvanically isolated safety barriers (only with the1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base)

• internal transducers

FieldMonitor Product Overview using the 1701/05 Terminal Base

Power supply

Network adapter

Keyphasor Module. (Either an internalProximitor module or transducer I/O module

Monitors, four places

Internal Proximitor or transducer I/O modules. One for eachmonitor

1701/05 Terminal Base

Page 15: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 1 — System Description

1-5

FieldMonitor Product Overview using the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base:

The network adapter manages communication between other deviceson the network and the 1701 modules installed in the 1701 terminalbase. The adapter communicates with the1701 modules over Flexbus,the Flex I/O backplane bus. The four monitor slots are addressable byFlexbus.

Dual Galvanic Isolators. (One for each internal Proximitor ortransducer I/O.)

Keyphasor. (Isolator and internalProximitor or transducer I/O module)

Monitors, four places

Power Supply

NetworkAdapter

1701/06 IsolatorTerminal Base

Internal Proximitor Sensors or transducerI/O modules. (One for each monitor.)

Page 16: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor User Manual

1-6

SystemComponents

The components of the FieldMonitor system are described inthe table below.

Component Description1701/01 Configuration Software for RSLogix51701/05 Terminal Base1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base1701/10 24 Volt DC Power Supply1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor Radial Vibration

Thrust Position1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity

Acceleration170133 3300 series Internal 5 metre

Dual Proximitor 9 metreModule 14 metre

170150 3300 NSv series InternalDual Proximitor Module

7 metre

170172 7200 series Internal 5 metreDual Proximitor Module 9 metre

170180-01 Dual Proximitor/Accelerometer I/O Module170180-02 Dual Velocity I/O Module170180-03 Dual Velomitor I/O Module170180-04 Velomitor A & Velocity B I/O Module170180-05 Dual -18 Volt Proximitor I/O Module170190-01 Dual Galvanic Isolator

About Configuration SoftwareFieldMonitor configuration software is used to build the data tablesfor the monitors and provides a convenient Windows user interfacewhere configuration choices are selected from menus and you can goonline to monitor values.

If you are using FieldMonitor configuration software then theinformation in Chapter 7 and Appendices A, B, C, and D is forreference only. If you cannot use FieldMonitor configuration softwarethen you will need to build the data table for each monitor using yourPLC software and the information in the manual sections mentionedabove.

Available FieldMonitor configuration software is:

Part Description

1701/01

1701/02

FieldMonitor Configuration Software forRSLogix5.

FieldMonitor Configuration Software forRSLogix5000.

Page 17: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 1 — System Description

1-7

About the 1701/05 Terminal Base (TB) and the 1701/06Isolator Terminal Base (ITB)

The 1701/05 Terminal Base is used for all applications wheretransducers are installed in nonhazardous, Division 2, or Zone 2 areas.The 1701/05 Terminal Base can also be used with external safetybarriers.

The 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base (ITB) is used for applicationswhere external transducers and internal proximity transducer systemsmust be intrinsically safe. Intrinsic safety is accomplished using agalvanically isolated safety barrier (isolator) that is installed directlyinto the ITB.

The terminal bases provide:

• the mounting platform for the system• slots for four monitors allowing 8 channels of vibration

monitoring• slots for four transducer I/O modules or internal transducers. One

required for each monitor• Keyphasor slot• slot for the power supply• slots for isolators (1701/06 ITB only)• I/O terminations• Flexbus connection• 9 coaxial connectors for buffered dynamic signals from the 8

vibration channels and the Keyphasor output• Dynamic connector for connecting the 8 vibration channels to a

“patch panel” for easy diagnostic access.

Page 18: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor User Manual

1-8

1701/05 Terminal Base, plan view with modules removed

Field wiring I/Oterminations. Slotand channel aremarked on the base

Power Supply slot.

Buffered output signals.Slot and channel are

Keyphasor slotMonitor slots

Transducer I/O orinternal transducerslots

FieldMonitorMachineryManagement InterfaceModule Slot

Page 19: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 1 — System Description

1-9

1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base plan view with modules removed

Referring to the terminal base plan views:

• A single Keyphasor Transducer is supported by installing aninternal Proximitor or transducer I/O module in slot T1K. If youare using the 1701/06 ITB then install an isolator in slot I1 also.

• If you are using the 1701/05 TB then install monitors andtransducer I/Os or internal transducers in pairs. Pairs are installedin slots which have the same slot number, for example, a monitorin slot 2 and the i/o or internal transducer in slot T2.

• If you are using the 1701/06 ITB then install monitors, transducerI/Os or internal transducer, and isolators in sets. The set will havethe same slot number, for example monitor in slot 2, i/o orinternal transducer in slot T2 and the isolator in slot I2.

• Monitors install in slots 2, 3, 4, and 5

• Transducer I/Os and internal transducers used with monitorsinstall in slots T2, T3, T4, and T5

• Isolators install in the 1701/06 ITB only. Isolators used withmonitors install in slots I2, I3, I4, and I5 .

• Field wiring termination, buffered outputs, and the Keyphasoroutput terminals are identified by slot number and channel, wherechannels are identified as A or B.

Intrinsically safe fieldwiring I/O terminations.Slot and channel aremarked on the base

Monitor slotsTransducer I/O orinternaltransducer slots

Isolator slots PowerSupply slot

Keyphasorisolator slot

Keyphasor slot

FieldMonitor MachineryManagement InterfaceModule Slot

Page 20: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor User Manual

1-10

• If an internal transducer module such as a dual Proximitormodule is used, connect the proximity probe cables to theconnectors on the top of the internal transducer module ratherthan to the I/O terminals on the terminal base.

Connect FieldMonitor to Flexbus by using a direct connection or anextender cable to connect to the network adapter as shown below.

Direct connection to the 1701/05 TBExtender cable connection to the 1701/05 TB

Direct connection to the 1701/06 ITB Extender cable connection to the 1701/06 ITB

Page 21: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 1 — System Description

1-11

About the Power Supply

Available power supplies are:

Part Description1701/10 24 Volt DC Input

The power supply installs in the large slot in the terminal base. Thesupply provides logic and transducer voltages to the FieldMonitorsystem.

Page 22: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor User Manual

1-12

About Monitors

Monitors digitize the input, scale the signals into a range, check errorsand OK status, and process alarms. Communication between thecontroller and the monitor consists of the controller sendingconfiguration and setpoints to the monitor and the monitor sendingvibration and status values to the controller. This communicationtakes place first between the controller and the adapter via thenetwork or fieldbus and then between the adapter and the monitor viaFlexbus. The controller is the host for the vibration system. Vibrationparameters are displayed on the human machine interface (HMI) forthe controller.

Monitor Type

Status LEDSerial Number

CE Mark

Part Number

Page 23: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 1 — System Description

1-13

About Transducer I/O Modules

A transducer I/O module is a two channel module which interfacesbetween a monitor and a transducer mounted at some other location.Some I/O modules can be used with a family of transducer types,while others must be used with a specific transducer.

Part Number

Serial Number

CE Mark

Module Type

Channel identifierand type

Wiring label

Page 24: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor User Manual

1-14

About Internal Transducers

An internal transducer is a transducer or sensor that installs directlyinto the terminal base in place of a transducer I/O module, forexample, a dual channel internal Proximitor module.

About Internal Isolators

CE Mark

• Part

Serial Number

Channel identifier

Page 25: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 1 — System Description

1-15

Internal Isolators are dual galvanically isolated safety barriers thatplug into the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base (ITB). The isolatorsupports two transducers and is used with internal Proximitor andtransducer i/o modules.

About Monitors, Transducer I/O Modules, Isolators,and Internal Proximitor ModulesWhen you use the 1701/05 TB you must install monitors andtransducer I/O modules or internal Proximitor modules in pairs.Monitors install in a numbered slot and the associated i/o or internalProximitor module installs in the adjacent slot with the samenumber but preceded by a “T”. For example, a monitor in slot 2 hasits associated i/o in slot T2.

When you use the 1701/06 ITB you must install a monitor and itsassociated i/o or internal Proximitor module and isolator in sets. Themonitor will install in a numbered slot, its associated i/o in the “T”slot, and the associated isolator in the “I” slot. For example, a monitorin slot 3 has its associated i/o in slot T3 and its associated isolator inslot I3

A variety of different transducer I/O modules can be used with thesame type of monitor. The different i/o modules provide interfaces todifferent transducer types but may be used with the same type ofmonitor.

Available monitors are:

PartNumber

Monitor Monitor Type

1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor Radial VibrationThrust Position

1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor VelocityAcceleration

The Proximitor Input Monitor is programmed as either a RadialVibration or a Thrust Position Monitor and the Seismic Input Monitoris programmed as either a Velocity or Acceleration Monitor.

Configuration is described in Chapter 7.

You can use the 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor with any of thetransducer I/Os or internal transducers listed in the table below:

Application Alert:Because 1701 monitors cannot detect what type of transducer I/O orinternal transducer is installed, check that the installed hardware matchesyour programmed configuration.

Page 26: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor User Manual

1-16

Monitor I/O or internaltransducermodulepart number

I/O module orinternal transducermodule description

Application

170133-050-xx Internal Dual 3300 5metre ProximitorModule

radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasorsignals where the distance between the terminalbase and the probe is 5 metres or less and the 5m system is good for both channels.

170133-090-xx Internal Dual 3300 9metre ProximitorModule

radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasorsignals where the distance between the terminalbase and the probe is 9 metres or less and the 9m system is good for both channels.

170133-140-xx Internal Dual 3300 14metre ProximitorModule

radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasorsignal where the distance between the terminalbase and the probe is 14 metres or less and the14 m system is good for both channels.Performance of extended length systems is moresensitive to temperature extremes. If yourapplication will expose the probe and cable totemperature extremes, then contact your BentlyNevada representative.

170150-070-00 Internal Dual 3300NSv 7 metreProximitor Module

radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasorsignals where the distance between the terminalbase and the probe is 7 metres or less and the7m system is good for both channels.

170172-050-xx Internal Dual 7200 5metre ProximitorModule

radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasorsignal where the distance between the terminalbase and the probe is 5 metres or less and the 5m system is good for both channels.

170172-090-xx Internal Dual 7200 9metre ProximitorModule

radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasorsignal where the distance between the terminalbase and the probe is 9 metres or less and the 9m system is good for both channels.

170180-01-xx DualProximitor/Accelerometer I/O Module

radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasorsignal where you need to interface to external -24 Volt Proximitor Sensors on both channels.

1701/15ProximitorInputMonitor

170180-05-xx Dual -18 VoltProximitor I/OModule

radial vibration, axial position, or Keyphasorsignal where you need to interface to external -18 Volt Proximitor Sensors, such as the BNC3000 series, on both channels.

Application AlertSince 1701 monitors cannot detect what type of transducer I/O or internaltransducer is installed, check that the installed hardware matches yourprogrammed configuration.

You can use the 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor with the transducerI/Os listed below:

Monitor I/O Module Description Application170180-01-xx Dual

Proximitor/Accelerometer I/O Module

Use to interface to any –24 volt BentlyNevada Acceleration Transducer Systemson both channels

170180-02-xx Dual Velocity I/O Module Use to interface channels A and B to 2wire Velocity transducers that require a 10kΩ input impedance

1701/25Seismic InputMonitor

170180-03-xx Dual Velomitor I/OModule

Use to interface channels A and B toBently Nevada Velomitor Sensors.

Page 27: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 1 — System Description

1-17

Monitor I/O Module Description Application170180-04-xx Velomitor A & Velocity

B I/O ModuleUse to interface to a Velomitor Sensoron Channel A and a two-wire, 10 kΩ loadVelocity transducer on Channel B.

The 170190 Dual Galvanic Isolator can be used with both seismic andproximity based monitoring applications and can be used with eithertransducer I/O modules or internal Proximitor modules.

You can use the 170190 isolator with the transducer I/O modules andinternal Proximitor modules shown below

CautionTransducers used with the isolator must be approved for use in thehazardous area. Failure to use approved transducers could result inexplosion.Check the 1701/06 Installation Drawing for a list of approved transducers.

Isolator I/O or internaltransducermodulepart number

I/O module or internaltransducer moduledescription

Application

170180-01-05 DualProximitor/Accelerometer I/O Module

Use to interface to any –24 volt BentlyNevada Acceleration Transducer Systemson both channels

170180-02-05 Dual Velocity I/O Module Use to interface channels A and B to 2wire Velocity transducers that require a 10kΩ input impedance

170180-03-05 Dual Velomitor I/OModule

Use to interface channels A and B toBently Nevada Velomitor Sensors.

170180-04-05 Velomitor A & Velocity BI/O Module

Use to interface to a Velomitor Sensoron Channel A and a two-wire, 10 kΩ loadVelocity transducer on Channel B.

170133-050-05

Internal Dual 3300 5metre ProximitorModule

radial vibration, axial position, orKeyphasor signals where the distancebetween the terminal base and the probeis 5 metres or less and the 5 m system isgood for both channels.

170133-090-05

Internal Dual 3300 9metre ProximitorModule

radial vibration, axial position, orKeyphasor signals where the distancebetween the terminal base and the probeis 9 metres or less and the 9 m system isgood for both channels.

170133-140-05

Internal Dual 3300 14metre ProximitorModule

radial vibration, axial position, orKeyphasor signal where the distancebetween the terminal base and the probeis 14 metres or less and the 14 m systemis good for both channels. Performance ofextended length systems is more sensitiveto temperature extremes. If yourapplication will expose the probe andcable to temperature extremes, thencontact your Bently Nevadarepresentative.

170190-01Dual GalvanicIsolator

170172-050-05

Internal Dual 7200 5metre ProximitorModule

radial vibration, axial position, orKeyphasor signal where the distancebetween the terminal base and the probeis 5 metres or less and the 5 m system isgood for both channels.

Page 28: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor User Manual

1-18

Isolator I/O or internaltransducermodulepart number

I/O module or internaltransducer moduledescription

Application

170172-090-05

Internal Dual 7200 9metre ProximitorModule

radial vibration, axial position, orKeyphasor signal where the distancebetween the terminal base and the probeis 9 metres or less and the 9 m system isgood for both channels.

Basics of FlexbusCommunication

Flexbus is a master/slave serial bus where the adapter is themaster and modules are slaves. The adapter addresses, orselects, each module by activating a hardware select line that isunique to that module. Each monitor is addressable by theadapter which means there are four addressable slots, 2, 3, 4,and 5, and that four Flex module select lines are pre-allocatedfor use by the FieldMonitor system even if no modules areinstalled.

The Slot Offset Switch located in the power supply slot on theterminal base is used to re-map the Flex select lines. This switchshould be set to the off position.

Page 29: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 2

Receiving and HandlingInstructions

1701 modules, proximity probes, and extension cables are shippedseparately. These parts must be unpacked and assembled orinterconnected at the installation site.

Visually inspect each module for shipping damage when it isunpacked. If shipping damage is apparent, file a claim with the carrierand submit a copy to Bently Nevada Corporation. Include partnumbers and serial numbers on all correspondence.

Store the equipment in areas that will not be exposed to potentiallydamaging corrosive atmosphere or high temperature. See thespecifications in Appendix E.

Handling and storing printed circuit boards is extremely critical.Circuit boards contain devices that are susceptible to damage whenexposed to electrostatic discharge. Take these precautions:

Do not discharge static electricity into the module connectors or ontocircuit boards

Transport and store circuit boards in electrically conductive bags orfoil

Use extra caution during dry weather. Relative humidity less than30% will increase the level of risk to electrostatic discharge.

Chapter

ApplicationAlert:

Although the 1701module connectorsand terminals haveprotection againstelectrostaticdischarge, takereasonableprecautions to avoidESD when handlingthe modules

Page 30: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

2-2

Page 31: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 3

Installation

In this chapter, we first discuss how to select and design theenclosure for the FieldMonitor system as follows:

• European Union Directive Compliance

• Enclosure design considerations

• Hazardous area installation guidelines

• CE installations

We then tell how to install the FieldMonitor system:

• mounting the terminal base

• setting the slot offset switch

• connecting the Flex modules

• installing the power supply

• installing 1701 modules

• wiring

• Considerations when using external safety barriers

European UnionDirectiveCompliance

The FieldMonitor system has the CE mark and is approved forinstallation within the European Union and EEA regions andhas been designed and tested to meet the following directives.

EMC DirectiveThis product is tested to meet Council Directive 89/336/EECElectromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and the following standards, inwhole or in part, documented in a technical construction file:

• EN 50081-2EMC - Generic Emission Standard, Part 2 - IndustrialEnvironment

• EN 50082-2EMC - Generic Immunity Standard, Part 2 -Industrial Environment

This product is intended for use in an industrial environment

Low Voltage DirectiveThis product meets Council Directive 73/23/EEC Low Voltage whenthe 24 Vdc power source to the 1701/10 power supply is approved tothe Low Voltage Directive.

Chapter

Page 32: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

3-2

Enclosure DesignConsiderations

This section shows how to verify that the FieldMonitor systemwill remain within its operating temperature when it is installedinside an enclosure and provides guidelines to protect againstfluid ingression into the enclosure.

FieldMonitor Power DissipationCalculate the total power dissipated by a FieldMonitor system byusing these formulas:

Terminal Base Type Formula

1701/05 Terminal Base P170105 = [5.5 + 2.1 n] watts

1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base P170106 = [5.5 + 2.1 n + 4.2 m] watts

Where “n” is the number of monitor modules and “m” is the numberof isolator modules.

The initial dissipation of the power supply is 5.5 watts, dissipation ofa monitor is 2.1 watts, and dissipation of an isolator is 4.2 watts. Theinternal Proximitor modules and I/O modules have very little effecton total power dissipation and are not used in the power calculation.

Calculating the Temperature Rise in a Weather ProofHousingThe thermal rise from the inside of a weather proof housing to theoutside of the housing, ∆∆∆∆TWPH, is affected by a number of variables.The primary factors that effect ∆∆∆∆TWPH are the size of the enclosure,the power dissipated in the enclosure, the enclosure material, andexposure to direct sunlight.

To calculate temperature rise in a weather proof housing (∆∆∆∆TWPH ):

1. Determine the total power dissipated inside the enclosure PWPH.The total power dissipation of the FieldMonitor system can becalculated using equations from the previous subsection onFieldMonitor Power Dissipation.

For example,

PWPH = P1701 + Power Dissipation of other equipment inside the same enclosure.

2. Calculate the surface area of the enclosure in square feet AWPH.Include the area of all six sides.

Note: If the enclosure is mounted against a surface that does notallow heat dissipation, subtract the area of that side from the totalsurface area.

Application Alert: This section is only aguideline. Because an infinitenumber of enclosure sizes,shapes, materials, andinstallations can be used withthe FieldMonitor system, youmust ensure that the system isnot exposed to temperaturesabove or below its rating.

Page 33: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 3 — Installation

3-3

3. Calculate temperature difference between outside and inside ofenclosure as shown in the example below. You will need todetermine the temperature co-efficient for your particularhousing. :

Empirical testing has shown that for a specific steel housing thetemperature rise is a factor of approximately 2.5 °C per watt persquare foot. Using this information ∆∆∆∆TWPH can be estimated withthe following expression.

∆TP

AWPH

WPH

WPH

2.5 x ≈

where:

∆∆∆∆TWPH = Temperature differencebetween outside and inside ofenclosure in °C.

PWPH = Total power dissipatedwithin enclosure, in watts.

AWPH = Total area of all 6 sides ofenclosure, in square feet.

Enclosure Oil Wicking and Humidity ConsiderationsIf proximity probes and their extension cable are located inlubrication oil lines, then it is possible for oil to “wick”, or travel,along the cable and eventually reach the Proximitor Sensor. Oilcontamination of the FieldMonitor system will reduce reliablility.Eliminate or reduce oil wicking by using Bently Nevada CorporationFluidLoc™ probe cables, putting drip loops in cables, or installing theFieldMonitor above the probe installation points.

The FieldMonitor system and Flex I/O network adapters are rated fornon-condensing humidity. Type 4 or IP64 enclosures should be usedif the area will be exposed to moisture. In high ambient humidityenvironments where condensation can occur inside enclosures youshould take appropriate design precautions, such as using a purgedhousing.

Hazardous AreaInstallations

If you install the 1701 Monitoring System in a hazardous area,you must label the system and determine if a housing isrequired.

FieldMonitor systems that operate in hazardous areas must be markedwith a label that identifies the hazardous area, for example Div. 2 orZone 2.

Install the 1701/05 Terminal Base using control drawing 139255 andthe 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base using control drawing 141265

Application Alert: ∆∆∆∆TWPH is an estimate of theaverage temperature insidethe enclosure. If no aircirculates inside the enclosure,there will be a largetemperature gradient betweenthe bottom and the top of theenclosure.

Application Alert: Direct sunlight will greatlyincrease the temperatureinside the enclosure.

Application Alert: The FieldMonitor system is notdesigned to operate in a Zone1/Div. 1 hazardous area.

Page 34: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

3-4

Div. 2 InstallationsAs a minimum, a Type 4 enclosure is required to house aFieldMonitor system that is installed in a Div. 2 area if the area hasthe potential of being dirty or wet, such as outdoors or where hose-down cleaning occurs.

If the equipment is installed inside a building that meets therequirements of a Type 4 enclosure, no separate enclosure is requiredbecause the building itself acts as the enclosure.

Zone 2 InstallationsAs a minimum, an IP54 enclosure is required to house a FieldMonitorsystem that is installed in a Zone 2 area.

If the equipment is installed inside a building that meets therequirements of an IP54 enclosure, no separate enclosure is requiredbecause the building itself acts as the enclosure.

CE Installations A 1701 terminal base with modules installed must be mountedinside an Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) shielded area.For high electromagnetic noise environments or CEinstallation, the FieldMonitor system, EMI shielding enclosure,and cables must be properly grounded to provide a ground pathfor electromagnetic energy (see figures below). The shieldingenclosure must be metal and should have an EMI gasket.

Application Alert: Enclosures that house theFieldMonitor systems cannotbe opened or worked on ifinstalled in a hazardous areaunless appropriate proceduresare followed.

Page 35: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 3 — Installation

3-5

Typical Installation-1

(1701/05 Terminal Base using internal Proximitor modules is shown.Installation for a 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base is the same)

Typical Installation-2

(1701/05 Terminal Base using external transducers is shown. Installation for a1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base is the same)

Probe extensioncables in EMIconduit

EMI Shielded Area

Field wiringcables must bein EMI conduit

Field wiringcables must bein EMI conduit

EMI Shielding Enclosure

EMI Shielded Area

EMI ShieldingEnclosure

EMI ShieldingEnclosure

Field wiringcables must be inEMI conduit

Proximitor Sensoror ExternalTransducer Interface

EMI Shielded Area

Page 36: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

3-6

WiringInstall all wiring exiting the EMI shielding enclosure in EMI conduitand terminate cable shields to the terminal base only.

Additional NotesLarger scale factors are less susceptible to EMI than smaller scalefactors.

Larger full-scales are less susceptible to EMI than smaller full-scales.

Monitors with narrow bandwidth filter configurations are lesssusceptible to EMI than monitors configured with wide bandwidth.

Shorter Alarm delay times may increase monitor susceptibility totransient EMI.

Environments with higher levels of EMI than tested may causeunpredictable monitor readings and may cause system malfunction.

Page 37: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 3 — Installation

3-7

Mounting theTerminal Base

Install the terminal base before inserting the modules.

Mounting the 1701/05 Terminal Base1. Choose your location to mount the terminal base, using the

following diagram as a guideline for mounting dimensions.

Mounting hole tosecure Allen-Bradleyinterconnect cable.#6 machine screw

Terminal base mountingholes (4 places), #8 machinescrews

Page 38: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

3-8

2. To mount the 1701/05 TB drill and tap for the four #8 machinescrews. If using an Allen-Bradley interconnect cable between theterminal base and other Flex modules, drill and tap for the #6machine screw. See Connecting the Flex Modules in this chapterfor more on the interconnect cable.

3. Insert 4 # 8 machine screws into the terminal base mounting holesand tighten screws to secure terminal base to surface where it isbeing mounted. Typical mounting locations would be

• on a wall inside a building

• inside some type of enclosure. For Zone 2 or Div. 2 installations,see the previous section on hazardous area installationrequirements.

#8 machinescrews(4 places)

Mounting hole for #6machine screw if usingA-B interconnect cable

Page 39: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 3 — Installation

3-9

Mounting the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base1. Choose the mounting location. Use the drawing below as a

guideline for mounting dimensions.

Terminal basemounting holes,(6 places)

Mountinghole to secureAllen-Bradleyinterconnectcable, #6machinescrew

Page 40: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

3-10

2. Drill and tap for the six #10 machine screws. If you are using theAllen-Bradley interconnect cable between the terminal base andFlex modules, drill and tap for the #6 machine screw used tofasten the interconnect cable.

3. Insert the screws and tighten.

Setting the SlotOffset Switch

The slot offset switch on the terminal base must be set in theOFF position.

1. Locate the slot offset switch on the terminal base under the areawhere the Power Supply will be inserted.

Slot Offset Switch

Page 41: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 3 — Installation

3-11

2. Verify the switch is set to the OFF position. If it is not then set itto the OFF position.

(OFF)

Connecting the FlexModules

Follow the steps below to ensure that the Flex modules, such asFlex I/O or Flex adapters, are properly connected to the 1701terminal base. Use these rules:

• Refer to the appropriate product manuals to answer anyquestion about installing Flex modules and operating theFlex system, the network, or the host controller.

• Other Flex I/O modules that are not 1701 modules must beinstalled between the Flex adapter and the 1701 terminalbase.

• The number of other Flex I/O modules that can beconnected with 1701 modules to an adapter is

8 - (the number of 1701 modules).

For example if you plan to connect four 1701 modules to anadapter, you can install 4 other Flex I/O modules on thesame adapter.

Direct Connection between a Flex module and 1701Terminal Base1. Remove the cover plug (if used) on the male connector of the

Flex module that is to connect to the 1701 terminal base.

2. Check that the 16 pins in the male connector of the Flex moduleare straight and in line so that the female connector on the 1701terminal base will mate correctly.

3. Pull and hold the connector tab on the female Flexbus connectoron the 1701 TB (ITB) so that it is full retracted into the base.

Page 42: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

3-12

If the terminal base is mounting over a DIN rail, perform steps 4-7, otherwise skip steps 4-7.

4. Hook the rear side of the Flex module over the DIN rail whileengaging the “hook” on the 1701 base into the receptacle located

on the module.

5. Pull back on the Flex modules DIN clip and rotate the Flexmodule down onto the DIN rail. Use caution to make sure thatthe female Flexbus connector does not strike any of the pins inthe mating male connector.

Female Flexbusconnector

Connector tab

Hook

Hook

Page 43: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 3 — Installation

3-13

6. Secure the Flex module onto the DIN rail and snap the Flexmodules DIN clip into place. (The Flex module should now beflush against the terminal base and secure on the rail.)

7. Verify alignment of the Flex module with the female Flexconnector on the terminal base.Gently push the female Flexbusconnector into the adjacent adapter male connector using theconnector tab to complete the Flexbus connections.

Interconnect Cable Connection between a FlexModule and 1701 Terminal Base

1. Remove the cover plug (if used) in the male connector of the Flexmodule that is to connect to the 1701 terminal base.

2. Check that the 16 pins in the male connector of the Flex moduleare straight and in line so that the female connector on theinterconnect cable will mate correctly.

3. Gently push the female Flexbus connector on the interconnectcable labeled OUTPUT into the Flex module male connector.

DIN clip

Page 44: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

3-14

4. Gently push the female Flexbus connector on the other end of theinterconnect cable labeled INPUT into the male Flexbusconnector labeled FLEX on the 1701 terminal base.

5. Insert #6 screws into the mounting holes on the interconnectcable. Tighten screws to secure cable to the surface where it isbeing mounted.

Male Flexbusconnector

Flex adapter

A-Binterconnectcable

#6 machine screw tosecure interconnect cable

Page 45: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 3 — Installation

3-15

Installing the PowerSupply

Before you install the power supply, set the slot offset switchoff and attach the Flex modules.

1. Verify connector alignment and insert power supply into 1701terminal base.

2. Tighten screws. (Inserting the power supply locks the Flexbusconnectors together. Make sure the connector tab is pushed intothe adapters connector.)

Page 46: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

3-16

Installing 1701Modules

Although different types of 1701 modules install in the terminalbase, the installation method is similar for each type

Use these rules:

• If you are using a 1701/05 TB then install monitors andtransducer I/Os or internal Proximitor modules in pairs. Pairsinstall in adjacent slots with the same slot number, for example 2and T2. For a list of which I/Os and internal transducers workwith which monitors see “About Monitors, Transducer I/OModules, Isolators and Internal Proximitor Modules” in Chapter1.

• If you are using a 1701/06 ITB then install monitors,transducerI/Os or internal Proximitor modules, and isolators in a set. Setsinstall in slots with the same number, for example a monitor inslot 2, its i/o or internal Proximitor module in slot T2, and theisolator in slot I2. For a list of which I/Os and internalProximitors work with the isolator see “About Monitors,Transducer I/O Modules, Isolators and Internal ProximitorModules” in Chapter 1.

• Install a transducer I/O module or internal Proximitor module inslot T1K to use as a Keyphasor.

• Slot 1K is reserved. Do not install a monitor in this slot.

• Install monitors so that empty slots are contiguous and at theopposite end from the power supply. For example if threemonitors are installed, they should be in slots 2, 3, and 4.

• Monitors, transducer I/O modules, internal Proximitor modules,and isolators are dual channel devices.

• Use this table to determine where to install the modules.

Module Type Install in slotsMonitors 2, 3, 4, 5Transducer I/O modules T2, T3, T4, T5Internal dual Proximitor modules T2, T3, T4, T5Internal Isolators (1701/06 ITB required) I2, I3, I4, I5Keyphasor (transducer I/O module orinternal Proximitor module)

T1K

FieldMonitor Management InterfaceModule

1K

Internal Isolator for the Keyphasor(1701/06 ITB required)

I1

Page 47: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 3 — Installation

3-17

Installing ModulesTo install a 1701 module onto the terminal base:

1. If you are using a 1701/05 Terminal Base remove the temporaryretaining screws from slot 3.

2. Remove the protective cover if installed.

3. Align the connector and the captive screws and then insert themodule into the base.

Temporaryretaining screws

Application Alert: Since 1701 monitors cannotdetect what type of transducerI/O or internal transducer isinstalled, be sure that theinstalled hardware matchesyour programmedconfiguration.

1701/06 ITB1701/05 TB

Page 48: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

3-18

4. Tighten screws.

Wiring Field wiring diagrams are in Appendix G and Appendix H. Thissection provides orientation and basic information.

External transducer wiringConnect external transducers such as velocity, acceleration, andProximitor Sensors using the screw terminal blocks located on the1701 terminal base. Each slot has its own terminal block and the slotnumber and channel is marked on the base adjacent to the terminalblock.

Terminal wiring

Top viewof terminal

Page 49: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 3 — Installation

3-19

Terminal assignments for the various I/O modules.

Type of I/O Module Terminal Number Channel A | Channel B1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

170180-01 DualProximitor/Accelerometer I/O Module

-24VDC

Signal Common Shield -24VDC

Signal Common Shield

170180-02 Dual VelocityI/O Module Wire B Wire A Not Used Shield Wire B Wire A Not Used Shield

170180-03 DualVelomitor I/O Module Wire B Wire A Not Used Shield Wire B Wire A Not Used Shield

170180-04 Velomitor A &Velocity B I/O Module Wire B Wire A Not Used Shield Wire B Wire A Not Used Shield

170180-05 Dual -18 VoltProximitor I/O Module -18

VDCSignal Common Shield -18

VDCSignal Common Shield

Internal Transducer WiringConnect internal transducers such as an internal Proximitor moduledirectly to the appropriate transducer cable. This connection is madefrom the connectors on the top of the internal transducer modulelabeled channel A and B.

Routing the Proximity Transducer System ExtensionCable and Field WiringRoute the extension cable using the following guidelines. (Refer todocument AN028).

Channel A

Channel B

Transducercable

Page 50: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

3-20

Check that the sum of the extension cable and probe lead lengthequals the Proximitor Sensor or Module system length. Forexample, a 3300 XL NSv 7 metre Proximitor Sensor will workwith a 3300 NSv 6 metre extension cable and a 3300 NSv 1 metreprobe. The color code of all post-3300 series components must alsobe consistent. For the 3300 XL series, components will be markedwith a blue color code. For the 3300 NSv series, components willbe marked with a gray color code.

Secure the extension cable to supporting surfaces by using mountingclips or similar devices.

Identify the probe and both ends of the extension cable by insertinglabels under the clear Teflon® sleeves and applying heat to shrink thetubing.

Join the coax connectors between the Proximitor Sensor or Module,extension cable and probe lead. Tighten connectors to finger tight.

Use either a connector protector or self-fusing silicone tape to protectthe connection between the probe lead and the extension cable. Donot use self-fusing silicone tape to insulate a connection madeinside of a machine.

If the probe is in a part of the machine that is under pressure orvacuum, seal the hole where the extension cable leaves the machineby using appropriate cable seals and terminal boxes.

Power and earth connectionsConnect the instrument earth ground post to instrument earth.Connect the FieldMonitor system to power using the screw terminalblocks located on the 1701 terminal base next to the power supply.The positive terminal connects to +24Vdc, and the negative terminalconnects to common.

Instrument earthground post

+24Vdc Powerterminals

+24Vdcpower supply

1701/05Terminal Base

Page 51: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 3 — Installation

3-21

The 1701/06 ITB has an additional earth connection. Hazardous areaearth (HAE) must connect to the HAE post as shown in the figurebelow. See drawing 141265 in Appendix H.

Dynamic connector wiringUse the signals from the dynamic connector to connect FieldMonitorsystems to a patch panel which provides access to the buffered signalsfrom a central location.

Safe side instrumentearth

Hazardous side earth+24 Vdc Power terminals

1701/06 ITB

1701/06 ITB

1701/05 TB

Page 52: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

3-22

Dynamic Connector PinNumber

Pin Description

1 System Common2 No Connection (NC)3 NC4 NC5 NC6 Monitor 2 Common7 Monitor 2 Channel A Buffered Output8 NC9 NC10 Monitor 4 Common11 Monitor 4 Channel A Buffered Output12 NC13 NC14 Monitor 2 Channel B Buffered Output15 NC16 Monitor 3 Channel B Buffered Output17 Monitor 3 Common18 Monitor 3 Channel A Buffered Output19 NC20 NC21 Monitor 4 Channel B Buffered Output22 NC23 Monitor 5 Channel B Buffered Output24 Monitor 5 Common25 Monitor 5 Channel A Buffered Output

External SafetyBarrierConsiderations

The 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base with internal galvanicallyisolated safety barriers is recommended for applications thatrequire locating transducers in Zone 1,0 or Division 1hazardous areas. However, you can use external safety barrierswith the 1701/05 terminal base system.

If you plan to use external zener barriers, you need to addressthe following issues:

• The FieldMonitor system does not support zener barriers withSeismoprobes or 2-wire, 10 kΩ impedance velocity sensors.

• If you use zener barriers with external Proximitor Sensors orAcceleration sensors, you must program your monitors with atransducer scale factor that compensates for the signal attenuationcaused by the barrier resistance and the monitor input impedance.

ExampleThe input impedance for the 1701/15 and 1701/25 monitors is 10kΩ.The signal path resistance of a MTL 796(-) zener barrier is 435 Ωend to end.

The attenuation caused by the voltage divider is:

Page 53: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 3 — Installation

3-23

10,000

10,000 + 435 = 0.958

Therefore the transducer scale factor is reduced by 4.2% so theconfigured scale factor should be reduced by 4.2%.

• When zener barriers are used with the FieldMonitor system usingthe 1701/05 TB connect the instrument earth post to intrinsicallysafe earth.

Page 54: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

3-24

Page 55: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 4

How Communication Takes Place

In this chapter, you will learn about:

• communication over the Flex I/O backplane between theadapter and Flex I/O modules (such as 1701 monitors)

• structure of the I/O data table

CommunicationOver the Flex I/OBackplane

One adapter can interface with up to eight Flex I/O modules,forming a Flex I/O system of up to eight slots (0 to 7). In thecase where there is the maximum of four 1701 monitors in a1701/05 Terminal Base, there is room for four other Flex I/Omodules, making a total of eight Flex I/O modules that theadapter can interface with.

The adapter communicates to other network systemcomponents (controllers, scanners) over the network. Theadapter communicates with its I/O modules over the backplane.Each 1701 monitor is considered one I/O module to thecontroller. Thus, a 1701/05 Terminal Base with 3 monitorsinstalled would appear to the adapter as 3 I/O modules. In thiscase, up to 5 other Flex I/O modules could co-reside with theFieldMonitor system using the same adapter.

I/O Module I/O Module I/O Module

Network toController

Slot 0 Slot 1 Slot 7

Each 1701 monitor has its own I/O data table. The I/O data table foreach monitor is divided into read and write words. Read wordsconsist of input and status words that the controller reads from the1701 monitor. Write words consist of output (none in 1701), andconfiguration words written to the 1701 monitor by the controller.All of the 1701 modules with data tables (1701/15 and 1701/25monitors) have 6 read words (1 module status word + 5 input words)and 10 write words.

Chapter

AdapterInputs

Status

Outputs (none in 1701)

Inputs

Status

Outputs (none in 1701)

Inputs

Status

Outputs (none in 1701)

ConfigurationConfiguration Configuration

Read

Write

Page 56: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

4-2

I/O Structure The I/O data table is the memory map of all the data that can beread from or written to a particular monitor of the FieldMonitorsystem. The table below gives an overview of the I/O datatable structure.

Refer to Appendix A, B, C, or D, for the I/O Data Table mapping ofspecific monitor types. Chapter 7, Configuration Options and I/OData Tables, describes the configuration options and the fields in thedata tables.

1701 Monitor I/O Data Table Structure

Word CommunicationDirection

Data Type

Word 0 Module StatusWord 1Word 2 InputsWord 3 ReadWord 4Word 5 StatusWord 6Word 7Word 8Word 9Word 10 Write ConfigurationWord 11Word 12Word 13Word 14Word 15

Each slot with a monitor installed has its own unique I/O data table,structured as shown above. However, the way that communicationtakes place between the I/O modules and the adapter is by groupingall the inputs and outputs for all the I/O modules attached to a singleadapter.

The first word of input data received by the adapter is the ModuleStatus Word. The next input data received is the input data for eachslot, in the order of the installed I/O modules. The Input data for Slot0 is first after the Module Status Word, followed by Input data forSlot 1 (referenced by a different I/O data table), and so on up to slot 7.

Output data (not applicable for 1701) and configuration data from theI/O modules is received by the adapter in the order of the installed I/Omodules. For example, data from slot 0 is received first, then datafrom slot 1 (referenced by a different I/O data table), and so on up toslot 7.

Page 57: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 5

Programming the Module when using a Remote I/OAdapter

In this chapter, for the remote I/O adapter, we describe:

• how to program a 1701 monitor

• how configuration is sent to the monitor

Programming aMonitor with LadderLogic

Block transfer programming lets you set up the communicationbetween the controller and the monitor so that the controller canwrite configuration to the monitor and read data and status fromthe monitor.

A configuration Block Transfer Write (BTW) is initiated wheneverpower is cycled on the entire remote chassis containing theFieldMonitor system, during the first scan of the ladder logic, andwhen the programmer wants to enable or disable features of themonitor by changing the configuration data and toggling the BlockTransfer Write configure bit. The configuration BTW sets the bitswhich enable the programmable features of the monitor, such asalarming options, full scale ranges, etc.

Block Transfer Reads are performed to retrieve information from themonitor. Block Transfer Read (BTR) programming moves status anddata from the monitor to the controller’s data table. The program inthe controller initiates the request to transfer data from the monitor tothe processor. The transferred words contain monitor vibration dataand status information.

Chapter

Page 58: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

5-2

Example ladder logic program to write configurationto and read data and status from a 1701 Monitor

Note that the ladder logic above is for one monitor module only.Similar ladder logic must be written for each monitor being used inyour FieldMonitor systems.

Also note that the above ladder logic is for illustrative purposes onlyand should not be copied exactly, as every application is slightlydifferent.

How Configurationis Sent to theMonitor

The monitor is configured using a group of data table wordsthat are transferred to the monitor using a block transfer writeinstruction. See Chapter 7, Monitor Configuration and I/OData Tables and Appendix A, B, C, and D, I/O Data Tables.

Page 59: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 6

Programming the Module whenusing a ControlNet Adapter

In this chapter, for the ControlNet Adapter, we describe:

• how to program the monitor using RSLogix5 and RSNetworx for ControlNet Software

• how configuration is sent to the monitor

Programming themonitor usingRSNetworx andRSLogix5 Software

RSNetworx Software lets you set up the network communicationbetween the control device and the monitor so that the control devicecan write configuration to the monitor and read data and status fromthe monitor. The RSNetworx Map Editing Tool allows designation ofthe data table addresses that will be used to store the configurationdata and receive the vibration data and status information.

RSLogix5 lets you enter configuration data values into the data tableaddresses associated with the monitors, view vibration data and statusinformation from the monitors and manipulate data based on ladderlogic conditions.

The ControlNet protocol handles configuration writes and data / statusreads in the scheduled network bandwidth. For more information onthe ControlNet system and how it handles communication, refer to theuser manuals for the most current releases of the RSNetworx andRSLogix5 software.

How Configuration isSent to the Monitor

A 1701 monitor is configured using a group of data table wordsthat can be transferred to the monitor using RSNetworx forControlNet software and the ControlNet protocol. Theconfiguration is sent to the monitors whenever power is cycledon the entire remote chassis containing the FieldMonitorsystem. The configuration can also be sent using othermethods. See the RSNetworx and/or ControlNet protocoldocumentation for more information. See also Chapter 7,Monitor Configuration and I/O Data Tables and Appendix A,B, C, and D, I/O Data Tables for more information on theFieldMonitor system.

Chapter

Page 60: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Guide

6-2

Page 61: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 7

Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables

The I/O data table is the memory map of data that can be read from orwritten to the modules in a FieldMonitor system. This chapterdescribes this data and appendix A, B, C, and D list the location andsettings of the individual bits in each word. The data descriptions inthis chapter are listed by monitor type.

Configuration OptionDescriptions

Bit settings

Monitor type Page number Page Number1701/15 Radial Vibration 7-2 Appendix A1701/15 Thrust Position 7-11 Appendix B1701/25 Velocity Input 7-19 Appendix C1701/25 Acceleration Input 7-27 Appendix D

Data Table StructureWord Communication

DirectionData Type

Word 0 Module StatusWord 1Word 2 InputsWord 3 ReadWord 4Word 5 StatusWord 6Word 7Word 8Word 9Word 10 Write ConfigurationWord 11Word 12Word 13Word 14Word 15 Control write word

The read portion of the table (words 1 to 5) contains the static andstatus data available from the 1701 modules. The write portion of thetable (words 6 to 15) contains configuration and operatinginformation used by 1701 modules.

Configuring and Programming a FieldMonitor System1701 monitors do not detect the kind of transducer I/O modulesinstalled in the system or the type of transducers connected to the I/Omodules. The FieldMonitor system cannot operate until thisinformation and the operating parameters for the monitors aredownloaded to the system. The process of collecting and thendownloading this data to the FieldMonitor system is calledconfiguration. The process of changing operating parameters duringoperation is called programming the monitors.

Chapter

Page 62: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

7-2

To configure or program a FieldMonitor system, use this chapter todetermine the configuration settings for the monitors in your system,and then configure or program your system by using configurationsoftware or block transfers.

If you have FieldMonitor Configuration Software for RSLogix5installed on your contoller, use this software to configure or programyour FieldMonitor system (see chapter 6). If you do not haveprogramming software installed on your controller, use appendix A,B, C, or D to identify the bit settings in the write words (word 6through 15) in the data table and then load the correct bits for yourdesired configuration by using block transfers (see chapter 5).

Radial VibrationType 1701/15Proximitor InputMonitor

Program the 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor as a RadialVibration Monitor or a Thrust Position Monitor using the MonitorType configuration field in the data table. This section describes theconfiguration options for Radial Vibration. See Appendix A for thedata table structure and bit field codes.

The two channels in a radial vibration monitor provide the followingdata:

Static Data Status DataDirect (overall) proportional valuesGap voltage

Monitor statusTimed OK Channel Defeat settingChannel ON/OFFAlert alarm statusDanger alarm statusTrip Multiply statusChannel inhibit status

Channels in a radial vibration monitor use the following configurationparameters:

TransducerConfiguration

Alarm Settings Operating parameters

Transducer typeTransducer Scale factorFull scale range

Alert alarm time delayDanger alarm timedelayUnder and over alertgap setpointDirect Alert setpointDirect Danger setpoint

Monitor resetBarrier typeSet configurationMonitor typeChannel ON/OFFTrip Multiply LevelSettingTrip Multiply enable anddisableChannel inhibitHigh-pass and low passcorner frequencies

Page 63: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Radial Vibration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

7-3

Option IncompatibilitiesCompatibility Table Description Page

NumberTransducer Type vs.Scale Factor

Shows allowable scalefactors for differenttransducer types.

A-5

Transducer Type vs. FullScale Range vs. TripMultiply for BarrierOptions

Shows allowable full scaleranges and trip multiplyoptions for differenttransducer types and barriers.

A-11

Radial VibrationTransducer OK Limitsvs.Transducer Type vs.Barrier Options

Shows what transducers areallowed with what barrieroptions based on whetherany OK limits are shown.

A-14

CautionNot all combinations ofparameters are compatiblewith one another. Beforesetting any of the followingconfiguration parameters,refer to the compatibilitytables in Appendix A

Page 64: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Radial Vibration Monitor Type

7-4

Direct Proportional ValuesLocation Words 1 and 3Application Direct proportional values for channel A or B are the overall peak to peak

vibration signal proportionally scaled to the full scale reading.Functional Description The direct proportional value for channel A or B is an unsigned number

placed in a 16-bit word where 1000 counts (0x3E8) is 100% of full scale,2000 counts (0x7D0) is 200% of full scale, and 3000 counts (0xBB8) is300% of full scale.

Engineering Units

Direct value Counts

Full Scale 1000 counts

Bottom Scale 0 counts

Percentage of full scale = (0.1)(Counts)

Engineering units = ((Percentage of full scale)/100) x (Fullscale range maximum value)

Example 1:Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a directproportional value output of 1000 counts (0x3E8) configured for a full scalerange of 0 - 5 mils.

% of full scale = (0.1)(1000) = 100 % of full scale

Engineering units = (100/100)x(5 mils) = 5 milsExample 2:Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a directproportional value output of 500 counts (0x1F4)configured for a full scale range of 0 to 150 µm

% of full scale = (0.1)(500) = 50% of full scale

Engineering units = (50/100)x(150 µm) = 75 µmExample 3:Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a directproportional value output of 2500 (0x9C4), configured for a full scale rangeof 0 to 10 mils.

% of full scale = (0.1)(2500) = 250% of full scale

Page 65: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Radial Vibration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

7-5

Direct Proportional Values

Engineering units = (250/100)x(10 mils) = 25 mils

Gap Proportional ValuesLocation Words 2 and 4Application Gap is the proportionally scaled dc voltage value. It is the negative dc

output signal of a proximity probe that is proportional to the distancebetween the face of the probe tip and the observed surface.

Functional Description The gap voltage value for channel A or B is a signed integer placed in a 16-bit word, between 0 and -24,000 (0xA240) proportionally scaled to the 0 to -24 volts gap range.

Engineering Units

Gap value Counts

-24 Volts -24,000 counts

0 Volts 0 counts

To convert counts to Volts: Gap Voltage = Counts/1000

Example 1:Gap voltage for a reading of -9000 counts (0xDCD8). Gap Voltage = (-9000)/1000 = -9 Volts

Page 66: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Radial Vibration Monitor Type

7-6

Monitor StatusLocation Word 5, bits 15 to 12Application Determine status conditions for the monitor and individual channels.Functional Description

Timed OK Channel DefeatLocation Read Status = Word 5, bits 11 and 10Application Holds a channel in the not OK state for a fixed time after the channel

transitions from not OK to OK. This function can provide protection againstfalse alarms caused by intermittent field wiring.

For 1701/15 Radial Vibration monitors, Timed OK Channel Defeat is alwaysenabled.

Functional Description When a channel returns to the OK state from a not OK state, the monitor willcontinue to hold the channel in the not OK state until the channel has beenOK continuously for 30 seconds. During the time delay the channel willcontinue to return proportional values but it will not process alarms. Themonitor will not alarm from an initial Not OK state.

If the Read Status bit for Timed OK Channel Defeat is true or enabled, theTimed OK Channel Defeat function has been enabled in the configuration.

Channel On and OffLocation Read status = Word 5, bits 9 and 8

Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 9 and 8Application Take a channel out of service.Functional Description

Alarms If a channel is off, no alarms are returned.

Proportional Values If a channel is off an invalid proportional value of –32,768 is returned(0x8000).

Monitor Status If a channel is off,Channel OFF is returned in the monitor read status wordChannel OK is returned in the read status word

Relation to otherfunctions

The off channel will not respond to other channel-based controls orconfiguration parameters.

LED A monitor with both channels off will have a steady green LED.

During normal operation, the controller must check these bits during everyread. If the status bits are all true (1), then the monitor is configured, thechannels are OK, and the monitor is processing alarms. In this case nofurther check is needed. If any bit is false (0), then decode and takeappropriate action.The following diagnostic conditions are returned by the monitor: Monitor Statuses Unconfigured, (NO ALARMING) Ch A is OK and Ch B is NOT OK Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B is OK Ch A and Ch B are NOT OK Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is OK Config Fault on Ch A and Ch B is NOT OK Ch A is OK and Config fault on Ch B Ch A is NOT OK and Config fault on Ch B Config fault on Ch A and Config fault on Ch B Hardware fault (NO ALARMING) Module OK, Config OK, Ch A and B OK,

Page 67: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Radial Vibration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

7-7

Channel Alarm StatusLocation Word 5

Application An alarm setpoint is the level of vibration that causes the alarm status for thechannel to go active. The Channel Alarm Status bit is true when the alarmlevel is exceeded for the Alarm Time Delay.

Functional Description Radial vibration monitors have two levels of alarm – Alert and Danger.Danger is the more serious alarm level.

During monitor operation if the Direct proportional value is greater than thesetpoint for the period of time selected by the Alarm Time Delay then themonitor will set the appropriate alarm status bit true in the monitor’s ReadStatus Word 5.

Appendix A shows how to calculate the 8-bit integer for the alarm setpointfields in the Channel Setpoints description.

Trip MultiplyLocation

Application Multiplies the alarm setpoint levels on the selected channel by the TripMultiply level.

Functional DescriptionAlarms An alarm will clear if an alarm is active prior to enabling Trip Multiply and if

the multiplied setpoint is above the vibration level.

Proportional Values The channel proportional values will continue to be reported in percent of fullscale with a dynamic range of 300% of the full-scale range and resolution of0.1% of full-scale range.

Monitor Status A channel with Trip Multiply active will return active in the monitor statusword.

Relation to otherfunctions

Channel inhibit and channel on and off can be applied while Trip Multiply isenabled.

LED No effect.

Channel InhibitLocation Read status = Word 5, bits 1 and 0

Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 1 and 0Application Prevent alarms and clear existing alarms on a channel basis while allowing

continued reporting of proportional values.Functional Description

Alarms Alarms will not be annunciated for a channel with Channel Inhibit active.Alarms that exist before Channel Inhibit is active are cleared.If an alarm is active when Channel Inhibit goes inactive, that alarm will beannunciated after the programmed time delay.

Bit number Channel Alarm type 7 A Alert 6 A Danger 5 B Alert 4 B Danger

Function Word and bit number Channel A Channel B read status Word 5, bit 3 Word 5, bit 2 enable ordisable

Word 15, bit 3 Word 15, bit 2

set TM level Word 15, bit 7 & 6 Word 15, bit 5 & 4

Page 68: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Radial Vibration Monitor Type

7-8

Proportional Values Proportional values continue to be reported with Channel Inhibit active.

Monitor Status A channel with Channel Inhibit active will return active in the monitor readstatus word.

Relation to otherfunctions

For a channel with Channel Inhibit active…a not OK channel will continue to report proportional valuesTrip multiply can be enableda channel can be turned on or off

LED Remains green and steady if no other conditions exist.

Transducer TypeLocation Words 6 and 7, bits 15 to 12Application It is important to select the transducer type that matches the transducers

connected to each channel. If you use external zener barriers, determinethe effect on the scale factor and configure the correct scale factor.

Functional Description Transducers that are supported by the 1701/15 Radial Vibration Monitor:Internal 3300 series 8mm or 5mmInternal 7200 series 8mm or 5mmExternal 3300 series or 3300 XL series 8mm or 5 mm, includes330800 PROXPACExternal 7200 5/8mmExternal 7200 series 11 mmExternal 7200 series 14 mmExternal -18 Volt 3000 seriesExternal 3300 RAM or External 3300 XL NSvInternal 3300 NSv

Transducer Scale FactorLocation Words 6 and 7, bits 11 to 0Application The transducer scale factor is used by the monitor to calculate the Direct

proportional value.Functional Description Scale factor is set by loading a 12-bit, unsigned, binary integer in the

channels scale factor field in the data table. The adjustment range fortransducer scale factor is ±15% around the nominal scale factor. The actualvalue loaded in the data table is a positive offset from the minimum scalefactor.

Full Scale RangeLocation Words 8 and 9, bits 15 to 12Application Full scale range is the engineering unit range for the direct proportional

value. Select a full-scale range to fit the expected direct values.Functional Description The Radial Vibration Type 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor supports the

following Full-scale ranges:0 - 3 mils0 - 5 mils0 - 10 mils0 - 15 mils0 - 20 mils0 - 100 um0 - 125 um0 - 150 um0 - 200 um0 - 250 um0 - 300 um0 - 400 um0 - 500 um

Page 69: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Radial Vibration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

7-9

See Proportional Values description for scaling example.

Gap Alarm Setpoint (Over and Under Alert)Location Words 8 and 9, bits 7 to 0, Word 10Application Gap Alarm Setpoints are Alert level setpoints that can be set to flag when

the gap value goes over or under a certain level.Functional Description An over or under gap alarm will occur if the gap value goes over the over

setpoint or under the under setpoint. Gap Alarm Setpoints can be setanywhere within the gap range of 0 to 240 counts proportional to 0 to -24Volts.

To convert the desired Gap Alarm Setpoint in Volts to Counts use thisequation:

Gap Alarm Counts = |(Gap Alarm Volts)(10counts/Volt)|

Example 1:Set the gap alert over setpoint to -15 Volts:

Gap alarm counts = |(-15 Volts)(10 counts/Volt) = 150 (or 0x96)

Example 2:Set the gap Alert under setpoint to -4 Volts:

Gap alarm counts = |(-4 Volts)(10 counts/Volt)| = 40 (or 0x28)

See Appendix A for other examples

Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger)Location Word 11, and 12Application Direct Alarm Setpoints are Alert or Danger level setpoints that can be set to

flag if the direct value goes over the Alert (first-level) Alarm level or Danger(second-level) Alarm level.

Functional Description To set alarm setpoints (Alert or Danger), load the setpoint field with anunsigned binary, 8-bit, integer scaled between 0 and 200 decimal. A setpointof 200 corresponds to 100% of full scale and 0 corresponds to bottom scale.The setpoint resolution will be 0.5% of the full-scale range.

To convert the desired Direct Alarm Setpoint in engineering units to Countsuse this equation:

Direct Alarm Counts = (Direct Alarm Setpoint in Engineering Units) x (200 counts/full scale range)

Example 1:I want a direct Alert over setpoint at 7 mils where the full scale range is 0 to10 mils. How do I convert this 7 mils to counts so I can configure thesetpoint?

Direct alarm counts = (7 mils)(200 counts/10 mils)) = 140 counts (or 0x8C )

Example 2:Convert a desired direct Danger over setpoint of 200 µm to counts for a fullscale range of 0 to 300 µm.

Direct alarm counts = (200 µm)(200 counts/300 µm)

Page 70: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Radial Vibration Monitor Type

7-10

Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger) = 133 counts (or 0x85)

See Appendix A for other examples.

High and Low Pass Corner FrequencyLocation Word 13Application Set up desired filter corners for direct proportional values.Functional Description The combined high pass and low pass filters set up the desired band-pass

filter for the direct proportional values for your specific application. High andlow pass corner frequency options are:

Alarm Time DelayLocation Word 14Application The alarm time delay prevents intermittent signals on channel A or B that

are not related to machine condition from causing alarm.Functional Description The amount of time that the signal for a channel must exceed the alarm

setpoint before the alarm status bit is set to true. Alarm time delay optionsare:0.15 seconds0.20 seconds0.30 seconds0.50 seconds0.60 seconds1.00 seconds2.00 seconds3.00 seconds5.00 seconds6.00 seconds10.00 seconds20.00 seconds

Monitor ResetLocation Word 15, bit 15Application Always set low (0).Functional Description If this bit is set to 1, the monitor may not operate correctly.

Barrier ConfigurationLocation Word 15, bits 14 and 13Application Configure the type of safety barrier used with the monitor. If you use

external zener barriers, set the transducer scale factor to compensate forattenuation due to the barrier.

Functional Description The setting for safety barrier applies to both channels. Barrier options are:NoneInternal Galvanic IsolatorExternal Zener BarrierExternal Galvanic Isolator

Set Configuration FlagLocation Word 15, bit 12Application Always set high (1).

High Pass Corner Freq, Hz Low Pass Corner Freq, Hz 4 4000 1 600

Page 71: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Radial Vibration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

7-11

Functional Description If this bit is set to 0, the monitor will not operate.

Monitor TypeLocation Word 15, bits 11 and 10Application Must be set to match the monitor type being used.Functional Description Set bits 11 and 10 of word 15 for Radial Vibration Type 1701/15

Proximitor Input Monitor

Channel On/Off, Trip Multiply, and Channel Inhibit are describedabove in the read status word 5 descriptions.

Thrust PositionType 1701/15Proximitor InputMonitor

Program the 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor as a RadialVibration Monitor or a Thrust Position Monitor using the MonitorType configuration field in the data table. This section describes theconfiguration options for Thrust Position. See Appendix B for thedata table structure and bit field codes.

The two channels in a thrust position monitor provide the followingdata:

Static data Status DataDirect proportional valuesGap voltage

Monitor statusChannel ON/OFFAlert alarm statusDanger alarm statusUpscale direction settingChannel inhibit status

Channels in a thrust position monitor use the following configurationparameters:

TransducerConfiguration

Alarm Settings Operating parameters

Transducer typeTransducer Scale factorFull scale range

Alert alarm time delayDanger alarm timedelayDirect Alert setpointDirect Danger setpoint

Monitor resetBarrier typeSet configurationMonitor typeChannel ON/OFFChannel inhibitUpscale thrust directionZero Position Voltage

Option IncompatibilitiesCompatibility Table Description Page

NumberTransducer Type vs.Scale Factor

Shows allowable scalefactors for differenttransducer types.

B-5

Transducer Type vs. FullScale Range vs. ZeroPosition Voltage forBarrier Options

Shows allowable full scaleranges and zero positionvoltages for differenttransducer types and barrieroptions.

B-7

Thrust PositionTransducer OK Limits vs.Transducer Type vs.Barrier Options

Shows what transducers areallowed with what barrieroptions based on whetherany OK limits are shown.

B-13

Application Alert: Not all combinations ofparameters are compatiblewith one another. Beforesetting any of the followingconfiguration parameters, referto the compatibility tables inAppendix B.

Page 72: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Thrust Position Monitor Type

7-12

Direct Proportional ValuesLocation Words 1 and 3Application Direct is the distance toward or away from the zero position value and is

proportionally scaled to the full-scale range.Functional Description The direct proportional value for channel A or B is a signed number placed

in a 16 bit word where 1000 counts are used across the full scale range. Ifthe zero position is set at midscale, full scale in the upscale direction is 500counts (0x01F4), and full scale in the downscale direction is -500 counts(0xFE0C).

Engineering Units

Direct value Counts

Full Up Scale 500 counts

Full Bottom Scale

-500 counts

0 countsZeroPosition

Engineering units = ((Counts)/500) x (Full top/bottom scale engineering units)

Example 1:Calculate the engineering units for the direct proportional value output of500 counts (0x1F4) configured for a full scale range of 25 - 0 - 25 mils.

Engineering Units

Direct value Counts

25 mils Top Scale 500 Counts

25 milsBottom Scale

-500 counts

0 countsZeroPosition

Engineering units = (500/500)x(25 mils) = 25 mils (upscale because positive)

Page 73: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Thrust Position Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

7-13

Example 2:Calculate the engineering units for the direct proportional value output of -200 counts (0xFF38) configured for a full-scale range of 0.600 - 0 - 0.600mm.

Engineering Units

Direct value Counts

0.600 mm Top Scale 500 Counts

0.600 mmBottom Scale

-500 counts

0 countsZeroPosition

Engineering units = (-200/500)x(0.600 mm) = -0.240 mm (downscale because negative)

Page 74: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Thrust Position Monitor Type

7-14

Gap ValuesLocation Words 2 and 4Application Gap is the proportionally scaled DC voltage value. It is the negative dc

output signal of a proximity probe that is proportional to the distancebetween the face of the probe tip and the observed surface.

Functional Description The gap voltage value for channel A or B is a signed integer placed in a 16-bit word, between 0 and -24,000 (0xA240) proportionally scaled to the 0 to -24 Volts gap range.

Engineering Units

Gap value Counts

-24 Volts -24,000 counts

0 Volts 0 counts

To convert counts to Volts: Gap Voltage = Counts/1000

Example 1:Gap voltage for a reading of -9000 counts (0xDCD8). Gap Voltage = (-9000)/1000 = -9 Volts

Page 75: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Thrust Position Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

7-15

Monitor StatusLocation Word 5, bits 15 to 12Application Determine status conditions for the monitor and individual channels.Functional Description

Channel On and OffLocation Read status = Word 5, bits 9 and 8

Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 9 and 8Application Take a channel out of service.Functional Description

Alarms If a channel is off, no alarms are returned.

Proportional Values If a channel is off invalid proportional values of –32,768 (0x8000) arereturned.

Monitor Status If a channel is off,Channel OFF is returned in the monitor read status wordChannel OK is returned in the read status word

Relation to otherfunctions

The off channel will not respond to other channel-based controls orconfiguration parameters.

LED A monitor with both channels off will have a steady green LED.

Channel Alarm StatusLocation Word 5

Application The alarm setpoints are used to annunciate excessive axial movement.When a setpoint is exceeded, the channel alarm status bit will be set.

Functional Description The Alert and Danger alarms have independent Over and Under setpoints.During operation, if the direct proportional value exceeds an Over setpoint oris below the Under setpoint for the alarm time delay, then the monitor will setthe appropriate alarm status bit true in the monitor’s Read Status Word.

Appendix B shows how to calculate the 8-bit integer for the alarm setpointfields.

During normal operation, the controller must check these bits during everyread. If the status bits are all true (1), then the monitor is configured, thechannels are OK, and the monitor is processing alarms. In this case nofurther check is needed. If any bit is false (0), then decode and takeappropriate action.The following diagnostic conditions are returned by the monitor: Monitor Statuses Unconfigured, (NO ALARMING) Ch A is OK and Ch B is NOT OK Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B is OK Ch A and Ch B are NOT OK Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is OK Config Fault on Ch A and Ch B is NOT OK Ch A is OK and Config fault on Ch B Ch A is NOT OK and Config fault on Ch B Config fault on Ch A and Config fault on Ch B Hardware fault (NO ALARMING) Module OK, Config OK, Ch A and B OK,

Bit number Channel Alarm type 7 A Alert 6 A Danger 5 B Alert 4 B Danger

Page 76: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Thrust Position Monitor Type

7-16

Upscale Thrust DirectionLocation Read Status = Word 5, bits 3 and 2

Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 3 and 2Application Set the meter upscale direction in relation to the proximity probe. This

setting effects the signed thrust position proportional value. A more positivevalue is upscale.

Channel InhibitLocation Read status = Word 5, bits 1 and 0

Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 1 and 0Application Prevent alarms and clear existing alarms on a channel basis while allowing

continued reporting of proportional values.Functional Description

Alarms Alarms will not be annunciated for a channel with Channel Inhibit active.Alarms that exist before Channel Inhibit is active are cleared.If an alarm is active when Channel Inhibit goes inactive, that alarm will beannunciated after the programmed time delay.

Proportional Values Proportional values continue to be reported with Channel Inhibit active.

Monitor Status A channel with Channel Inhibit active will return active in the monitor readstatus word.

Relation to otherfunctions

For a channel with Channel Inhibit active…a not OK channel will continue to report proportional valuesa channel can be turned on or off

LED Remains green and steady if no other conditions exist.

Transducer TypeLocation Words 6 and 7, bits 15 to 12Application It is important to select the transducer type that matches the transducers

connected to each channel. If you use external zener barriers, determinethe effect on the scale factor and configure the correct scale factor.

Functional Description The Thrust Position Type 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor supports thefollowing transducers:

Internal 3300 series 8mm or 5mmInternal 7200 series 8mm or 5mmExternal 3300 series or 3300 XL series 8mm or 5 mm, includes330800 PROXPACExternal 7200 5/8mmExternal 7200 series 11 mmExternal 7200 series 14 mmExternal -18 Volt 3000 seriesExternal 3300 RAM or External 3300 XL NSvInternal 3300 NSv

Transducer Scale FactorLocation Words 6 and 7, bits 11 to 0Application The transducer scale factor is used by the monitor to calculate the Direct

proportional value.Functional Description Scale factor is set by loading a 12-bit, unsigned, binary integer in the

channels scale factor field in the data table. The adjustment range fortransducer scale factor is ±15% around the nominal scale factor. The actualvalue loaded in the data table is a positive offset from the minimum scale

Page 77: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Thrust Position Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

7-17

factor.

Full-scale RangeLocation Words 8 and 9, bits 15 to 12Application Full-scale range is the engineering unit range for the direct proportional

value. Select a full-scale range to fit the expected direct values.Functional Description The Thrust Type1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor supports the following

full-scale ranges:10 - 0 - 10 mils25 - 0 - 25 mils30 - 0 - 30 mils40 - 0 - 40 mils50 - 0 - 50 mils75 - 0 - 75 mils0.250 - 0 - 0.250 mm0.500 - 0 - 0.500 mm0.600 - 0 - 0.600 mm0.800 - 0 - 0.800 mm1.000 - 0 - 1.000 mm2.000 - 0 - 2.000 mm

See Proportional Values description for scaling example.

Zero Position VoltageLocation Words 8 and 9, bits 11 to 0Application The voltage signal from the transducer that corresponds to the midpoint of

the rotor within its axial tolerance. On thrust position displays, this voltagewould be displayed as zero.

Functional Description The zero position voltage is configured by calculating an offset and loading itin the thrust I/O data table as a 12-bit, unsigned, binary integer.

Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over and Under, Alert andDanger)

Location Words 10, 11, 12, and 13Application Direct Alarm Setpoints are over and under Alert and Danger setpoints.

Functional Description To set alarm setpoints (Alert or Danger), load the setpoint field with anunsigned binary, 8-bit, integer scaled between 0 and 200 decimal. Asetpoint of 200 corresponds to 100% of full scale (top scale) and 0corresponds to bottom scale. The setpoint resolution will be 0.5% of the full-scale range.

To convert the desired Direct Alarm Setpoint in engineering units to Countsuse these equations. The first equation is for number above midscale(upscale setpoints). The second equation is for numbers below midscale(downscale setpoints)

Direct Over Alarm Counts = ((Direct Alarm Setpoint in Engineering Units)x (100 counts/Full up-scale)) + 100Direct Under Alarm Counts = -((Direct Alarm Setpoint in Engineering Units)x (100 counts/Full bottom-scale)) + 100

Example 1:I want a direct Alert over setpoint at 7 mils upscale, where the full-scalerange is 10 - 0 - 10 mils. How do I convert this 7 mils to counts so it can beentered into the data table?

Page 78: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Thrust Position Monitor Type

7-18

Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over and Under, Alert andDanger)

Direct Alarm Counts = ( 7

10 100) + 100

= 170 counts decimal (0xAA)

Example 2:Convert a desired direct Danger under setpoint of 0.400 mm downscale tocounts for a full-scale range of 0.500 mm - 0 - 0.500 mm.

Direct Alarm Counts = (-0.4

0.5 100) + 100

= 20 counts decimal (0x14)

See Appendix B for other examples.

Alarm Time DelayLocation Word 14Application The alarm time delay prevents intermittent signals on channel A or B that

are not related to machine condition from causing alarm.Functional Description The amount of time that the signal for a channel must exceed the alarm

setpoint before the alarm status bit is set to true. Alarm time delay optionsare:0.15 Seconds0.20 seconds0.30 seconds0.50 seconds0.60 seconds1.00 seconds2.00 seconds3.00 seconds5.00 seconds6.00 seconds10.00 seconds20.00 seconds

Monitor ResetLocation Word 15, bit 15Application Always set low (0).Functional Description If this bit is set to 1, the monitor may not operate correctly.

Barrier ConfigurationLocation Word 15, bit 14 and 13Application Configure the type of safety barrier used with the monitor. If you use

external zener barriers, set the transducer scale factor to compensate forattenuation due to the barrier.

Functional Description The setting for safety barrier applies to both channels. Barrier options are:NoneInternal Galvanic IsolatorExternal Zener BarrierExternal Galvanic Isolator

Set Configuration FlagLocation Word 15, bit 12Application Always set high (1).

Page 79: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Thrust Position Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

7-19

Functional Description If this bit is set to 0, the monitor will not operate.

Monitor TypeLocation Word 15, bits 11 and 10Application Must be set to match the monitor type being used.Functional Description Set bits 11 and 10 of word 15 for Thrust Position Type 1701/15 Proximitor

Input Monitor.

Channel On/Off, Upscale Thrust Direction, and Channel Inhibit aredescribed above in the read status word 5 descriptions.

Velocity Type1701/25 SeismicInput Monitor

Program the 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor as a Velocity Monitor orAcceleration Monitor using the Monitor Type configuration field inthe data table. This section describes the configuration options forVelocity. See Appendix C for the data table structure and bit fieldcodes.

The two channels in a 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor, Velocity Typeprovide the following data:

Static data Status dataDirect proportional values Monitor status

Timed OK Channel Defeat settingChannel ON/OFFAlert alarm statusDanger alarm statusTrip Multiply statusChannel inhibit status

Channels in a Velocity Type 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor use thefollowing configuration parameters:

TransducerConfiguration

Alarm Settings Operating parameters

Transducer typeTransducer ScalefactorFull-scale range

Alert alarm time delayDanger alarm time delayDirect Alert setpointDirect Danger setpoint

Monitor resetBarrier typeSet configurationMonitor typeChannel ON/OFFTrip Multiply SettingTrip Multiply enable anddisableChannel inhibitHigh-pass and low-passcorner frequencies

Option IncompatibilitiesCompatibility Table Description Page

NumberTransducer Type vs.Scale Factor

Shows allowable scalefactors for differenttransducer types.

C-5

Transducer Type vs. FullScale Range Type vs.Filter Corner Frequencies

Shows high pass (HP) andlow pass (LP) cornerfrequency choices based onthe selected trasducer type

C-9

Application Alert: Not all combinations ofparameters are compatiblewith one another. Beforesetting any of the followingconfiguration parameters, referto the compatibility tables inAppendix C.

Page 80: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Velocity Monitor Type

7-20

Compatibility Table Description PageNumber

and full scale range type.Transducer Type vs. FullScale Range vs. TripMultiply for BarrierOptions

Shows allowable full scaleranges and trip multiplyoptions for differenttransducer types and barrieroptions.

C-12

Velocity Transducer OKLimits vs. TransducerType vs. Barrier Options

Shows what transducers areallowed with what barrieroptions based on whetherany OK limits are shown.

C-14

Direct Proportional ValuesLocation Words 3 and 1Application Direct proportional values for channel A or B is the peak to peak vibration

signal proportionally scaled to the full-scale reading.Functional Description The direct proportional value for channel A or B is an unsigned number

placed in a 16-bit word where 1000 counts (0x3E8) is 100% of full scale,2000 counts (0x7D0) is 200% of full scale, and 3000 counts (0xBB8) is300% of full scale.

Engineering Units

Direct value Counts

Full Scale 1000 counts

Bottom Scale 0 counts

Percentage of full scale = (0.1)(Counts)

Engineering units = ((Percentage of full scale)/100) x (Full scale range maximum value)Example 1:Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a directproportional value output of 1000 counts (0x3E8) configured for a full-scalerange of 0 - 2 in/s pk

% of full scale = (0.1)(1000) = 100 % of full scale

Engineering units = (100/100)x(2 in/s pk) = 2 in/s pk

Example 2:Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a directproportional value output of 500 counts (0x1F4) configured for a full-scale

Page 81: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Velocity Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

7-21

Direct Proportional Valuesrange of 0 to 10 mm/s pk

% of full scale = (0.1)(500) = 50% of full scale

Engineering units = (50/100)x(10 mm/s pk) = 5 mm/s pk

Example 3:Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a directproportional value output of 2500 (0x9C4), configured for a full-scale rangeof 0 to 500 µm pp, integrated velocity.

% of full scale = (0.1)(2500) = 250% of full scale

Engineering units = (250/100)x(500 µm pp) =1250 µm pp

Page 82: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Velocity Monitor Type

7-22

Monitor StatusLocation Word 5, bits 15 to 12Application Determine status conditions for the monitor and individual channels. During

normal operation, the controller must check these bits during every read. Ifthe status bits are all true (1), then the monitor is configured, the channelsare OK, and the monitor is processing alarms. In this case no further checkis needed. If any bit is false (0), then decode and take appropriate action.

Functional Description

Timed OK Channel DefeatLocation Read Status = Word 5, bits 11 and 10

Enable or disable = Words 8 and 9, bit 9Application When Enabled holds a channel in the not OK state for a fixed time after the

channel transitions from not OK to OK and will inhibit alarming from a NotOK state. This function can provide protection against false alarms causedby intermittent field wiring. When Disabled the channel can alarm from a NotOK state and will transition from Not OK to OK with no time delay. This canprovide protection against missed alarms due to sudden impact events thatcan cause the sensor output to exceed the OK limits.

Functional Description When Enabled and a channel returns to the OK state from a not OK state,the monitor will continue to hold the channel in the not OK state until thechannel has been OK continuously for 30 seconds. During this time thechannel will continue to return proportional values but it will not processalarms. When Enabled alarming is inhibited from the Not OK state. WhenDisabled the monitor will process alarms even if the channel is Not OK andwill return to the OK state at the same time the cause of the Not OKcondition is removed.

If the Read Status bit for Timed OK Channel Defeat is true or enabled, theTimed OK Channel Defeat function has been enabled in the configuration.

Application Alert: On reciprocating machinesmonitored with velocity orVelomitor sensors a suddenmechanical impact can over-rangethe sensor output. If the monitor isconfigured with Timed OKChannel Defeat enabled and theover-range signal exceeds the OKlimits the monitor may notannunciate an alarm. This mayresult in a missed alarm andtemporary loss of machineprotection. On ReciprocatingMachines monitored with velocityor Velomitor sensors disableTimed OK Channel Defeat.

The following diagnostic conditions are returned by the monitor: Monitor Statuses Unconfigured, (NO ALARMING) Ch A is OK and Ch B is NOT OK Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B is OK Ch A and Ch B are NOT OK Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is OK Config Fault on Ch A and Ch B is NOT OK Ch A is OK and Config fault on Ch B Ch A is NOT OK and Config fault on Ch B Config fault on Ch A and Config fault on Ch B Hardware fault (NO ALARMING) Module OK, Config OK, Ch A and B OK,

Page 83: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Velocity Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

7-23

Channel On and OffLocation Read status = Word 5, bit 9 and 8

Enable or disable = Word 15, bit 9 and 8Application Take a channel out of service.Functional Description

Alarms If a channel is off, no alarms are returned.

Proportional Values If a channel is off invalid proportional values of –32,768 (0x8000) arereturned.

Monitor Status If a channel is off,Channel OFF is returned in the monitor read status wordChannel OK is returned in the read status word

Relation to otherfunctions

The off channel will not respond to other channel-based controls orconfiguration parameters.

LED A monitor with both channels off will have a steady green LED.

Channel Alarm StatusLocation Word 5

Application An alarm setpoint is the level of vibration that causes the alarm status for thechannel to go active. The Channel Alarm Status bit is true when the alarmlevel is exceeded for the Alarm Time Delay.

Functional Description Velocity Input monitors have two levels of alarm – Alert and Danger.Danger is the more serious alarm level.

During monitor operation if the Direct proportional value is greater than thesetpoint for the period of time selected by the Alarm Time Delay then themonitor will set the appropriate alarm status bit true in the monitor’s ReadStatus Word 5.

Appendix C shows how to calculate the 8-bit integer for the alarm setpointfields in the Channel Setpoints description.

Trip MultiplyLocation

Application Multiplies the alarm setpoint levels on the selected channel by the TripMultiply level.

Functional DescriptionAlarms An alarm will clear if an alarm is active prior to enabling Trip Multiply and if

the multiplied setpoint is above the vibration level.

Proportional Values The channel proportional values will continue to be reported in percent of fullscale with a dynamic range of 300% of the full-scale range and resolution of0.1% of full-scale range.

Bit number Channel Alarm type 7 A Alert 6 A Danger 5 B Alert 4 B Danger

Function Word and bit number Channel A Channel B read status Word 5, bit 3 Word 5, bit 2 enable ordisable

Word 15, bit 3 Word 15, bit 2

set TM level Word 15, bits 7 & 6 Word 15, bits 5 & 4

Page 84: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Velocity Monitor Type

7-24

Trip MultiplyMonitor Status A channel with Trip Multiply active will return active in the monitor status

word.

Relation to otherfunctions

Channel inhibit and channel on and off can be applied while Trip Multiply isenabled.

LED No effect.

Channel InhibitLocation Read status = Word 5, bits 1 and 0

Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 1 and 0Application Prevent alarms and clear existing alarms on a channel basis while allowing

continued reporting of proportional values.Functional Description

Alarms Alarms will not be annunciated for a channel with Channel Inhibit active.Alarms that exist before Channel Inhibit is active are cleared.If an alarm is active when Channel Inhibit goes inactive, that alarm will beannunciated after the programmed time delay.

Proportional Values Proportional values continue to be reported with Channel Inhibit active.

Monitor Status A channel with Channel Inhibit active will return active in the monitor readstatus word.

Relation to otherfunctions

For a channel with Channel Inhibit active…a not OK channel will continue to report proportional valuesTrip multiply can be enableda channel can be turned on or off

LED Remains green and steady if no other conditions exist.

Transducer TypeLocation Words 6 and 7, bits 15 to 12Application It is important to select the transducer type that matches the transducers

connected to each channel.Functional Description Transducers that are supported by the 1701/25 Velocity Input Monitor:

Velomitor, 100 mV(/in/s) pk, 330500, 330525,High Temp Velomitor, 145 mV/(in/s) pk, 330750, 330550CEC 4 -126 or CEC 4 - 131, 145 mV/(in/s) pk500 mV/in/s pk, 9200, 74712 (or any using 10 k load, 500 mV/(in/s) pk,correct OK limits)

Transducer Scale FactorLocation Words 6 and 7, bits 11 to 0Application The transducer scale factor is used by the monitor to calculate the Direct

proportional value.Functional Description Scale factor is set by loading a 12-bit, unsigned, binary integer in the

channels scale factor field in the data table. The adjustment range fortransducer scale factor is ±15% around the nominal scale factor. The actualvalue loaded in the data table is a positive offset from the minimum scalefactor.

Page 85: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Velocity Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

7-25

Full Scale RangeLocation Words 8 and 9, bits 15 to 12Application Full-scale range is the engineering unit range for the direct proportional

value. Select a full-scale range to fit the expected direct values.Functional Description The Velocity Input Type, 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor supports the

following full-scale ranges:0 - 0.5 in/s pk0 - 1.0 in/s pk0 - 2.0 in/s pk0 - 3.0 in/s pk0 - 10 mm/s pk0 - 20 mm/s pk0 - 50 mm/s pk0 - 75 mm/s pk0 - 5 mils pp, integrated velocity0 - 10 mils pp, integrated velocity0 - 20 mils pp, integrated velocity0 - 100 µm pp, integrated velocity0 - 200 µm pp, integrated velocity0 - 500 µm pp, integrated velocity0 - 0.5 in/s rms0 - 1.0 in/s rms0 - 2.0 in/s rms0 - 3.0 in/s rms0 - 10 mm/s rms0 - 20 mm/s rms0 - 40 mm/s rms0 - 50 mm/s rms0 - 75 mm/s rmsSee Proportional Values description for scaling example.

Timed OK channel Defeat On/Off is described above in the readstatus word 5 descriptions.

Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger)Location Words 11 and 12Application Direct Alarm Setpoints are Alert or Danger level setpoints that can be set to

flag if the direct value goes over the Alert (first-level) Alarm level or Danger(second-level) Alarm level.

Functional Description To set alarm setpoints (Alert or Danger), load the setpoint field with anunsigned binary, 8-bit, integer scaled between 0 and 200 decimal. Asetpoint of 200 corresponds to 100% of full scale (top scale) and 0corresponds to bottom scale. The setpoint resolution will be 0.5% of the full-scale range.

To convert the desired Direct Alarm Setpoint in engineering units to Countsuse this equation:

Direct Alarm Counts = (Direct Alarm Engineering Units)(200 counts/full scale range)Example 1:I want a direct Alert over setpoint at 1 in/s pk where the full-scale range is 0to 2 in/s pk. How do I convert this 1 in/s pk to counts so I can configure thesetpoint?

Direct alarm counts = (1 in/s pk)(200 counts/2 in/s pk)) = 100 counts (or 0x64)Example 2:Convert a desired direct Danger over setpoint of 75 µm pp, integratedvelocity, to counts for a full-scale range of 0 to 100 µm pp.

Direct alarm counts = (75 µm pp)(200 counts/100 µm pp)

Page 86: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Velocity Monitor Type

7-26

Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger) = 150 counts (or 0x96)See Appendix C for other examples.

High and Low Pass Corner FrequencyLocation Word 13, bits 7 to 4 and bits 15 to 12Application Set up desired filter corners for direct proportional values.Functional Description The combined high-pass and low-pass filters set up the desired band-pass

filter for the direct proportional values for your specific application. Theminimum high-pass corner frequency is 3 Hz or 10 Hz, depending ontransducer type and full-scale range type. The maximum low-pass cornerfrequency is 4,000 Hz. High- and low-pass corner frequencies areadjustable options, and allowable frequency ranges vary with transducertype and full-scale range type.

Refer to compatibility tables in Appendix C for specific filter cornersallowable for your transducer type and full-scale range type.

Alarm Time DelayLocation Word 14Application The alarm time delay prevents intermittent signals on channel A or B that

are not related to machine condition from causing alarm.Functional Description The amount of time that the signal for a channel must exceed the alarm

setpoint before the alarm status bit is set to true. Alarm time delay optionsare:0.15 seconds0.20 seconds0.30 seconds0.50 seconds0.60 seconds1.00 seconds2.00 seconds3.00 seconds5.00 seconds6.00 seconds10.00 seconds20.00 seconds

Monitor ResetLocation Word 15, bit 15Application Always set low (0).Functional Description If this bit is set to 1, the monitor may not operate correctly.

Barrier ConfigurationLocation Word 15, bits 14 and 13Application Configure the type of safety barrier used with the monitor. If you use

external zener barriers, set the transducer scale factor to compensate forattenuation due to the barrier.

Functional Description The setting for safety barrier applies to both channels. Barrier options are:NoneInternal Galvanic IsolatorExternal Zener BarrierExternal Galvanic Isolator

Set Configuration FlagLocation Word 15, bit 12Application Always set high (1).

Page 87: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Velocity Monitor Type Chapter 7 — The I/O Data Table for the 1701 Monitoring System

7-27

Functional Description If this bit is set to 0, the monitor will not operate.

Monitor TypeLocation Word 15, bits 11 and 10Application Must be set to match the monitor type being used.Functional Description Set bits 11 and 10 of word 15 for Velocity Type 1701/25 Seismic Input

Monitor.

Channel On/Off, Trip Multiply, and Channel Inhibit are describedabove in the read status word 5 descriptions.

Acceleration Type1701/25 SeismicInput Monitor

Acceleration monitors measure the vibration of a machine case inacceleration units.

Program the 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor as a Velocity Monitor orAcceleration Monitor using the Monitor Type configuration field inthe data table. This section describes the configuration options forAcceleration. See Appendix D for the data table structure and bitfield codes.

The two channels in a 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor, Accelerationtype provide the following data:

Static data Status DataDirect proportional values Monitor status

Timed OK Channel Defeat settingChannel ON/OFFAlert alarm statusDanger alarm statusTrip Multiply statusChannel inhibit status

Channels in an acceleration monitor use the following configurationparameters:

TransducerConfiguration

Alarm Settings Operating parameters

Transducer typeTransducer ScalefactorFull scale range

Alert alarm time delayDanger alarm time delayDirect Alert setpointDirect Danger setpoint

Monitor resetBarrier typeSet configurationMonitor typeChannel ON/OFFTrip Multiply SettingTrip Multiply enable anddisableChannel inhibitHigh-pass and low passcorner frequencies

Option IncompatibilitiesCompatibility Table Description Page

NumberTransducer Type vs.Scale Factor

Shows allowable scalefactors for differenttransducer types.

D-5

Application Alert: Not all combinations ofparameters are compatiblewith one another. Beforesetting any of the followingconfiguration parameters, referto the compatibility tables inAppendix D.

Page 88: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Acceleration Monitor Type

7-28

Transducer Type vs. FullScale Range Type vs. HPand LP Corner FrequencyRanges

Shows allowable high pass(HP) and low pass (LP)choices based on theselected transducer type andfull scale range type.

D-9

Acceleration TransducerType vs. Full Scale RangeType vs. Trip Multiply forBarrier Options

Shows allowable full scaleranges and trip multiplyoptions for differenttransducer types and barrieroptions.

D-12

Acceleration TransducerOK Limits vs. TransducerType vs. Barrier Options

Shows what transducers areallowed with what barrieroptions based on whetherany OK limits are shown.

D-16

Page 89: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Acceleration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables

7-29

Direct Proportional ValuesLocation Words 1 and 3Application Direct proportional values for channel A or B is the peak to peak vibration

signal proportionally scaled to the full-scale reading.Functional Description The direct proportional value for channel A or B is an unsigned number

placed in a 16-bit word where 1000 counts (0x3E8) is 100% of full scale,2000 counts (0x7D0) is 200% of full scale, and 3000 counts (0xBB8) is300% of full scale.

Engineering Units

Direct value Counts

Full Scale 1000 counts

Bottom Scale 0 counts

Percentage of full scale = (0.1)(Counts)

Engineering units = ((Percentage of full scale)/100) x (Full-scale range maximum value)

Example 1:Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a directproportional value output of 1000 counts (0x3E8) configured for a full-scalerange of 0 - 2 gs pk.

% of full scale = (0.1)(1000) = 100 % of full scale

Engineering units = (100/100)x(2 gs pk) = 2 gs pk

Example 2:Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a directproportional value output of 500 counts (0x1F4)configured for a full scale range of 0 to 100 m/s2 pk

% of full scale = (0.1)(500) = 50% of full scale

Engineering units = (50/100)x(100 m/s2 pk) = 50 m/s2 pkExample 3:Calculate the percentage of full scale and the engineering units for a directproportional value output of 2500 (0x9C4), configured for a full-scale rangeof 0 to 50 mm/s pk, integrated acceleration.

% of full scale = (0.1)(2500)

Page 90: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Acceleration Monitor Type

7-30

Direct Proportional Values = 250% of full scale

Engineering units = (250/100)x(50 mm/s pk) =125 mm/s

Monitor StatusLocation Word 5, bits 15 to 12Application Determine status conditions for the monitor and individual channels. During

normal operation, the controller must check these bits during every read. Ifthe status bits are all true (1), then the monitor is configured, the channelsare OK, and the monitor is processing alarms. In this case no further checkis needed. If any bit is false (0), then decode and take appropriate action.

Functional Description

Timed OK Channel DefeatLocation Read Status = Word 5, bits 11 and 10

enable or disable = Words 7 and 8, bit 9Application When Enabled holds a channel in the not OK state for a fixed time after the

channel transitions from not OK to OK and inhibits alarming from a Not OKstate. This function can provide protection against false alarms caused byintermittent field wiring. When Disabled the channel can alarm from a NotOK state. This can provide protection against missed alarms due to suddenimpact events that can cause the sensor output to exceed the OK limits.

Functional Description When Enabled and a channel returns to the OK state from a not OK state,the monitor will continue to hold the channel in the not OK state until thechannel has been OK continuously for 30 seconds. During this time thechannel will continue to return proportional values but it will not processalarms. . When Enabled, alarming is inhibited from a Not OK state. WhenDisabled the monitor will process alarms even if a channel is Not OK andwill return to the OK state at the same time the cause of the Not OKcondition is removed.

If the Read Status bit for Timed OK Channel Defeat is true or enabled, theTimed OK Channel Defeat function has been enabled in the configuration.

The following diagnostic conditions are returned by the monitor: Monitor Statuses Unconfigured, (NO ALARMING) Ch A is OK and Ch B is NOT OK Ch A is NOT OK and Ch B is OK Ch A and Ch B are NOT OK Config fault on Ch A and Ch B is OK Config Fault on Ch A and Ch B is NOT OK Ch A is OK and Config fault on Ch B Ch A is NOT OK and Config fault on Ch B Config fault on Ch A and Config fault on Ch B Hardware fault (NO ALARMING) Module OK, Config OK, Ch A and B OK,

Page 91: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Acceleration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables

7-31

Channel On and OffLocation Read status = Word 5, bits 9 and 8

Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 9 and 8Application Take a channel out of service.Functional Description

Alarms If a channel is off, no alarms are returned.

Proportional Values If a channel is off, invalid proportional values of –32,768 (0x8000) arereturned.

Monitor Status If a channel is off,Channel OFF is returned in the monitor read status wordChannel OK is returned in the read status word

Relation to otherfunctions

The off channel will not respond to other channel-based controls orconfiguration parameters.

LED A monitor with both channels off will have a steady green LED.

Channel Alarm StatusLocation Word 5

Application An alarm setpoint is the level of vibration that causes the alarm status for thechannel to go active. The Channel Alarm Status bit is true when the alarmlevel is exceeded for the Alarm Time Delay.

Functional Description This monitor has two levels of alarm – Alert and Danger. Danger is themore serious alarm level.

During monitor operation if the Direct proportional value is greater than thesetpoint for the period of time selected by the Alarm Time Delay then themonitor will set the appropriate alarm status bit true in the monitor’s ReadStatus Word 5.

Appendix D shows how to calculate the 8-bit integer for the alarm setpointfields.

Trip MultiplyLocation

Application Multiplies the alarm setpoint levels on the selected channel by the TripMultiply level

Functional DescriptionAlarms An alarm will clear if an alarm is active prior to enabling Trip Multiply and if

the multiplied setpoint is above the vibration level.

Proportional Values The channel proportional values will continue to be reported in percent of fullscale with a dynamic range of 300% of the full-scale range and resolution of0.1% of full-scale range.

Bit number Channel Alarm type 7 A Alert 6 A Danger 5 B Alert 4 B Danger

Function Word and bit number Channel A Channel B read status Word 5, bit 3 Word 5, bit 2 enable ordisable

Word 15, bit 3 Word 15, bit 2

set TM level Word 15, bits 7 & 6 Word 15 bits 5 & 4

Page 92: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Acceleration Monitor Type

7-32

Trip MultiplyMonitor Status A channel with Trip Multiply active will return active in the monitor status

word.

Relation to otherfunctions

Channel inhibit and channel on and off can be applied while Trip Multiply isenabled.

LED No effect.

Channel InhibitLocation Read status = Word 5, bits 1 and 0

Enable or disable = Word 15, bits 1 and 0Application Prevent alarms and clear existing alarms on a channel basis while allowing

continued reporting of proportional values.Functional Description

Alarms Alarms will not be annunciated for a channel with Channel Inhibit active.Alarms that exist before Channel Inhibit is active are cleared.If an alarm is active when Channel Inhibit goes inactive, that alarm will beannunciated after the programmed time delay.

Proportional Values Proportional values continue to be reported with Channel Inhibit active.

Monitor Status A channel with Channel Inhibit active will return active in the monitor readstatus word.

Relation to otherfunctions

For a channel with Channel Inhibit active…a not OK channel will continue to report proportional valuesTrip multiply can be enableda channel can be turned on or off

LED Remains green and steady if no other conditions exist.

Transducer TypeLocation Words 6 and 7, bits 15 to 12Application It is important to select the transducer type that matches the transducers

connected to each channel.Functional Description The Acceleration Type 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor supports the following

transducers:330400, 100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW23733-03 I/F module, 100 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB BW330425, 25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB49578-01, 25 mV/g pk, 20 kHz or less -3dB155023-01, 25 mV/g pk, high frequency

Transducer Scale FactorLocation Words 6 and 7, bits 11 to 0Application The transducer scale factor is used by the monitor to calculate the Direct

proportional value.Functional Description Scale factor is set by loading a 12-bit, unsigned, binary integer in the

channels scale factor field in the data table. The adjustment range fortransducer scale factor is ±15% around the nominal scale factor. The actualvalue loaded in the data table is a positive offset from the minimum scalefactor.

Full-scale RangeLocation Words 8 and 9, bits 15 to 10Application Full-scale range is the engineering unit range for the direct proportional value.

Page 93: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Acceleration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables

7-33

Select a full-scale range to fit the expected direct values.Functional Description The Acceleration Input 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor supports the following full-

scale ranges:0 - 2 gs pk 0 - 2 gs rms0 - 5 gs pk 0 - 5 gs rms0 - 10 gs pk 0 - 10 gs rms0 - 20 gs pk 0 - 20 gs rms0 - 25 gs pk 0 - 25 gs rms0 - 40 gs pk 0 - 40 gs rms0 - 50 gs pk 0 - 50 gs rms0 - 20 m/s2 pk 0 - 20 m/s2 rms0 - 50 m/s2 pk 0 - 50 m/s2 rms0 – 100 m/s2 pk 0 - 100 m/s2 rms0 – 200 m/s2 pk 0 - 200 m/s2 rms0 – 250 m/s2 pk 0 - 250 m/s2 rms0 – 400 m/s2 pk 0 - 400 m/s2 rms0 – 500 m/s2 pk 0 - 500 m/s2 rms0 - 1.0 in/s pk, integrated acceleration 0 - 1.0 in/s rms, integrated acceleration0 - 2.0 in/s pk, integrated acceleration 0 - 2.0 in/s rms, integrated acceleration0 - 25 mm/s pk, integrated acceleration 0 - 25 mm/s rms, integrated acceleration0 - 50 mm/s pk, integrated acceleration 0 - 50 mm/s rms, integrated acceleration0 – 100 mm/s pk, integratedacceleration

0 - 100 mm/s rms, integratedacceleration

See Proportional Values description for scaling example.

Timed OK channel Defeat On/Off is described above in the readstatus word 5 descriptions.

Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger)Location Words 11 and 12Application Direct Alarm Setpoints are Alert or Danger level setpoints that can be set to

flag if the direct value goes over the Alert (first-level) Alarm level or Danger(second-level) Alarm level.

Functional Description To set alarm setpoints (Alert or Danger), load the setpoint field with anunsigned binary, 8-bit, integer scaled between 0 and 200 decimal. Asetpoint of 200 corresponds to 100% of full scale (top scale) and 0corresponds to bottom scale. The setpoint resolution will be 0.5% of the full-scale range.

To convert the desired Direct Alarm Setpoint in engineering units to Countsuse this equation:

Direct Alarm Counts = (Direct Alarm Engineering Units)(200 counts/full scale range)

Example 1:I want a direct Alert over setpoint at 1 gs pk where the full-scale range is 0 to2 gs pk. How do I convert this 1 gs pk to counts so I can configure thesetpoint?

Direct alarm counts = (1 gs pk)(200 counts/2 gs pk)) = 100 counts (0x64 )

Example 2:Convert a desired direct Danger over setpoint of 75 m/s 2 pk to counts for afull-scale range of 0 to 100 m/s2 pk.

Direct alarm counts = (75 m/s2 pk)(200 counts/100 m/s2 pk) = 150 counts (0x96)

Page 94: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Acceleration Monitor Type

7-34

Direct Alarm Setpoints (Over Alert and Danger)See Appendix D for other examples.

High and Low Pass Corner FrequencyLocation Word 13, bits 7 to 4 and bits 15 to 12Application Set up desired filter corners for direct proportional values.Functional Description The combined high-pass and low-pass filters set up the desired band-pass

filter for the direct proportional values for your specific application. Theminimum high-pass corner frequency is 3 Hz, 10 Hz, or 20 Hz, dependingon acceleration monitor type, transducer type, and full-scale range type.The maximum low-pass corner frequency is 14.05 kHz, 31.55 kHz, or 24.3kHz, depending on acceleration monitor type. High- and low-pass cornerfrequencies are adjustable options, and allowable frequency ranges varywith specific monitor type, transducer type, and full-scale range type.

Refer to compatibility tables in Appendix D for specific filter cornersallowable for your monitor type, transducer type, and full-scale range type..

Alarm Time DelayLocation Word 14Application The alarm time delay prevents intermittent signals on channel A or B that

are not related to machine condition from causing alarm.Functional Description The amount of time that the signal for a channel must exceed the alarm

setpoint before the alarm status bit is set to true. Alarm time delay optionsare:0.15 seconds0.20 seconds0.30 seconds0.50 seconds0.60 seconds1.00 seconds2.00 seconds3.00 seconds5.00 seconds6.00 seconds10.00 seconds20.00 seconds

Monitor ResetLocation Word 15, bit 15Application Always set low (0).Functional Description If this bit is set to 1, the monitor may not operate correctly.

Barrier ConfigurationLocation Word 15, bits 14 and 13Application Configure the type of safety barrier used with the monitor. If you use

external zener barriers, set the transducer scale factor to compensate forattenuation due to the barrier.

Functional Description The setting for safety barrier applies to both channels. Barrier options are:NoneInternal Galvanic IsolatorExternal Zener BarrierExternal Galvanic Isolator

Set Configuration FlagLocation Word 15, bit 12Application Always set high (1).

Page 95: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Acceleration Monitor Type Chapter 7 — Configuration Options and I/O Data Tables

7-35

Functional Description If this bit is set to 0, the monitor will not operate.

Monitor TypeLocation Word 15, bits 11 and 10Application Identify the monitor type being used.

Use the following table to select which Acceleration Type is appropriate foryour application

Functional Description If the Monitor Type bits (word 15, bits 11 and 10) are not set correctly, themonitor will not function correctly. Be careful to configure the monitor forthe correct monitor type.

Channel On/Off, Trip Multiply, and Channel Inhibit are describedabove in the read status word 5 descriptions.

AccelerationMonitor Type

Application

DualAcceleration,

14.05 kHz

Use this type if you want to program one or bothchannels for peak or rms acceleration monitoring andyou want to set programmable low-pass filters. Themaximum signal frequency for these channels is 14.05kHz. You should also use this type if you want toprogram one, or both channels for monitoring peak orrms velocity (integrated acceleration). The maximumsignal frequency for these channels is also 14.05 kHzand you can set any of the programmed low-passfilters that are within the bandwidth.

High-pass filters can be programmed in all cases.

DualAcceleration,

31.55 kHz

Use this type if you want to program both channels forwide band peak or rms acceleration monitoring to31.55 kHz. You should also use this type if you want toprogram one channel (Channel B must be used) forwide band peak or rms acceleration monitoring with afixed 31.55 kHz low-pass filter and the other channel(Channel A) for peak or rms acceleration monitoringwith programmable low pass filters up to 31.55 kHz.

High-pass filters can be programmed in all cases.

SingleAcceleration,

24.3 kHz

Use this type when you only have a single transducerconnected to the monitor and you want to monitorpeak or rms acceleration to 24.3 kHz withprogrammable low-pass filters, or, you want to monitorpeak or rms velocity to 24.3 kHz with the capability toset low-pass filters.

High-pass filters can be programmed in all cases

Channel A will be the active channel and Channel Bwill be OFF.

If you only require one active channel on a 1701/25Acceleration type then you should choose this type.The single channel type will provide wider bandwidthswith programmable filter capability than the dualchannel types.

Page 96: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual Acceleration Monitor Type

7-36

Page 97: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8

System Verification

This chapter shows how to verify that the system components areoperating properly.

• monitor

• internal Proximitor module

• transducer I/O module

• internal Galvanic Isolator

• 24 volt power supply

Monitor Verification The 1701 monitors are factory calibrated and do not require fieldadjustment. However, monitor and system function should be verifiedat installation and at periodic intervals.

Verification testing consists of verifying channel values, alarms, OKLimits, and filter corner frequencies. This section describesverification testing for six different applications

• 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor radial vibration channelsusing external Proximitor sensors

• 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor radial vibration channelsusing internal Proximitor sensors

• 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor thrust position channelsusing external Proximitor sensors

• 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor thrust position channelsusing internal Proximitor sensors

• 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor velocity input channels usingseismoprobes or 2 wire velocity sensors

• 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor velocity input channels usingVelomitor sensors

• 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor acceleration input channels

Required Test Equipment1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor

Transducer Radial Vibration Channels Thrust Position ChannelsExternal ProximitorSensors

DC power supplyMultimeter - 4 ½ digitsFunction generator

DC power supplyMultimeter - 4 ½ digits

Internal ProximitorSensors

Probe, extension cable, target, and TK - 3wobble plate or equivalentOscilloscopeMultimeter - 4 ½ digits

Spindle micrometer, probe, extensioncable, and targetMultimeter - 4 ½ digit

Chapter

Page 98: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-2

1701/25 Seismic Input MonitorVelocity Input Channels - 2 wirevelocity transducers

Velocity Input Channels -Velomitors

Acceleration Input Channels

DC power supplyMultimeter - 4 ½ digitFunction generator2.49 kΩ resistor

DC power supplyMultimeter - 4 ½ digitFunction generator4 kΩ resistor10 uF capacitor

DC power supplyMultimeter - 4 ½ digitFunction generator

Typical Verification Test Setup

Verification testing of 1701 monitors requires that your network is upand running, the FieldMonitor system is configured, and yourvibration values and status are accessible on a display. Transducersignals are simulated with the test equipment or applied directly usinga micrometer kit.

TestEquipment

1701

PLC

HMI

Network

Page 99: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-3

Monitor LED statusThe table below shows how to interpret the monitors LED.

STATUS LEDstate

Condition

OFF Power is off or some component is defective. See the troubleshooting section.Green flashing at1 Hz

Monitor is unconfigured.

Green steady Monitor is configured and monitor and transducers are in an OK condition.Alternategreen/red flashing

One or both channels are in alarm.

Red flashing at 1Hz

Recoverable fault condition such as: one or both transducer channels are not OK,Timed OK Channel Defeat is active, the monitor is not OK, or the configuration isinvalid.

Red steady Non-recoverable fault. See troubleshooting section, page 9-1.

Monitor Signal ScalingDirect proportional values for 1701/15 radial vibration channels and1701/25 velocity and acceleration channels are returned by themonitor as counts. The counts are scaled so that 0 counts is bottomscale and 1000 counts equals the full scale.

The figure below shows the relation between the full-scale range inengineering units, Direct value counts, and the Direct alarm setpointscale in counts.

Engineering Units

Direct value Counts

Direct ValueAlarm Counts

Full Scale 1000 counts 200 counts

Bottom Scale 0 counts 0 counts

Your display HMI software maps the Direct value counts toengineering units. If you have access to the controllers data file, youcan interpret values directly.

Application Advisory: Radial vibration channels orseismic channels with TimedOK Defeat enabled will remainin a not OK state for 30seconds after the transducersignal returns to an OKcondition. During verification testing youmust wait 30 seconds afterapplying an OK conditionbefore verifying the channelOK status.

Page 100: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-4

Direct thrust position value is scaled as shown below.

Engineering Units

Direct value Counts

Direct ValueAlarm Counts

Full Up Scale 500 counts 200 counts

Full Bottom Scale

-500 counts 0 counts

0 countsZeroPosition

Page 101: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-5

Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor RadialVibration Channels configured for externalProximitor Sensors

DC power supply setting Function generator setting- 9.00 Vdc Waveform: sinewave

DC Offset: 0 VdcFrequency: 100 HzAmplitude: minimum level

1. Disconnect Vt (transducer power), COM, and SIG field wiringfrom the channel terminals on the terminal base.

2. Connect the test equipment as shown. Use the same connectionfor the 1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases.

3. Calculate the full-scale voltage using the equation and examplesbelow. Adjust the function generator amplitude to the calculatedvoltage.

Full-scale Voltage = Direct Full-scale Range x TransducerScale Factor

Example 1Direct Full-scale Range = 5 mil ppTransducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/mil ppFull-scale Voltage= (5 mil pp) x ( 200 mV/mil pp)

= 1.000 VppFor a V rms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

V rms Full-scale Voltage = (0.707) x (V pp Full ScaleVoltage/2)

= 0.3535 V rms

1701

Multimeter

Function generator

DC powersupply

I/O moduleand terminals

DangerHigh voltage present.Contact could cause shock,burns, or death.

Do not touch exposed wiresor terminals.

Application Alert: Use the transducer scalefactor that is loaded in the I/Odata table for the monitor andchannel.

Page 102: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-6

Example 2Direct Full-scale Range = 150 µm ppTransducer Scale Factor = 7.874 mV/µm ppFull-scale Voltage= (150 µm pp) x (0.007874 V/µm pp)

= 1.181 V ppFor a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

Vrms Full-scale Voltage = (0.707) x (V pp Full-scaleVoltage/2)

= 0.4175 Vrms

4. Verify that the Direct reading is within specification.

Terminal Base Type Tolerance in percent of full scale range

1701/05 TB ± 1%

Full Scale Ranges less than 200mV peak to peak

Full Scale Ranges more than 200mV peak to peak

1701/06 Isolator TB

+4% to +2% +1% to –2%

If the reading does not meet specification check your input signaland connections. If the monitor still does not meet specificationgo to the section “If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.

Steps 5 through 9 are verifying Direct alarms

5. Adjust the function generator amplitude below the Alert alarmlevel.

6. Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the alarmstatus on the HMI or by verifying that the monitor LED is greensteady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to begreen steady.)

7. Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds theAlert/A1 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delayhas expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify that theLED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the LEDto indicate alarms.)

8. Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds theDanger/A2 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delayhas expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.

9. Adjust the function generator so the signal is below the Alertsetpoint level. Verify that the HMI indicates no active alarms andthe LED indicates correctly.

Steps 10 and 11 are verifying the Gap value.

10. Adjust the function generator amplitude to minimum value andthen set the DC power supply to -18.000 Vdc.

Application Alert: If your controller isprogrammed for latchingalarms you will need to resetthem to verify that the alarmsare now inactive.

Page 103: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-7

11. Verify that the gap value reading is -18.000 volts ± 20 mV (± 120mV for internal isolator systems). (Note this may cause a not OKcondition.)

Step 12 is verifying Gap alarms.

12. To verify the gap alarms adjust the DC power supply to a valuethat is between the over/under gap alarm setpoints. Verify that theAlert alarm status is not active. Adjust the DC power supply to avoltage more positive than the under gap setpoint. After the alarmtime delay expires, verify that Alert/A1 is active. Adjust thepower supply back to a value between the over/under gapsetpoints and verify alarms are not active. Adjust the powersupply to a voltage more negative than the over gap setpoint.Verify that Alert/A1 is active.

Step 13 is verifying the OK Limits. OK Limit tables areshown in Appendix A.

13. To test the OK Limits adjust the function generator to a minimumoutput and adjust the DC power supply to -9.00 Volt. Verify thatthe channel status is OK. Gradually increase (more negative) thepower supply voltage over the upper OK limit. Verify that theHMI reports not OK and that the monitor LED is red flashing.(Note: The other channel should be OK or you cannot use theLED as an indicator.) Adjust the power supply voltage back to -9.00 Volt and verify that the channel status is OK. Decrease thepower supply voltage (more positive) below the lower OK limitand verify that the channel status is not OK.

14. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect Vt, COM, and SIGfield wiring to the terminals. Verify that the channel status returnsto the OK state.

15. Repeat steps 1 through 14 for the other channel.

Page 104: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-8

Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor RadialVibration Channels using internal ProximitorSensors

This verification method requires special equipment and is notsuitable for verifying monitor accuracy specifications. It is alsodifficult and time consuming. An alternative is:

• Replace the internal Proximitor module with a 170180-01Proximitor/Accelerometer I/O Module and verify the monitor-to-controller link using the procedure described in, “Verifying1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor radial vibration channelsconfigured for external Proximitor sensors. Also, re-install theinternal Proximitor module and verify it using the proceduredescribed under “Internal Proximitor Verification”.

The verification procedure using the TK-3 is described below.

1. Use the dial indicator supplied with the TK-3 to adjust theposition of the probe holder to the full-scale peak to peakdisplacement.

TK-3

Oscilloscope

Probeextensioncable

1701

DangerHigh voltage present.Contact could cause shock,burns, or death.

Do not touch exposed wiresor terminals.

Application Alert: Standard wobble plates areAISI 4140 steel. If yourProximity transducer systemhas been modified for othertarget materials then youshould not use this procedure.

Page 105: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-9

2. Connect the test equipment as shown by installing the probe inthe TK-3 wobble plate and connecting the oscilloscope to thechannels buffered output.

3. Gap the probe at -9.00 Volt ± 1.00 Volt for the 170133 or 170172internal Proximitor Sensors. Gap the probe at -7.00 Volt ± 1.00Volt for the 170150 internal Proximitor Sensor.

4. Turn on the TK-3 and use the oscilloscope to adjust the wobbleplate rotational speed to approximately 100 Hz. Verify that thechannel status is OK and use the oscilloscope to measure the peakto peak signal.

5. Verify that the Direct reading correct.

Terminal Base Type Tolerance in percent of full scale range

1701/05 TB ± 8%

Full Scale Ranges more than 200 mV peak to peak1701/06 Isolator TB

+8% to –9%

If the reading does not meet specification, check your input,connections, and wobble plate. If the monitor still does not meetspecification, go to the section “If a Channel Fails a VerificationTest”, page 8-38.

6.) Adjust the probe holder to reduce the peak to peak displacementbelow the Alert setpoint level.

Steps 7 through 11 are verifying Direct alarms

7.) Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the alarmstatus on the HMI or by verifying that the monitor LED is greensteady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to begreen steady.)

8.) Adjust the probe holder so that the signal just exceeds theAlert/A1 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delayhas expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify that theLED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the LEDto indicate alarms.)

9.) Adjust the probe holder so that the signal just exceeds theDanger/A2 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delayhas expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.

10.) Adjust the probe holder so the signal is below the Alert setpointlevel. Verify that the HMI indicates no active alarms and that theLED indicates correctly.

Steps 11 through 15 are verifying the Gap value

11.) Turn off the TK-3 and install the probe in the spindle micrometerusing the appropriate target.

12.) Replace the oscilloscope with the multimeter.

ApplicationAdvisory: TK-3 wobble plates arerated for specific maximumpeak to peak displacement.You will need a wobbleplate that meets your full-scale range requirement oryou cannot create a full-scale signal.

Application Alert: If your controller isprogrammed for latchingalarms, you will need to resetthem to verify that the alarmsare now inactive.

Page 106: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-10

13.) Gap the probe at -9.00 Volt ± 1.00 Volt for the 170133 or 170172internal Proximitor Sensors. Gap the probe at -7.00 Volt ± 1.00Volt for the 170150 internal Proximitor Sensor.

14.) Wait 30 seconds and then verify that the channel status is OK andthat the monitor LED indicates correctly.

15.) Adjust the micrometer until the multimeter reads -18.000 V ± 50mV for the 170133 or 170172 internal Proximitor Sensors.Adjust the micrometer until the multimeter reads -14.000 V ± 50mV for the 170150 internal Proximitor Sensor. (Note: This willcause a not OK condition.)

16.) Verify that the monitor gap value matches the multimeter reading± 20 mV, (± 120 mV for the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base).

Step 17 is verifying the Gap alarms.

17.) To verify the gap alarms adjust the micrometer to a gap that isbetween the over/under gap alarm setpoints. Verify that the Alertalarm status is not active. Adjust the micrometer to a gap less thanthe under gap setpoint. After the alarm time delay expires, verifythat the Alert/A1 is active. Adjust the micrometer to between theover/under gap setpoints and verify that the alarms are not active.Adjust the micrometer to a gap greater than the over gap setpoint.Verify that the Alert/A1 is active.

Step 18 is verifying the OK Limits. OK Limit tables areshown in Appendix A.

18.) To test the OK limits adjust the micrometer to a gap that yields agap voltage of -9.00 V ± 1.0 V for the 170133 or 170172 internalProximitor Sensors or -7.00 V ± 1.0V for the 170150 internalProximitor Sensor. Verify the channel status is OK. Graduallyincrease gap until the gap voltage is over the upper OK limit.Verify that the HMI reports not OK and the monitor LED is redflashing. (Note the other channel should be OK or you cannot usethe LED as an indicator.) Adjust the power supply voltage back toapproximately -9.00 Volt (for the 170133 or 170172) or -7.00Volt (for the 170150) and verify that the channel status is OK.Decrease gap until the gap voltage is below the lower OK limitand verify that the channel status is not OK.

19.) Disconnect the test equipment and remove the probe from theTK-3. After the probe is installed in the machine, verify that thechannel status returns to the OK state.

20.) Repeat steps 1 through 19 for the other channel.

Page 107: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-11

Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor ThrustPosition Channels configured for externalProximitor Sensors

1.) Disconnect Vt (transducer power), COM, and SIG field wiringfrom the channel terminals on the terminal base.

2.) Connect the test equipment as shown. Use the same connectionfor the 1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases.

3.) Calculate the full up scale and full bottom scale voltages using theequations and examples below.

1701

Multimeter

DC power supplyI/O moduleand terminals

DangerHigh voltage present.Contact could cause shock,burns, or death.

Do not touch exposed wiresor terminals.

Page 108: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-12

If the upscale direction is toward the probe:

Full Up Scale Voltage = Zero Position Voltage +(Transducer Scale Factor) x (UpScale Meter Range)

Full Bottom Scale Voltage = Zero Position Voltage -(Transducer Scale Factor) x(Bottom Scale Meter Range)

Example 1Transducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/milMeter Range = 25 - 0 - 25 milZero Position Voltage = -9.75 VdcFull Up Scale Voltage = (-9.75) + (0.200) x (25)

= -4.75 Volt dcFull Bottom Scale Voltage = (-9.75) - (0.200) x (25)

= -14.75 Vdc

Example 2Transducer Scale Factor = 7.874 V/mmMeter Range = 1 - 0 - 1 mmZero Position Voltage = -10.16 VdcFull Up Scale Voltage = (-10.16) + (7.874) x (1)

= -2.286 Volt dcFull Bottom Scale Voltage = (-10.16) - (7.874) x (1)

= -18.03 Vdc

If the upscale direction is away from the probe:

Full Up Scale Voltage = Zero Position Voltage -(Transducer Scale Factor) x (UpScale Meter Range)

Full Bottom Scale Voltage = Zero Position Voltage +(Transducer Scale Factor) x(Bottom Scale Meter Range)

Example 1Transducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/milMeter Range = 25 - 0 - 25 milZero Position Voltage = -9.75 VdcFull Up Scale Voltage = (-9.75) - (0.200) x (25)

= -14.75 VdcFull Bottom Scale Voltage = (-9.75) + (0.200) x (25)

= -4.75 Vdc

Example 2Transducer Scale Factor = 7.874 V/mmMeter Range = 1 - 0 - 1 mmZero Position Voltage = -10.16 VdcFull Up Scale Voltage = (-10.16) - (7.874) x (1)

= -18.03 VdcFull Bottom Scale Voltage = (-10.16) + (7.874) x (1)

= -2.286 Vdc

Application Alert: Use the transducer scalefactor that is loaded in the I/Odata table for the monitor andchannel. The zero position voltage isthe voltage input that willcause the Direct ThrustPosition reading to be zero.Use the zero position voltagethat is loaded in the monitorsI/O data table.

Page 109: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-13

4.) Adjust the power supply to the zero position voltage. Verify thatthe Direct Thrust Position value indicates 0 ± 1 % (± 1 % ± 100mV for internal isolator systems) of the full range.

5.) Adjust the power supply to the full up scale voltage. Verify thatthe Direct reading is full scale ± 1 % (± 1 % ± 100 mV forinternal isolator systems) of the full range. If the reading does notmeet specification, check your input signal and connections. If themonitor still does not meet specification, go to the section “If aChannel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.

6.) Adjust the power supply to the full bottom scale voltage. Verifythat the Direct reading is full bottom scale ± 1 % (± 1 % ± 100mV for internal isolator systems) of the full range. If the readingdoes not meet specification, check your input signal andconnections. If the monitor still does not meet specification, go tothe section “If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.

Steps 7 through 14 are verifying Direct alarms

7.) Adjust the power supply back to the zero position voltage.

8.) Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the alarmstatus on the HMI or by verifying that the monitor LED is greensteady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to begreen steady.)

9.) Adjust the power supply so that the signal just exceeds theAlert/A1 Over setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm timedelay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verifythat the LED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK forthe LED to indicate alarms.)

10.) Adjust the power supply so that the signal just exceeds theDanger/A2 Over setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm timedelay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.

11.) Adjust the power supply back to the zero position voltage.

12.) Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the alarmstatus on the HMI or by verifying that the monitor LED is greensteady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to begreen steady.)

13.) Adjust the power supply so that the signal just exceeds theAlert/A1 Under setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm timedelay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verifythe LED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for theLED to indicate alarms.)

14.) Adjust the power supply so that the signal just exceeds theDanger/A2 Under setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm timedelay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.

Step 15 is verifying the Gap value

15.) Adjust the power supply to -18.00 V. Verify that the gap value is-18.00 V ± 20 mV (± 120 mV for internal isolator systems) . Ifthe reading does not meet specification, check your input signal

Application Alert: If your controller isprogrammed for latchingalarms, you will need to resetthem to verify that the alarmsare now inactive.

Page 110: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-14

and connections. If the monitor still does not meet specification,go to the section “If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.

Step 16 is verifying the OK Limits. OK Limit tables areshown in Appendix B.

16.) To test the OK Limits adjust the DC power supply to -9.00 V.Verify that the channel status is OK. Gradually increase (morenegative) the power supply voltage over the upper OK limit.Verify that the HMI reports not OK and the monitor LED is redflashing. (Note: The other channel should be OK or you cannotuse the LED as an indicator.) Adjust the power supply voltageback to -9.00 V and verify that the channel status is OK. Decreasethe power supply voltage (more positive) below the lower OKlimit and verify that the channel status is not OK.

17.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect Vt, COM, and SIGfield wiring to the terminals. Verify that the channel status returnsto the OK state.

18.) Repeat steps 1 through 17 for the other channel.

Page 111: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-15

Verifying 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor ThrustPosition Channels using internal ProximitorSensors

1.) Install the probe in the micrometer kit.

2.) Connect the test equipment as shown. Use the same connectionfor 1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases.

3.) Set the micrometer to 18 mils (or 460 µm).

4.) Adjust for mechanical backlash by backing the micrometer out to20 mils (500 µm). Be careful not to reverse the direction of travelduring this operation

5.) Adjust the probe gap to electrical zero by moving the probe untilthe multimeter reads -3.00 ± 0.1 Vdc. This setting is “electricalzero” for the 170133, 170150, and 170172 internal Proximitorsensors.

6.) Increase the gap to the zero position voltage as indicated on themultimeter. Again, be careful not to reverse the direction ofrotation.

7.) Verify that the monitor Direct value reads “0” ± 1% of the full-scale range (“0” ± 1% ± 100 mV for the 1701/06 IsolatorTerminal Base). If the reading does not meet specification, checkyour input signal and connections. If the monitor still does notmeet specification, go to the section “If a Channel Fails aVerification Test”, page 8-38.

8.) Adjust the micrometer to the full up scale gap. Verify that theDirect reading is full scale ± 8 % of the full range (± 8 % ± 100mV for the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base). If the reading does

Multimeter

1701

Micrometer kit

DangerHigh voltage present.Contact could cause shock,burns, or death.

Do not touch exposed wiresor terminals.

Page 112: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-16

not meet specification, check your input signal and connections.If the monitor still does not meet specification, go to the section“If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.

If the upscale direction is toward the probe:From the zero position gap adjust the micrometer to decrease theprobe gap to just over the full up scale then bring the gap back tothe full up scale value.

ExampleMeter Range = 25 - 0 - 25 mil

From the zero position gap adjust the micrometer to decrease the gap by27 mils. Now reverse rotation direction and bring the gap back to 25 mils.Read the monitor Direct value.

If the upscale direction is away from the probe:From the zero position gap adjust the micrometer to increase theprobe gap to just over the full up scale then bring the gap back tothe full up scale value.

ExampleMeter Range = 25 - 0 - 25 mil

From the zero position gap adjust the micrometer to increase the gap by27 mils. Now reverse rotation direction and bring the gap back to 25 mils.Read the monitor Direct value.

9.) Adjust the micrometer to the full bottom scale gap. Verify that theDirect reading is full bottom scale ± 8 % of the full range ( ± 8 %± 100 mV for the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base). If the readingdoes not meet specification, check your input signal andconnections. If the monitor still does not meet specification, go tothe section “If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.

If the upscale direction is toward the probe:From the full up scale gap (from step 10) adjust the micrometer toincrease the probe gap to the full bottom scale value.

ExampleMeter Range = 25 - 0 - 25 mil

From the full up scale gap adjust the micrometer to increase the gap by50 mils. Read the monitors Direct value.

If the upscale direction is away from the probe:From the full up scale gap (from step 10) adjust the micrometer todecrease the probe gap to the full bottom scale value.

ExampleMeter Range = 25 - 0 - 25 mil

Application Alert: The actual transducer averagescale factor should be within ±5% of the scale factor loadedin the I/O data table for themonitor and channel. The zero position gap is thegap that produces the zeroposition voltage input that willcause the Direct ThrustPosition reading to be zero.Use the zero position voltagethat is loaded in the monitorsI/O data table.

Page 113: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-17

From the full up scale gap adjust the micrometer to decrease the gap by50 mils. Read the monitors Direct value.

10.) Adjust the micrometer back to the zero position gap.

Steps 11 through 14 are verifying Direct alarms

11.) Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing the alarmstatus on the HMI or by verifying that the monitor LED is greensteady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to begreen steady.)

12.) Adjust the micrometer so that the probe gap just exceeds theAlert/A1 Over setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm timedelay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verifythat the LED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK forthe LED to indicate alarms.)

13.) Adjust the micrometer so that the probe gap just exceeds theDanger/A2 Over setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm timedelay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.

14.) Adjust the micrometer back to the zero position gap.

15.) Verify the channel is not in alarm by observing the alarm statuson the HMI or by verifying that the monitor LED is green steady.(Note that both channels must be OK for the LED to be greensteady.)

16.) Adjust the micrometer so the probe gap just exceeds the Alert/A1Under setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delay hasexpired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify that the LEDindicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the LED toindicate alarms.)

17.) Adjust the micrometer so the probe gap just exceeds theDanger/A2 Under setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm timedelay has expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.

Step 18 is verifying the Gap value

18.) For the 170133 or 170172 internal Proximitor Sensors, adjustthe micrometer to the gap where the multimeter reads -18.00 V.Verify that the gap value is -18.00 V ± 20 mV (-18.00 V ± 120mV for the 1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base). For the 170150internal Proximitor Sensor, adjust the micrometer to the gapwhere the multimeter reads -14.00 V. Verify that the gap value is-14.00 V ± 20 mV (-14.00 V ± 120 mV for the 1701/06 IsolatorTerminal Base). If the reading does not meet specification, checkyour input signal and connections. If the monitor still does notmeet specification, go to the section “If a Channel Fails aVerification Test”, page 8-38.

Step 19 is verifying the OK Limits. OK Limit tables areshown in Appendix B.

Application Advisory: If your controller isprogrammed for latchingalarms, you will need to resetthem to verify the alarms arenow inactive.

Page 114: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-18

19.) To test the OK Limits adjust the micrometer to the zero positiongap. Verify that the channel status is OK. Gradually increase thegap over the upper OK limit. Verify that the HMI reports not OKand the monitor LED is red flashing. (Note the other channelshould be OK or you cannot use the LED as an indicator.) Adjustprobe gap back to the zero position gap and verify that thechannel status is OK. Decrease the probe gap below the lower OKlimit and verify that the channel status is not OK.

20.) Disconnect the test equipment and remove the probe from themicrometer kit. After the probe is installed in the machine, verifythat the channel status returns to the OK state.

21.) Repeat steps 1 through 20 for the other channel.

Page 115: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-19

Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor VelocityChannels configured for Seismoprobes or 2-wireVelocity Sensors

DC power supply setting Function generator setting- 6.50 Volt DC Waveform: sinewave

DC Offset: 0 VdcFrequency: 100 HzAmplitude: minimum level

1.) Disconnect A and B field wiring from the channel terminals onthe terminal base.

2.) Connect the test equipment as shown with the signal and resistorconnected to the “A” terminal. Use this connection for the1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases.

3.) Calculate the verification frequency using the equations andinformation below:

If the default filters are configured and your meter range is inpeak Velocity units then use 100 Hz. If your meter range is in rmsVelocity or Displacement units then use 200 Hz

If filters are configured then use this formula:

2.49 kΩ

DC PowerSupply

Function generator

Multimeter

I/O moduleand terminals

1701

DangerHigh voltage present.Contact could cause shock,burns, or death.

Do not touch exposed wiresor terminals.

Page 116: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-20

Verification Frequency = HPF x LPF

where:HPF = the high pass corner frequency in HzLPF = the low pass corner frequency in Hz

and:If you configured an LPF but chose none for the HPF then in theformula set the HPF = 3 Hz if your full scale range is in peakVelocity units or HPF = 10 Hz if your full scale range is rmsVelocity or Displacement units.

If you configured an LPF and chose none for the HPFand if your full-scale range is in … …then set HPF to…

peak velocity units 3 Hzrms Velocity 10 Hz

Similarly, if you configured a HPF but did not configure an LPFthen in the formula set:LPF = 5500 Hz

ExampleLPF = 2000 HzHPF = none configuredMeter Range = 1 in/s rms

Verification Frequency = [(10) x ( 2000)]1/2

= 141 Hz

4.) If your meter range is in peak Velocity units, then calculate thefull scale input voltage using the equation and examples below.Otherwise go to step 5.

Full Scale Voltage = Direct Full Scale Range xTransducer Scale Factor

Example 1Direct Full Scale Range = 1 in/s pkTransducer Scale Factor = 500 mV/(in/s) pkFull Scale Voltage = (1 in/s pk) x ( 0.500 V/(in/s) pk)

= 0.500 Vpk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)

Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)= 0.3535 Vrms

Example 2Direct Full Scale Range = 10 mm/s pkTransducer Scale Factor = 5.708 mV/(mm/s) pk

Application Alert: Use the transducer scalefactor that is loaded in the I/Odata table for the monitor andchannel.

Page 117: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-21

Full Scale Voltage = (10 mm/s pk) x (0.005708 V/(mm/s)pk)

= 0.0571 Vpk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)

= 0.04035 Vrms

Go to step 7.

5.) If your meter range is in rms Velocity units, then calculate yourfull scale input voltage using the equations and informationbelow. Otherwise go to step 6.

Full Scale Voltage = (Direct Full Scale Range) x(Transducer Scale Factor inVolts pk) x (Crest Factor)

Crest Factor is the ratio of V pk to VrmsFor a sinewave: Crest Factor = 1.414

Example 1Direct Full Scale Range = 1 in/s rmsTransducer Scale Factor = 500 mV/(in/s) pkFor a sine wave Crest Factor = 1.414Full Scale Voltage = (1 in/s rms) x ( 0.500 V/(in/s) pk) x

(1.414)= 0.707 V pk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)

= 0.500 Vrms

Example 2Direct Full Scale Range = 20 mm/s rmsTransducer Scale Factor = 5.708 mV/(mm/s) pkFor a sine wave, Crest Factor = 1.414Full Scale Voltage = (20 mm/s rms) x (0.005708 V/(mm/s)

pk) x (1.414)= 0.1614 V pk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (V pk Full Scale Voltage)

= 0.1141 Vrms

Go to step 7.

6.) If your meter range is in Displacement units (integrated velocity),then calculate your full scale input voltage using the equationsand information below. Then go to step 7.

For mil pp and um pp units

Page 118: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-22

Input

Full Scale

(V rms)

= Full - scale (English units)

31.831Scale Factor

(English units)

/ Velocity Frequency

x 0.07071

Input

Full Scale

(V pp)

= Full - scale (English units)

31.831Scale Factor

(English units)

/ Velocity Frequency

x 0.2

To use the formulas the Velocity scale factor must be in Volts andthe Full Scale Range and Velocity scale factor must be in Englishunits.

To convert mm/s pk to in/s pk:in/sec pk = (mm/s pk) x 25.4

To convert micrometer pp full scale ranges to mil pp:Full Scale in mil pp = (Full Scale in µm pp)/25.4

Example:Full Scale Range = 200 µm ppTransducer Scale Factor = 5.7087 mV/(mm/s) pkVerification Frequency = 200 HzConvert scale factor: (0.0057087 x 25.4)

= 0.145 V/(in/s) pkConvert range: (200/25.4) = 7.874 mil pp

Full Scale

Input

(V pp)

= 7.874

31.831

0.145/ 200

x 0.2 = 1.4347 V pp

Go to step 7.

7.) Adjust the function generator to the full scale voltage and theverification frequency.

8.) Verify that the Direct reading is correct.

Tolerance in percent of full scale rangeTerminal Base Type

Full Scale Ranges less than 200mV peak to peak

Full Scale Ranges more than 200mV peak to peak

1701/05 TB ± 2 % ± 1 %

Peak-to-PeakRanges

RMS Ranges Peak-to-PeakRanges

RMS Ranges1701/06 Isolator TB

+4% to +2% +1% to -2% +1% to -2% +1 to -2%

If the reading does not meet specification, check your input signaland connections. If the monitor still does not meet specification, go to

Page 119: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-23

the section “If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.

Steps 9 through 12 are verifying Direct alarms

9.) Adjust the function generator amplitude below the Alert alarmlevel. Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing thealarm status on the HMI or by verifying that the monitors LED isgreen steady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED tobe green steady.)

10.) Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds theAlert/A1 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delayhas expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify that theLED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the LEDto indicate alarms.)

11.) Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds theDanger/A2 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delayhas expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.

12.) Adjust the function generator so the signal is below the Alertsetpoint level. Verify that the HMI indicates no active alarms andthe LED indicates correctly.

Step 13 and 14 are verifying the OK Limits. OK Limits areshown in Appendix C.

13.) To test the OK Limits disconnect the A field wire from thechannel terminal on the terminal base. Verify that the channelreports not OK at the HMI.

14.) Reconnect the A field wire and verify that the channel returns tothe OK state.

15.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the A and B fieldwiring to the terminals. Verify that the channel status returns tothe OK state.

16.) Repeat steps 1 through 15 for the other channel.

Application Alert: If your controller isprogrammed for latchingalarms, you will need to resetthem to verify the alarms arenow inactive.

Page 120: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-24

Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor VelocityChannels configured for Velomitor sensors

Function generator settingWaveform: sinewaveDC Offset: 0 VdcFrequency: 100 HzAmplitude: minimum level

1.) Disconnect A and B field wiring from the channel terminals onthe terminal base.

2.) Connect the test equipment as shown. Use the same connectionfor the 1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases. The resistor isconnected between A and B. The signal is injected through thecapacitor into terminal B and the test equipment is referenced toCOM.

3.) Calculate the verification frequency using the equations andinformation below:

I/O moduleand terminals

FunctionGenerator

1701

4kΩ

10 uF

DangerHigh voltage present.Contact could cause shock,burns, or death.

Do not touch exposed wiresor terminals.

Page 121: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-25

If the default filters are configured and your meter range is inpeak Velocity units then use 100 Hz. If your meter range is in rmsVelocity or Displacement units then use 200 Hz

If filters are configured then use this formula:

Verification Frequency = HPF x LPF

where:HPF = the high pass corner frequency in HzLPF = the low pass corner frequency in Hz

and:

If you configured an LPF and chose none for the HPFand if your full-scale range is in … …then in the formula set HPF to…

peak velocity units 3 Hzrms Velocity 10 Hz

Similarly, if you configured a HPF and did not configure a LPF thenin the formula set:LPF = 5500 Hz

Example:LPF = 2000 HzHPF = none configuredMeter Range = 1 in/s rms

Verification Frequency = 10 x 2000= 141 Hz

4.) If your meter range is in peak Velocity units, then calculate thefull scale input voltage using the equation and examples below.Otherwise go to step 5.

Full Scale Voltage = Direct Full Scale Range xTransducer Scale Factor

Example 1:Direct Full Scale Range = 1 in/s pkTransducer Scale Factor = 100 mV/(in/s) pkFull Scale Voltage = (1 in/s pk) x ( 0.100 V/(in/s) pk)

= 0.100 Vpk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)

= 0.0707 Vrms

Example 2:Direct Full Scale Range = 10 mm/s pkTransducer Scale Factor = 5.708 mV/(mm/s) pkFull Scale Voltage = (10 mm/s pk) x (0.005708 V/(mm/s)

pk)= 0.0571 Vpk

Application Alert: Use the transducer scalefactor that is loaded in the I/Odata table for the monitor andchannel.

Page 122: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-26

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)

= 0.04035 Vrms

Go to step 7.

5.) If your meter range is in rms Velocity units, then calculate yourfull scale input voltage using the equations and informationbelow. Otherwise go to step 6.

Full Scale Voltage = (Direct Full Scale Range) x(Transducer Scale Factor inVolts pk) x (Crest Factor)

Crest Factor is the ratio of V pk to Vrms

For a sinewave: Crest Factor = 1.414

Example 1:Direct Full Scale Range = 1 in/s rmsTransducer Scale Factor = 100 mV/(in/s) pkFor a sine wave Crest Factor = 1.414Full Scale Voltage = (1 in/s rms) x ( 0.100 V/(in/s) pk) x

(1.414)= 0.1414 Vpk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)

= 0.100 Vrms

Page 123: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-27

Example 2:Direct Full Scale Range = 20 mm/s rmsTransducer Scale Factor = 5.708 mV/(mm/s0 pkFor a sine wave, Crest Factor = 1.414Full Scale Voltage = (20 mm/s rms) x (0.005708 V/(mm/s)

pk) x (1.414)= 0.1614 Vpk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)

= 0.1141 Vrms

Go to step 7.

6.) If your meter range is in Displacement units (integrated velocity)then calculate your full scale input voltage using the equationsand information below. Then go to step 7.

For mil pp and um pp units

Input

Full Scale

(V rms)

= Full - scale (English units)

31.831Scale Factor

(English units)

/ Velocity Frequency

x 0.07071

Input

Full Scale

(V pp)

= Full - scale (English units)

31.831Scale Factor

(English units)

/ Velocity Frequency

x 0.2

To use the formulas the Velocity scale factor must be in volts and theFull Scale Range and Velocity scale factor must be in Englishunits.

To convert mm/s pk to in/sec pk:in/s pk = (mm/s pk) x 25.4

To convert micrometer pp full scale ranges to mil pp:Full Scale in mil pp = (Full Scale in µm pp)/25.4

Example:Full Scale Range = 200 µm ppTransducer Scale Factor = 5.7087 mV/(mm/s) pkVerification Frequency = 200 HzConvert scale factor: (0.0057087 x 25.4)

= 0.145 V/(in/s) pkConvert range: (200/25.4) = 7.874 mil pp

Page 124: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-28

Full Scale

Input

(V pp)

= 7.874

31.831

0.145/ 200

x 0.2 = 1.4347 V pp

Go to step 7.

7.) Adjust the function generator to the full scale voltage and theverification frequency.

8.) Verify that the Direct reading is full scale and within limits.

Tolerance in percent of full scale rangeTerminal Base Type

Full Scale Ranges less than 200mV peak to peak

Full Scale Ranges more than 200mV peak to peak

1701/05 TB ± 2 % ± 1 %

Peak Ranges RMS Ranges Peak Ranges RMS Ranges1701/06 Isolator TB

+4% to +2% +1% to -2% +1% to -2% +1 to -2%

If the reading does not meet specification, check your input signal andconnections and make sure the frequency response of the system isnot causing attenuation. If the monitor still does not meetspecification, go to the section “If a Channel Fails a VerificationTest”, page 8-38.

Steps 9 through 12 are verifying Direct alarms

9.) Adjust the function generator amplitude below the Alert alarmlevel. Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing thealarm status on the HMI or by verifying that the monitors LED isgreen steady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED tobe green steady.)

10.) Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds theAlert/A1 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delayhas expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or verify that theLED indicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the LEDto indicate alarms.)

11.) Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds theDanger/A2 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delayhas expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.

12.) Adjust the function generator so the signal is below the Alertsetpoint level. Verify that the HMI indicates no active alarms andthe LED indicates correctly.

Step 13 through 16 are verifying the OK Limits. OK Limitsare shown in Appendix C.

13.) To test the OK Limits disconnect the A wire from the channelterminal on the terminal base. Verify that the channel reports notOK at the HMI.

Application Advisory: If your controller isprogrammed for latchingalarms you will need to resetthem to verify the alarms arenow inactive.

Page 125: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-29

14.) Reconnect the A wire and verify the channel returns to the OKstate.

15.) Disconnect the B wire from the channel terminal on the terminalbase. Verify that the channel reports not OK at the HMI.

16.) Reconnect the B wire and verify that the channel returns to theOK state.

17.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the A and B fieldwiring to the terminals. Verify that the channel status returns tothe OK state.

18.) Repeat steps 1 through 17 for the other channel.

Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity Channel FilterCorner FrequenciesThe procedure for testing these parameters is to simulate a velocitysignal with a function generator and power supply. The cornerfrequencies are verified by setting the signal frequency at the filtercorner and verifying the correct amplitude.

Use the test equipment setup, verification frequency calculation, andfull scale voltage calculations shown in the section on “Verifying1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity Channels configured forSeismoprobes or 2-wire Velocity Sensors”, page 8-19 or “Verifying1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Velocity Channels configured forVelomitors”, page 8-24.

1.) Disconnect the A and B field wiring from the terminals on theterminal base.

2.) Connect the test equipment. For Seismoprobes or 2-wire Velocitysensors connect through the 2.49 kΩ resistor to the A terminaland reference your test equipment to the COM terminal. ForVelomiters input the signal through the 10 uF capacitor into the Bterminal, connect the 4 kΩ resistor between A and B, andreference the test equipment to COM.

3.) Calculate the Verification Frequency using the procedure in thereferenced sections. Adjust the function generator to theverification frequency using a sinewave.

4.) Calculate the Full Scale Voltage using the procedure in thereferenced sections. Adjust the function generator to the FullScale Voltage.

5.) Verify that the Direct value at the HMI reads correctly.

6.) Adjust the function generator frequency to the low pass filtercorner frequency. Verify that the Direct value reads between 65%and 75% of full scale (between 64% and 76% for internal isolatorsystems).

7.) Adjust the function generator frequency to the high pass filtercorner frequency. Verify that the Direct value reads between 65%

Application Advisory: If the channel units areintegrated, change theconfiguration to a non-integrated full scale range totest the filters. After you arefinished return the channel toits original configuration.

Page 126: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-30

and 75% of full scale scale (between 64% and 76% for internalisolator systems).

8.) If the reading does not meet specification, check the input signal.It the monitor still does not meet specification, go to the sectionon “If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.

9.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect A and B field wiringto the channel terminals on the terminal base. Verify that thechannel returns to the OK state.

10.) Return the channel to the original configuration.

11.) Repeat steps 1 through 10 for other configured channels.

Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input AccelerationChannels

DC power supply setting Function generator setting- 8.50 Volt DC Waveform: sinewave

DC Offset: 0 Volts DCFrequency: 100 HzAmplitude: minimum level

1.) Disconnect Vt, SIG and COM field wiring from the channelterminals on the terminal base.

DC powersupply

Function generator

Multimeter

1701

I/O moduleand terminals

DangerHigh voltage present.Contact could cause shock,burns, or death.

Do not touch exposed wiresor terminals.

Page 127: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-31

2.) Connect the test equipment as shown. Use the same connectionfor 1701/05 and 1701/06 terminal bases.

3.) Calculate the verification frequency using the equations andinformation below:

If the default filters are configured and your meter range is inpeak Acceleration units then use 100 Hz. If your meter range is inrms Acceleration, peak Velocity, or rms Velocity units then use200 Hz

If filters are configured then use this formula:

Verification Frequency = HPF x LPF

where:HPF = the high pass corner frequency in HzLPF = the low pass corner frequency in Hz

and:

If you configured an LPF and chose none for the HPF……and if the full-scale range is in …then in the formula use HPF =

peak acceleration units 3 Hzrms acceleration units 10 Hz

peak velocity or rms velocity(integration)

20 Hz

If you configured an HPF and chose none for the LPF……and if you configured theacceleration monitor type as…

…then set LPF = …

Dual Acceleration, 14.05 kHz 14.05 kHzDual Acceleration, 31.25 kHz 31.25 kHzSingle Acceleration, 24.3 kHz 24.3 kHz

Example 1:LPF = 2000 HzHPF = none configuredMeter Range = 1 in/s rmsAcceleration Monitor Type = Dual Acceleration, 14.05 KHz

Verification Frequency = 10 x 2000= 141 Hz

Example 2:LPF = none configuredHPF = 20 HzMeter Range = 20 gs rmsAcceleration Monitor Type = Single Channel, 24.3 KHz

Verification Frequency = 20 x 24300= 697 Hz

Page 128: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-32

If your meter range is in peak Acceleration units then calculatethe full scale input voltage using the equation and examplesbelow. Otherwise go to step 5.

Full Scale Voltage = Direct Full Scale Range xTransducer Scale Factor

Example 1:Direct Full Scale Range = 20 gs pkTransducer Scale Factor = 100 mV/g pkFull Scale Voltage = (20 g pk) x ( 0.100 V/g pk)

= 2.00 Vpk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)Vrms Full Scale Volage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)

= 1.414 Vrms

Example 2:Direct Full Scale Range = 100 m/s2 pkTransducer Scale Factor = 10.19 mV/ m/s2 pkFull Scale Voltage = (100 m/s2 pk) x (0.010.19 V/ m/s2 pk)

= 1.019 Vpk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)Vrms Full Scale Voltage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)

= 0.7204 Vrms

Go to step 7.

5.) If your meter range is in rms Acceleration units, then calculateyour full scale input voltage using the equations and informationbelow. Otherwise go to step 6.

Full Scale Voltage = (Direct Full Scale Range) x(Transducer Scale Factor inVolts pk) x (Crest Factor)

Crest Factor is the ratio of V pk to VrmsFor a sinewave: Crest Factor = 1.414

Example 1:Direct Full Scale Range = 20 gs rmsTransducer Scale Factor = 100 mV/g pkFor a sine wave Crest Factor = 1.414Full Scale Voltage = (20 gs rms) x ( 0.100 V/g pk) x

(1.414)= 2.828 V pk

For a Vrms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)Vrms Full Scale Voltage = (0.707) x (Vpk Full Scale Voltage)

= 2.000 V rms

Example 2:Direct Full Scale Range = 250 m/s2 rmsTransducer Scale Factor = 10.19 mV/ m/s2 pk

Application Alert: Use the transducer scalefactor that is loaded in the I/Odata table for the monitor andchannel.

Page 129: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-33

For a sine wave, Crest Factor = 1.414Full Scale Voltage = (250 m/s2 rms) x (0.010.19 V/ m/s2

pk) x (1.414)= 3.6022 V pk

For a V rms input (assuming a pure sinusoid from the generator)V rms Full Scale Voltage = (0.707) x (V pk Full Scale Voltage)

= 2.5467 V rms

Go to step 7.

If your meter range is in Velocity units (integrated acceleration) thencalculate your full scale input voltage using the equations andinformation below. Go to step 7.

Full Scale Formulas - Integration(For the Following units: in/s pk, in/s rms, mm/s pk, mm/s rms)To input rms volts for peak full scale units:

Input

Voltage

(V rms)

= Full - scale (English units)

30.72Scale Factor

(English units

0.1 volts / g typical)

/ Velocity Frequency

x 0.3535

To input rms volts for rms full scale units:Input

Voltage

(V rms)

= Full - scale (English units)

30.72Scale Factor

(English units

0.1 volts / g typical)

/ Velocity Frequency

x 0.5

To input peak to peak volts for peak full scale units:

Input

Voltage

(V pp)

= Full - scale (English units)

30.72

Scale Factor

(English units

0.1 volts / g typical)

/ Velocity Frequency

Page 130: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-34

To input peak to peak volts for RMS full scale units:

Input

Voltage

(V pp)

= Full - scale (English units)

30.72

Scale Factor

(English units

0.1 volts / g typical)

/ Velocity Frequency

x 1.414

To use the formulas, the acceleration scale factor should be in volts,and the full-scale value and acceleration scale factor should be inEnglish units. Use the following conversion formulas to convertmetric units to English units:

Scale Factor:

Acceleration Scale Factor

(mV / g) =

Acceleration Scale Factor

(mV / (m / 2s )) x 9.8135

Full-scale:Full - Scale

(in / s) =

Full - Scale

(mm / s) x 0.39372

Example

Transducer Scale Factor = 10.19 mV/(m/s2)

Full Scale = 25 mm/sHPF = 10 HzLPF = 8000 Hz

1. Convert metric units to English units.

Scale Factor:

10.19 mV/(m/s2) x 9.8135 = 100 mV/g

Full-scale:25 mm/s x 0 .039372 = 1 in/s

2. Calculate the input voltage.To Input RMS Volts for Peak Units

Input

Voltage

(V rms)

= 1

30.72

0.1/ 282.84

x 0.3535 = 0.3254 V rms

To Input Peak to Peak Volts for Peak Units

Page 131: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-35

Input

Voltage

(V pp)

= 1

30.72

0.1/ 282.84

x 1 = 0.9207 V pp

7.) Adjust the function generator to the full scale voltage and theverification frequency.

8.) Verify that the Direct reading is full scale and within limits.

Tolerance in percent of full scale rangeTerminal Base Type

Full Scale Ranges less than 200mV peak to peak

Full Scale Ranges more than 200mV peak to peak

1701/05 TB ± 2 % ± 1 %

Peak Ranges RMS Ranges Peak Ranges RMS Ranges1701/06 Isolator TB

+4% to +1% +1% to -2% +1% to -4% +1 to -3%

If the reading does not meet specification, check your input signal andconnections and make sure the frequency response of the system isnot causing attenuation. If the monitor still does not meetspecification, go to the section “If a Channel Fails a VerificationTest”, page 8-38.

Steps 9 through 12 are verifying Direct alarms

9.) Adjust the function generator amplitude below the Alert alarmlevel. Verify that the channel is not in alarm by observing thealarm status on the HMI or by verifying that the monitors LED isgreen steady. (Note that both channels must be OK for the LED tobe green steady.)

10.) Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds theAlert/A1 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delayhas expired, verify that the HMI indicates Alert or that the LEDindicates correctly. (Both channels must be OK for the LED toindicate alarms.)

11.) Adjust the function generator so that the signal just exceeds theDanger/A2 setpoint level. After the appropriate alarm time delayhas expired, verify that the HMI indicates Danger.

12.) Adjust the function generator so the signal is below the Alertsetpoint level. Verify that the HMI indicates no active alarms andthe LED indicates correctly.

Step 13 is verifying the OK Limits. OK Limits are shown inAppendix D.

13.) To test the OK Limits adjust the DC power supply to -9.00 Volt.Verify that the channel status is OK. Gradually increase (morenegative) the power supply voltage over the upper OK limit.Verify that the HMI reports not OK and the monitor LED is red

Application Advisory: If your controller isprogrammed for latchingalarms you will need to resetthem to verify the alarms arenow inactive.

Page 132: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-36

flashing. (Note the other channel should be OK or you cannot usethe LED as an indicator.) Adjust the power supply voltage back to-9.00 Volt and verify that channel status is OK. Decrease thepower supply voltage (more positve) below the lower OK limitand verify that the channel status is not OK

14.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect Vt, COM, and SIGfield wiring to the terminals. Verify that the channel status returnsto the OK state.

15.) Repeat steps 1 through 14 for the other channel.

Verifying 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Acceleration ChannelFilter Corner FrequenciesThe procedure for testing these parameters is to simulate anAcceleration signal with a function generator and power supply. Thecorner frequencies are verified by setting the signal frequency at thefilter corner and verifying the correct amplitude.

Use the test equipment setup, verification frequency calculation, andfull scale voltage calculations shown in the section on “Verifying1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor Acceleration Channels”.

1.) Disconnect the Vt, SIG, and COM field wiring from the terminalson the terminal base.

2.) Connect the test equipment. The signal is input to the SIGterminal and the test equipment is referenced to COM.

3.) Calculate the Verification Frequency using the procedure in theprevious section. Adjust the function generator to the verificationfrequency using a sinewave.

4.) Calculate the Full Scale Voltage using the procedure in thereferenced section. Adjust the function generator to the full scalevoltage.

5.) Verify that the Direct value at the HMI reads correctly.

6.) Adjust the function generator frequency to the low pass filtercorner frequency. Verify that the Direct value reads between 65%and 75% of full scale. If you are using the 1701/06 IsolatorTerminal Base with internal isolators you may need to account forthe amplitude frequency response of the internal isolator. See thespecification in Appendix E.

7.) Adjust the function generator frequency to the high pass filtercorner frequency. Verify that the Direct value reads between 65%and 75% of full scale. If you are using the 1701/06 IsolatorTerminal Base with internal isolators you may need to account forthe amplitude frequency response of the internal isolator. See thespecification in Appendix E.

8.) If the reading does not meet specification, check the input signal.If the monitor still does not meet specification, go to the sectionon “If a Channel Fails a Verification Test”, page 8-38.

Application Advisory: If the channel units areintegrated, change theconfiguration to a non-integrated full scale range totest the filters. After you arefinished return the channel toits original configuration.

Page 133: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-37

9.) Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect A and B field wiringto the channel terminals on the terminal base. Verify that thechannel returns to the OK state.

10.) Return the channel to its original configuration.

11.) Repeat steps 1 through 10 for other configured channels.

Page 134: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-38

If a Channel Fails a Verification Test

1.) Replace the module with a spare. Refer to Chapter 3 forinstallation instructions and to Chapter 10 for orderinginformation.

2.) Return the faulty module to Bently Nevada Corporation forrepair. Be sure to describe the symptoms of the problem, theconfiguration of the monitor, and the test it failed.

3.) Verify the operation of the spare.

Internal ProximitorModule Verification

The transducer system does not require verification at regularintervals. You should, however, verify operation by using thescale factor verification procedure explained below if any of thefollowing conditions occur:

• components of the system are replaced or disturbed

• the performance of the system changes or becomes erratic

• you suspect that the transducer is not calibrated correctly

The scale factor verification procedure requires the followinginstruments:

3 1/2 digit multimeterspindle micrometer

The scale factor verification procedure uses the test setup as shown inthe following figure:

Sensor Identification

Kφ(Ch A only) 2 3 4 5

Kφ 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B 5A 5B

Probe, Target, and SpindleMicrometer

Channel Identification

Application Advisory: When the internal galvanicisolators are used it effectsaccuracy, offset, andfrequency response. Before a channel is failedcheck the isolator specificationin Appendix E.

Page 135: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 8 — System Verification

8-39

Scale Factor Verification

1

Set the micrometer to 18 milsand then back it out to 20 milsbeing careful not to reverse thedirection of travel during thisoperation. Backing themicrometer compensates formechanical backlash.

2

Adjust the gap to electrical zeroby moving the probe until themultimeter reads-3.00 ± 0.1 Vdc.

3

Adjust the micrometer until itreads 8 mils and back it out to10 mils. Again, be careful not toreverse the direction of rotationwhile approaching 10 mils.

4

Record multimeter readings in10 mil increments from 10 to 90mils in the table to the right andcalculate ISF and ASF values.

Note: For the 170150 internal Proximitor Sensor, the readingsshould be recorded from 10 to 70 mils. Also, replace the 2000 µmwith 1500 µm and replace the 80 mils with 60 mils when calculatingthe ASF for the 170150 Proximitor module.

n AdjustMicrometer

to...

RecordVoltages

Calculate Scale Factor

µµµµm or mil mVdcn

ISFn(IncrementalScale Factor)

ASF(Average

Scale Factor)1 250 10 ________2 500 20 ________ ________3 750 30 ________ ________4 1000 40 ________ ________5 1250 50 ________ ________6 1500 60 ________ ________7 1725 70 ________ ________8 2000 80 ________ ________9 2250 90 ________ ________

Multimeter

-3.00 ± 0.1 Vdc

460 µmor

18 mil

500 µmor

20 mil

500 µmor

20 mil

200 µmor

8 mil

250 µmor

10 mil

Increments:250 µmor10 mil

Multimeter

Page 136: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

8-40

mm 0.250

mVdc mVdcSFI

n1-n (mV/mm)n

−= mm 2.00

mVdc - mVdc = ASF

mm 2250mm 250(mV/mm)

ISFmVdc mVdc

10 miln (mV / mil)

n - 1 n=

− ASF =

mVdc - mVdc

80 mil(mV / mil)

10 mil 90 mil

If the incremental scale factor (ISF) or the average scale factor (ASF)of the system is out of tolerance, contact Bently Nevada Corporationfor further information on possible calibration problems.

Transducer I/OModule Verification

The transducer I/O modules are verified as part of the MonitorVerification procedure. If you suspect a problem with atransducer I/O module you should replace it with a spare. If theproblem goes away then replace the faulty I/O module.

Internal GalvanicIsolator

The internal isolators are verified as part of the MonitorVerification procedure. If you suspect a problem with aninternal isolator you should replace it with a spare. If theproblem goes away then replace the faulty isolator.

24 Volt PowerSupply Verification

Apply power and verify that the power supply OK LED is onsteady. If the OK LED is not on steady, go to Troubleshooting,page 9-1.

Page 137: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 9

Troubleshooting

This chapter describes how to troubleshoot problems with:

• the system

• monitors

• internal Proximitor modules

• transducer I/O modules

• internal isolators

• power supply

SystemTroubleshooting

This section describes some methods to troubleshootcommunication problems. These types of communicationproblems are identified by a fault condition on the adapterLEDs or system software.

Communication ProblemsThe network adapters have a set of indicator LEDs on their top panel.Use the adapter’s manual to identify the LED fault indications.Typically, the network management software or the adapter LEDswill help you determine if the problem is on the network side or onthe Flexbus side (local). For example an Allen-Bradley 1794 ACNwill indicate a missing module by a red STATUS LED.

If the problem is on the network use your network, adapter, andcontroller documentation to troubleshoot the problem.

If the problem is “local” then use your adapter and Flexdocumentation plus the steps below to troubleshoot the problem. Themost common fault is mismatch between the installed modules andthe configuration.

1.) Verify that the configuration loaded in the controller is valid andmatches the type, position, and number of the 1701 monitors andFlex modules.

Chapter

Application Alert: POWER SEQUENCING If certain types of adapters arepowered before theFieldMonitor system then theadapter may not detect the1701 modules. Sequence power so that theFieldMonitor system and theadapter power at the sametime.

Page 138: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

9-2

2.) Verify that your adapter has the correct address.

3.) Verify that all the modules are installed properly in the correctposition according to their configuration. (If a monitor is removedunder power it will generate a fault.). If you change configuration,cycle power to the adapter and the FieldMonitor system.

4.) Verify that the 1701 Slot Offset switch is correctly set. See“Setting the Slot Offset Switch” in Chapter 3. After you reinstallthe power supply, cycle power.

5.) Verify the connection of the 1701 terminal base to FlexBus. SeeChapter 3, Installation. Check for bent pins in the Flex maleconnectors. Replace any bad parts, cycle power to the adapter andthe FieldMonitor system, and recheck.

6.) If none of the above solve the problem, then you may have afaulty module, terminal base, or adapter. The likelyhood of this islow and you should make sure you have adequately exploredconfiguration and installation.

7.) If you cannot communicate to a particular 1701 monitor, thenreplace it with the same type and cycle power to the adapter andthe FieldMonitor system.

8.) If none of the monitors in any slot in the terminal base can bemade to communicate, then replace the terminal base.

MonitorTroubleshooting

This section shows how to interpret fault information from themonitors status word and LED. Information here applies to the1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor and 1701/25 Seismic InputMonitor.

Monitor LED Fault ConditionsSTATUS LED Conditions Indicated Actions

OFF Power is off, LED is defective,monitor is defective, or powersupply is defective

Verify that the power supply OKLED is on. Verify that the monitor isinstalled correctly and there is not afield wiring fault. If the problempersists replace the monitor

Green flashing at 1 Hz Monitor is communicating onFlexbus but is not configured.

Cycle power. Verify that theconfiguration is correct for the slotand module type. See“Communication Problems” above.

Green steady Monitor is configured and monitorand transducers are OK.

Module is operating normally.

Alternate green/red flashing One or both channels are in Alarm.Red flashing at 1 Hz Recoverable fault such as: one or

both transducers are Not OK,Monitor is in Timed OK ChannelDefeat, the monitor is Not OK, orthe configuration is not valid

Read the monitors Monitor ReadStatus Word to determine thespecific condition. See the sectionbelow for configuration faults.A common fault is transducer fieldwiring is faulted or transducer I/Omodule is not installed.

Red steady Non-recoverable fault Cycle power. If the problempersists, check the entire system.Replace the module.

Application Advisory: After correcting configuration,controller, or installationproblems, be sure that theconfiguration is sent to theadapter. One way to do this is to cyclepower to the adapter andmodules. This will generallyforce the controller to transferconfiguration to the adapter.

Page 139: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 9 — Troubleshooting

9-3

Monitor Status CodesThe monitor status is returned in bits 12, 13, 14, and 15 of the ReadStatus Word, word 5 in the I/O data table for the 1701/15 and 1701/25monitors.

The table below shows the monitor status code in binary, thecondition(s), and the indicated action.

Code Condition Indicated ActionMSB LSB

0 0 0 0 Unconfigured Send configuration.0 0 0 1 Ch A is OK and Ch B is

NOT OKVerify that the channel B transducer, field wiring, andtransducer I/O module are installed and correct.

0 0 1 0 Ch A is NOT OK and Ch Bis OK

Verify that the channel A transducer, field wiring, andtransducer I/O module are installed and correct.

0 0 1 1 Ch A is NOT OK and Ch Bis NOT OK

Verify that the transducer, field wiring, and transducerI/O module are installed and correct.

0 1 0 0 Configuration fault on Ch A.Ch B is OK

An invalid configuration has been downloaded forchannel A. Verify that the monitor is correctlyconfigured and check for configurationincompatibilities on channel A. (See the table belowfor a list of configuration checks and how to look forincompatibility problems)

0 1 0 1 Configuration fault on Ch Aand Ch B is NOT OK

An invalid configuration has been downloaded forchannel A. Verify that the monitor is correctlyconfigured and check for configurationincompatibilities on channel A. (See the table belowfor a list of configuration checks and how to look forcompatibility problems)Verify that the channel B transducer, field wiring, andtransducer I/O module are installed and correct.

0 1 1 0 Ch A is OK and there is aconfiguration fault on Ch B.

An invalid configuration has been downloaded forchannel B. Verify that the monitor is correctlyconfigured and check for configurationincompatibilities on channel B. (See the table belowfor a list of configuration checks and how to look forcompatibility problems)

0 1 1 1 Ch A is NOT OK and thereis a configuration fault onCh B.

An invalid configuration has been downloaded forchannel B. Verify that the monitor is correctlyconfigured and check for configurationincompatibilities on channel B. (See the table belowfor a list of configuration checks and how to look forcompatibility problems)Verify that the channel A transducer, field wiring, andtransducer I/O module are installed and correct.

1 0 0 0 Configuration faults on Ch Aand Ch B.

An invalid configuration has been downloaded. Verifythat the monitor is correctly configured, in the correctslot, and check for configuration incompatibilities onboth channels. (See the table below for a list ofconfiguration checks and how to look for compatibilityproblems)

1 0 0 1 Unused1 0 1 0 Unused1 0 1 1 Unused1 1 0 0 Unused1 1 0 1 Unused1 1 1 0 Hardware fault Verify that the Power Supply is operating correctly.

Check the monitors field wiring connections. Checkother field wiring connections. Cycle power. If theproblem persists replace the monitor.

Page 140: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

9-4

Code Condition Indicated ActionMSB LSB

1 1 1 1 Module OK and operatingnormally.

The 1701/15 and 1701/25 monitors will check certain configurationoptions for compatibility. If incompatible options are detected aconfiguration fault status is returned.

The configuration options checked by the monitors are:

Monitor Internal Compatibility Check CommentsTransducer vs. barrier option Certain transducer types are not approved for use with

safety barriers or certain types of safety barriers.Transducer selections on the two channels arecompatible

When using Dual Internal Proximitor Modules bothchannels must be configured as the same type. If onechannel is configured as a 3000 series –18 voltProximitor Sensor then the other channel must be thesame.

Transducer vs. full scale range vs. trip multiply Certain transducer types have range limitations.Setpoints are in range Direct setpoints must be in the range of 0 to 200. This

is a boundary check.Over/Under setpoints are not crossed Over and under setpoints must not be crossed. The

over setpoint must be greater than the under setpoint.Selected filter option codes are valid choices Filter option tables contain reserved codes that cannot

be selected.Velocity channel filter corner frequencies are at least 2octaves apart

For velocity channels it is possible to set high pass andlow pass filters close enough together to degradepassband performance.

High pass filter selection for 1701/25 channels iscompatible with signal processing

For Velocity channels configured for rms or integrationand Acceleration channels configured for rms, the highpass corner can be no lower than 10 Hz. Accelerationchannels configured for integration cannot have a highpass corner below 20 Hz

1701/25 full scale range vs Acceleration Monitor Type The 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor can be configuredfor three types of Acceleration Input Monitor. A type 1acceleration monitor does not allow integration oneither channel.

Tables showing option compatibility can be found using the tablebelow.

Monitor and Channel Type Appendix1701/15 configured for radial vibration channels Appendix A1701/15 configured for thrust position channels Appendix B1701/25 configured for Velocity or Velomitor sensors Appendix C1701/25 configured for Acceleration sensors Appendix D

Internal ProximitorModuleTroubleshooting

This section shows how to interpret a fault indication andisolate faults in an installed transducer system. Beforebeginning this procedure, be sure the system has been installedcorrectly and all connectors have been secured properly in thecorrect locations.

Page 141: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 9 — Troubleshooting

9-5

Definitions and Symbols

Symbol Definition

A > B A < B A = B

Vsig

"A" value is more positive than "B""A" value is more negative than "B""A" same value (or very close) to "B"

Voltage measured at the BNCconnector on the terminal base.Disconnect

Connect

Inspect

When a malfunction occurs, locate the appropriate fault, check theprobable causes for the fault indication, and follow the procedure toisolate and correct the fault. Use a digital voltmeter to measurevoltage.

Fault Possible Causes-1 Vdc < VSIG < 0 Vdc Probe is incorrectly gapped (too close to target)

Faulty internal Proximitor SensorProbe is detecting other material than target (counterbore or machine case)Short or open circuit in a connector (dirty)Short or open circuit in the probeProbe is connected to the incorrect connector on the internal ProximitormoduleVoltmeter is connected to incorrect channel on terminal base

Is the probe gapped correctly?Are the counterbore dimensions correct?Are the connectors connected to the correctchannel?

NoTake correctiveaction and retestthe system.

Yes

Page 142: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

9-6

RTOTAL

Measure resistance, RTOTAL:

Within specifications? 170133 series 170172 series 5 m system: 8.75 ± 0.70 Ω 5 m system: 6.97 ± 0.80 Ω 9 m system: 9.87 ± 0.90 Ω 9 m system: 10.00 ± 1.2 Ω 14 m system: 11.27 ± 1.15 Ω170150 series5m system: 5.3 ± 0.70 Ω7m system: 5.9 ± 0.90 Ω

Inspect for clean connection.

Dirty, rusty, poor connection?

Yes

Yes

Faulty InternalProximitorSensor

Clean connector,reassemble, andretest the system

No

No

Page 143: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 9 — Troubleshooting

9-7

RPROBE

Measure resistance, RPROBE:For 3300 seriesor 3300 XL series: 7.3 Ω + 0.28 Ω/m (7.3 Ω + 0.087 Ω/ft) ± 0.50 ΩFor 3300 RAM seriesor 3300 NSv series: 3.9 Ω + 0.28 Ω/m (3.9 Ω + 0.087 Ω/ft) ± 0.50 Ω For 7200 series: 3.3 Ω + 0.738 Ω/m (7.3 Ω + 0.225 Ω/ft) ± 0.50 Ω

Within specifications?

NoFaulty probe

Yes

Page 144: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

9-8

RJACKET

RCORE

Measure resistance, RJACKET and RCORE.For 3300 ,3300 XL, 3300 RAM, or 3300 NSv series extension cable:Center conductor (RCORE) 0.222 Ω/m (0.067 Ω/ft)Shield (RJACKET) 0.066 Ω/m (0.020 Ω/ft)

For a 7200 series extension cable:Center conductor (RCORE) 0.74 Ω/m (0.225 Ω/ft)Shield (RJACKET) 0.06 Ω/m (0.017 Ω/ft)

Within specifications?

No

Faulty ExtensionCable

Yes

Contact a Bently Nevada ProductService representative

Page 145: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 9 — Troubleshooting

9-9

Fault Possible causes-26.8 V < VSIG < -23.1 V Faulty internal Proximitor Sensor

Probe is incorrectly gapped (too far from target)

Transducer I/OModuleTroubleshooting

This section shows how to interpret a fault indication and isolatefaults in a transducer I/O module. Before beginning this procedure,be sure the system has been installed correctly and all connectorshave been secured properly in the correct locations.

When a malfunction occurs, locate the appropriate fault, check theprobable causes for the fault indication, and follow the procedure toisolate and correct the fault. Use a digital voltmeter to measurevoltage.

Measure VSIG:

-1.2 Vdc < VSIG < -0.3 Vdc?

NoFaulty InternalProximitorSensor

Yes

Reconnect systemRegap the probeRetest system

Page 146: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

9-10

Fault Possible causes-1 Vdc < Vsig < 0 Vdc System is not powered or power supply is faulty.

System is powered, but I/O Module is not supplying power totransducer(faulty I/O Module)Transducer field wiring is incorrectly installed. Check wiringTransducer is faulty. Refer to transducer operation manual.

If system is powered properly and connections are all correct:

Transducer supply voltages for various transducer I/O modules whenthe transducer is disconnected.

Transducer Supply Voltages(Measure at the terminal base with respect to common and with transducer

wiring disconnected)1701/05 Terminal

Base System1701/06 IsolatorTerminal Base

System.(use hazardous side

common)

Transducer I/OModule Type

Vt A or Vt BExpected Range

Vt A or Vt BExpected Range

170180-01-xx -24.3 Vdc to –25.7 Vdc -23.3 Vdc to –25.0 Vdc

170180-05-xx -17.2 Vdc to –18.6 Vdc Not Applicable

Is the I/O module supplying the correct voltage to the transducer?Check Vxdcr at the terminal base by disconnecting the transducer fieldwiring and measuring the voltage across the terminals as indicated.Reference the table below for correct voltages and the table on page 3-12 for which terminals to measure across.

No Faulty I/Omodule or powersupply

Yes

Problem with transducer. Refer to transduceroperation manual.

Page 147: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 9 — Troubleshooting

9-11

Transducer Supply Voltages(Measure at the terminal base with respect to common and with transducer

wiring disconnected)1701/05 Terminal

Base System1701/06 Isolator

Terminal Base System(use hazardous side

common)

Transducer I/OModule Type

ExpectedVoltage

Range atTerminal

A, (in Vdc)

ExpectedVoltage

Range atTerminal

B, (in Vdc)

ExpectedVoltage

Range atTerminal

A, (in Vdc)

ExpectedVoltage

Range atTerminal

B, (in Vdc)

170180-02-xx(or Ch B of 170180-04-xx)

-4.8 to –5.2

-6.3 to –6.7

-4.8 to –5.2

-6.3 to –6.7

Transducer Supply Voltages for Velomitor sensors(Measure with at the terminal base with respect to common , transducerwiring disconnected, and a 4 KΩ resistor between terminals A and B.)

1701/05 TerminalBase System

1701/06 IsolatorTerminal Base System

(use hazardous sidecommon)

Transducer I/OModule Type

ExpectedVoltage

Range atTerminal

A, (in Vdc)

ExpectedVoltage

Range atTerminal

B, (in Vdc)

ExpectedVoltage

Range atTerminal

A, (in Vdc)

ExpectedVoltage

Range atTerminal

B, (in Vdc)

170180-03-xx(or Ch A of 170180-04-xx)

0.05 to–0.05

-11.75 to–15.75

0.05 to–0.05

-11.75 to–15.75

Internal IsolatorTroubleshooting

This section shows how to interpret a fault indication andisolate faults in an internal galvanic isolator. Before beginningthis procedure, be sure the system has been installed correctlyand all connectors have been secured properly in the correctlocations.

Fault Possible Cause

System is not powered or power supply is faulty.System is powered, but I/O Module is not supplyingpower to transducer (faulty I/O Module)System is powered, but Isolator is not supplying powerto I/O module or is not passing signal correctly (faultyIsolator)Transducer field wiring is incorrectly installed. Checkwiring

-1 Vdc < Vsig < 0 Vdc

Transducer is faulty. Refer to transducer operationmanual.

If power is on, correct modules are installed, and wiring is correctthen:

1. Disconnect the transducer field wiring.

Page 148: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

9-12

2. Perform the checks described above in the section about“Transducer I/O Module Troubleshooting”. If the checks indicatea faulty I/O module then replace the Isolator with a spare and re-run the checks. If the transducer supply voltages are now correctthen replace the original Isolator. If the transducer supply voltagesare not correct then replace the I/O module.

3. Re-connect the transducer and verify the channel returns to theOK state.

4. If the channel does not return to proper behavior then either thetransducer is bad or a more complex fault exists in the Isolator orI/O module. In this case, you can run the appropriate Verificationprocedure in Chapter 8 to determine if the Monitor, Isolator, andTransducer I/O Module set is operating correctly.

24 Volt PowerSupplyTroubleshooting

If the power supply OK LED is OFF, this may indicate a powersupply problem.

Use this procedure to troubleshoot a power supply problem:

1. Verify that the green status LEDs on the monitors are off. If theyare on then the power supply OK LED may be defective. Replacethe power supply.

2. Verify that the +24 Vdc source to the terminal base is on, withinspecification, and wired to the base correctly, (reverse wiring willblow the power supply fuse). If the power input wiring ismiswired then change the fuse and correct the wiring.

3. Remove installed modules one at a time and observe the powersupply OK LED. If the LED comes back on steady after removalof a module then check the field wiring for the module. If thefield wiring is not faulted then replace the module

4. If you have completed steps 1 and 2 and have removed all themodules in the base as described in step 3, and the power supplyOK LED is still off, then replace the power supply.

5. If you have completed step 4 and the power supply OK LED isstill off, then replace the terminal base.

Changing the fuse1. Remove the power supply from the base, turn it over, and remove

the fuse.

2. Replace the fuse with a fuse of the same rating. See Power SupplySpecifications in Appendix E.

CautionDo not touch the heatsink.The heatsink may be hotand could cause burns toexposed skin.

CautionDo not touch the heatsink.The heatsink may be hotand could cause burns toexposed skin.

Page 149: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 9 — Troubleshooting

9-13

3. Reinstall the power supply.

fuse

Page 150: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

9-14

Page 151: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 10 Ordering Information

Use the part numbers listed in this chapter to order spare parts oradditional components for your FieldMonitor system.

FieldMonitor (1701)System

ConfigurationSoftware

1701 Internal DualGalvanic Isolator

1701 Transducer I/OModules

A BPart number 170180 - -

A I/O Module Type

01 Dual Proximitor/ Accelerometer I/O Module02 Dual Velocity I/O Module03 Dual Velomitor I/O Module04 Velomitor A & Velocity B I/O Module05 Dual -18 V Proximitor I/O Module

B Hazardous Area Approval

00 CSA Div II / LCIE Zone 205 Multi Agency

Chapter

Part Description Part numberTerminal BaseIsolator Terminal Base24 Volt Power SupplyProximitor Input MonitorSeismic Input Monitor

1701/05 - 011701/06 - 011701/10 - 011701/15 - 011701/25 - 01

Part Description Part number1701/01-01, User PackageFieldMonitor Configuration

Applet for RSLogix5 1701/01-02, Integrator Package

1701/02-01, User PackageFieldMonitor ConfigurationProfile for RSLogix5000,

1701/02-02, Integrator Package

Part Description Part numberDual Galvanic Isolator 170190-01

Page 152: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

10-2

1701 InternalProximitorModules

3300 Series Dual Proximitor Sensors

A BPart number 170133 - -

A Proximitor type

050 3300 Internal Dual 5 metre Proximitor Sensor090 3300 Internal Dual 9 metre Proximitor Sensor140 3300 Internal Dual 14 metre Proximitor Sensor

B Hazardous Area Approval

00 CSA Div II / LCIE Zone 205 Multi Agency

3300 NSv Series Dual Proximitor SensorA B

Part number 170150 - -

A Proximitor Type

070 3300 NSv Internal Dual 7 metre Proximitor Sensor

B Hazardous Area Approval

00 CSA Div II

7200 Series Dual Proximitor SensorA B

Part number 170172 - -

A Proximitor Type

050 7200 Internal Dual 5 metre Proximitor Sensor090 7200 Internal Dual 9 metre Proximitor Sensor

B Hazardous Area Approval

00 CSA Div II / LCIE Zone 205 Multi-Agency

1701 ProximityTransducer SystemCables

3300 XL Series 5 & 8mm Proximity TransducerSystem Extension CablesRefer to the datasheet (p/n 141194-01), the 3300 XL manual (p/n141078-01), or contact your Bently Nevada representative for othercable information.

Page 153: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 10 — Ordering Information

10-3

7200 Series 5 & 8mm Proximity Transducer SystemExtension CablesRefer to the 7200 series 5 & 8mm manual (p/n TW8026800) orcontact your Bently Nevada representative for cable information.

3300 NSv Series Proximity Transducer SystemExtension CablesRefer to the datasheet (p/n 147385-01), 3300 NSv series manual(p/n 147357-01), or contact your Bently Nevada representative forcable information.

1701 ProximityTransducer SystemProbes

The 170133 3300 series internal Proximitor module will workwith any standard 3300 or 3300 XL series 5 or 8 mm probe.Use the manual (p/n 141708-01 for 8mm or p/n 86130-01 for5mm probes) or datasheet (p/n 141194-01 or 141605-01) forthese parts.

The 170150 3300 NSv series internal Proximitor modulewill work with any standard 3300 NSv or RAM probe. Usethe manual (p/n 147357-01) or datasheet (p/n 147385-01) forthese parts.

The 170172 7200 series internal Proximitor module will workwith any standard 7200 series 5 or 8 mm probe. Use the manual(p/n TW8026800) for these parts.

1701 Cables 1701 Dynamic CableThe dynamic cable is used to connect the buffered dynamic signals toa “patch panel”.

A BPart number 138925 - -

A Cable Length in feet

005 5 ft007 7 ft010 10 ft025 25 ft050 50 ft100 100 ft

B Cable Assembly

00 Unassembled02 Assembled

Page 154: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

10-4

Accessories

Flex NetworkAdapters

PartNumber

Part Description

01700025 Spare fuse for the 1701/10 Power Supply

139193-01 Blank Slot Cover Kit. Use to cover blank monitor,galvanic isolator, or transducer i/o slots in the terminalbases.

02200492 Allen-Bradley 1794 CE1Flex IO 0.3 meter extensioncable

02200493 Allen-Bradley 1794 CE3Flex IO 0.9 meter extensioncable

BentlyNevada

PartNumber

Description Manufacturer Manufacturer PartNumber

02200360 ControlNet Allen-Bradley 1794 ACN02200361 ControlNet,

redundantmedia

Allen-Bradley 1794 ACNR

02200378 Allen-BradleyRemote I/O

Allen-Bradley 1794 ASB

02200379 DeviceNet Allen-Bradley 1794 ADN02200179 Profibus DP Prosoft

Technology3170 PDP

02200381 Modbus ProsoftTechnology

3170 MBS

Page 155: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Chapter 10 — Ordering Information

10-5

FieldMonitorEnclosure

This enclosure can mount a single 1701/05 Terminal Base. It is a 316stainless steel Type 4/IP 64 enclosure. It can be ordered with asubpanel pre-installed with DIN rail and terminal base mounting holespre-drilled and tapped. Conduit hubs can also be included as hardwarebut knockouts must be done in the field.

Part Description Part number1701/50 - AA –BB

Option AA: Determines if subpanel anddin rail is installed. AA = 00: Installation hardware notprovided. AA = 01 Installation hardware provided

Option BB: Determines quantity ofincluded conduit hub fittingsBB = 00: No conduit fittings includedBB = 01: 4 ¾ inch NPT conduit hubsBB = 02: 6 ¾ inch NPT conduit hubs

Stainless steel Type 4X (IP 64)enclosure for the 1701/05Terminal Base

See the 1701/50 InstallationGuide, part number: 143815-01

BB = 03: 8 ¾ inch NPT conduit hubs

Page 156: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

10-6

Page 157: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Ap

pen

dix

A

Dat

a T

able

s fo

r th

e 17

01/1

5 R

adia

l Vib

rati

on

Mo

nit

or

Com

m.

Dire

ctio

nD

escr

iptio

n15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0

Wor

d0

RE

AD

M.S

.WS

.A.

erro

rS

.A.

& r

/wer

ror

r/w

erro

r1

0

1

0

1

00

00

00

01

Wor

d1

RE

AD

CH

A D

IRE

CT

16 B

it P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

(0

- 10

00 c

ount

s pr

opor

tiona

l to

0 to

100

% o

f th

e fu

ll sc

ale

rang

e)

Wor

d2

RE

AD

CH

A G

AP

16 B

it V

alue

Sca

led

0 to

-24

,000

cou

nts

= 0

to -

24V

olts

Wor

d3

RE

AD

CH

B D

IRE

CT

16 B

it P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

(0

- 10

00 c

ount

s pr

opor

tiona

l to

0 to

100

% o

f th

e fu

ll sc

ale

rang

e)

Wor

d4

RE

AD

CH

B G

AP

16 B

it V

alue

Sca

led

0 to

-24

,000

cou

nts

= 0

to -

24V

olts

Wor

d5

RE

AD

MO

N &

CH

AN

ST

AT

US

MO

NS

TAT

MO

NS

TAT

MO

NS

TAT

MO

NS

TAT

CH

ATO

KE

nabl

ed

CH

BTO

KE

nabl

ed

CH

AO

NC

HB

ON

CH

AA

LER

TA

CTI

VE

CH

AD

NG

RA

CTI

VE

CH

BA

LER

TA

CTI

VE

CH

BD

NG

RA

CTI

VE

CH

ATM A

CTI

VE

CH

BTM A

CTI

VE

CH

AIN

HA

CTI

VE

CH

B IN

HA

CTI

VE

Wor

d6

WR

ITE

CH

A X

DC

R &

SC

ALE

FA

CT

OR

CH

A T

rans

duce

r T

ype

CH

A S

cale

Fac

tor

Wor

d7

WR

ITE

CH

B X

DC

R &

SC

ALE

FA

CT

OR

CH

B T

rans

duce

r T

ype

CH

B S

cale

Fac

tor

Wor

d8

WR

ITE

CH

A F

.S.R

. &G

AP

SE

TP

OIN

T

CH

A F

ull S

cale

Ran

geC

HA

Gap

Ove

r A

lert

Set

poin

t

Wor

d9

WR

ITE

CH

B F

.S.R

. &G

AP

SE

TP

OIN

T

CH

B F

ull S

cale

Ran

geC

HA

Gap

Und

er A

lert

Set

poin

t

Wor

d10

WR

ITE

CH

B G

AP

SE

TP

OIN

TS

CH

B G

ap O

ver

Ale

rt S

etpo

int

CH

B G

ap U

nder

Ale

rt S

etpo

int

Wor

d11

WR

ITE

CH

A D

IRE

CT

SE

TP

OIN

TS

CH

A D

ange

r S

etpo

int

CH

A A

lert

Set

poin

t

Wor

d12

WR

ITE

CH

B D

IRE

CT

SE

TP

OIN

TS

CH

B D

ange

r S

etpo

int

CH

B A

lert

Set

poin

t

Wor

d13

WR

ITE

FIL

TE

RC

ON

FIG

CH

A H

P C

orne

rC

HA

LP

Cor

ner

CH

B H

P C

orne

rC

HB

LP

Cor

ner

Wor

d14

WR

ITE

ALA

RM

TIM

ED

ELA

YS

CH

A D

ange

r T

ime

Del

ayC

HA

Ale

rt T

ime

Del

ayC

HB

Dan

ger

Tim

e D

elay

CH

B A

lert

Tim

e D

elay

Wor

d15

WR

ITE

CO

NT

RO

LM

ON

RS

TB

AR

MS

bB

AR

LSb

SE

TC

ON

FIG

MO

NTY

PE

MO

NTY

PE

CH

AO

N O

RO

FF

CH

BO

N O

RO

FF

CH

ATM M

Sb

CH

ATM LS

b

CH

BTM M

Sb

CH

BTM LS

b

CH

ATM E

NA

CH

BTM E

NA

CH

AIN

HC

HB

INH

App

endi

x

Page 158: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

A-2

Cha

nnel

Dir

ect P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

and

Cha

nnel

Gap

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/1

5 R

adia

l Vib

rati

on

Mo

nit

or

Wo

rd1

thro

ug

h 4

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0W

ord

16-b

it P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

116

-bit

Val

ue s

cale

d 0

to -

2400

0 co

unts

= 0

to -

24 V

216

-bit

Pro

port

iona

l Val

ue3

16-b

it V

alue

sca

led

0 to

-24

000

coun

ts =

0 to

-24

V4

Page 159: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x A

—D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/15

Rad

ial V

ibra

tion

Mon

itor

A-3

Mon

itor

and

Cha

nnel

Sta

tus

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/1

5 –

Rad

ial V

ibra

tio

n M

on

ito

rW

ord

5B

it N

um

ber

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Bit

Des

crip

tion

Mon

itor

Sta

tus

Ch

AT

OK

enab

led

Ch

BT

OK

enab

led

Ch

AO

NC

h B

ON

Ch

AA

lert

Act

ive

Ch

AD

ange

rA

ctiv

e

Ch

BA

lert

Act

ive

Ch

BD

ange

rA

ctiv

e

Ch

A T

MA

ctiv

eC

h B

TM

Act

ive

Ch

A IN

Hac

tive

Ch

BIN

Hac

tive

Bit

sM

on

ito

r S

tatu

s15

1413

120

00

0U

ncon

figur

ed,

(NO

ALA

RM

ING

)0

00

1C

h A

is O

K a

nd C

h B

is N

OT

OK

00

10

Ch

A is

NO

T O

K a

nd C

h B

is O

K0

01

1C

h A

and

Ch

B a

re N

OT

OK

01

00

Con

fig fa

ult

on C

h A

and

Ch

B is

OK

01

01

Con

fig F

ault

on C

h A

and

Ch

B is

NO

T O

K0

11

0C

h A

is O

K a

nd C

onfig

faul

t on

Ch

B0

11

1C

h A

is N

OT

OK

and

Con

fig fa

ult o

n C

h B

10

00

Con

fig fa

ult

on C

h A

and

Con

fig fa

ult

on C

h B

10

01

Unu

sed

10

10

Unu

sed

10

11

Unu

sed

11

00

Unu

sed

11

01

Unu

sed

11

10

Har

dwar

e fa

ult (

NO

ALA

RM

ING

)1

11

1M

odul

e O

K,

Con

fig O

K,

Ch

A a

nd B

OK

,

Tim

ed O

K C

han

nel

Def

eat

(TO

K)

bit

sS

etti

ng

s11

= C

hann

el A

10 =

Cha

nnel

BR

adia

l vib

ratio

n m

onito

rsha

ve T

OK

alw

ays

enab

led

(bits

set

to 1

1).

Ch

ann

el O

N/O

FF

(O

N)

bit

sS

etti

ng

s9

= C

hann

el A

8 =

Cha

nnel

B0

= c

hann

el is

off

1 =

cha

nnel

is o

n

Ch

ann

el A

larm

Sta

tus

bit

sS

etti

ng

s7

=

Cha

nnel

A a

lert

alar

m s

tatu

s6

=

Cha

nnel

A d

ange

ral

arm

sta

tus

5 =

Cha

nnel

B a

lert

alar

m s

tatu

s4

=

Cha

nnel

B d

ange

ral

arm

sta

tus

0 =

ala

rm n

ot a

ctiv

e1

= a

larm

act

ive

Tri

p M

ult

iply

Sta

tus

bit

sS

etti

ng

s3

= C

hann

el A

2 =

Cha

nnel

B0

= tr

ip m

ultip

ly n

ot a

ctiv

e1

= tr

ip m

ultip

ly a

ctiv

e

Ch

ann

el In

hib

it S

tatu

sb

its

Set

tin

gs

1 =

Cha

nnel

A0

= C

hann

el B

0 =

inhi

bit

not

activ

e1

= in

hibi

t ac

tive

Page 160: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

A-4

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

e an

d T

rans

duce

r Sc

ale

Fac

tor

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/1

5 –

Rad

ial V

ibra

tio

n M

on

ito

rW

ord

6 an

d 7

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0W

ord

Cha

nnel

A T

rans

duce

r T

ype

Cha

nnel

A S

cale

Fac

tor

6C

hann

el B

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

eC

hann

el B

Sca

le F

acto

r7

Bit

sT

ran

sdu

cer

Typ

e15

1413

120

00

0In

tern

al 3

300

serie

s 8m

m o

r 5

mm

00

01

Inte

rnal

720

0 se

ries

8mm

or

5m

m0

01

0E

xter

nal 3

300

or 3

300

XL

serie

s 8

mm

or 5

mm

, in

clud

es 3

3080

0 P

RO

XP

AC

0

01

1E

xter

nal 7

200

5/8

mm

01

00

Ext

erna

l 720

0 se

ries

11

mm

01

01

Ext

erna

l 720

0 se

ries

14

mm

01

10

Ext

erna

l -18

Vol

t 30

00 s

erie

s0

11

1E

xter

nal 3

300

RA

M o

r E

xter

nal 3

300

XL

NS

v1

00

0In

tern

al 3

300

NS

v1

00

11

01

01

01

11

10

01

10

11

11

01

11

1

Tra

nsd

uce

r sc

ale

fact

or

The

act

ual v

alue

load

ed in

the

data

tabl

e is

a p

ositi

ve o

ffset

fro

m th

e m

inim

um

sca

lefa

ctor

.

To

calc

ulat

e th

e of

fset

:1.

U

se t

he t

able

sho

win

g T

rans

duce

r T

ype

vs.

Sca

le F

acto

r R

ange

(ne

xt p

age)

to

dete

rmin

e th

e al

low

ed r

ange

spa

n an

d th

e m

inim

um

sca

le f

acto

r fo

r th

etr

ansd

ucer

you

are

usi

ng. T

he a

ctua

l tra

nsdu

cer

scal

e fa

ctor

mus

t be

with

in th

era

nge.

2.

Cal

cula

te t

he s

cale

fac

tor

offs

et:

Sca

leF

acto

r_O

ffset

= In

tege

r A

ctua

lSca

leF

acto

r -

Min

Sca

leF

acto

rS

F_

Adj

ustS

pan

4

095

w

here

:S

cale

Fac

tor_

Off

set

=

the

deci

mal

off

set

valu

e. A

lway

s a

posi

tive

num

ber.

Act

ualS

cale

Fac

tor

=

the

actu

al t

rans

duce

r sc

ale

fact

or,

(or

nom

inal

ifth

e ac

tual

is n

ot k

now

n).

Min

Sca

leF

acto

r=

th

e m

inim

um a

llow

ed s

cale

fac

tor.

SF

_Adj

ustS

pan

=

the

span

.

3.

Con

vert

the

res

ult,

Sca

leF

acto

r_O

ffse

t, t

o an

uns

igne

d 12

bit

bina

ry in

tege

r an

dlo

ad th

is in

tege

r in

to b

its 1

1 th

roug

h 0

(11

= m

ost

sign

ifica

nt b

it a

nd 0

= le

ast

sign

ifica

nt b

it).

Exa

mpl

e:

T

rans

duce

r: 3

300

5 m

m

S

cale

Fa

cto

r: 2

00 m

V/m

il (A

ctua

lSca

leF

acto

r)

Fro

m th

e ta

ble:

Min

Sca

leF

act

or

= 1

70 m

V/m

il

S

F_A

dju

stS

pan

= 6

0 m

V

Sca

leF

acto

r_O

ffset

= In

tege

r [

(20

0 -

170)

/60]

x (

4095

)

= 2

048

Con

vert

to

bina

ry: 1

000

0000

000

0

Page 161: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x A

—D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/15

Rad

ial V

ibra

tion

Mon

itor

A-5

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

e vs

Sca

le F

acto

rP

roxi

mit

or

Sen

sors

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

Sca

le F

acto

rsm

V/m

il (m

V/

m)

No

min

alM

inim

um

Max

imu

mA

dju

stm

ent

Sp

anIn

tern

al 3

300

serie

s8m

m o

r 5m

m20

0(7

.87)

170

(6.6

9)23

0(9

.05)

60(2

.36)

Inte

rnal

720

0 se

ries

8mm

or

5mm

200

(7.8

7)17

0(6

.69)

230

(9.0

5)60

(2.3

6)E

xter

nal 3

300

or 3

300

XL

seri

es 8

mm

or

5m

m,

incl

udes

330

800

PR

OX

PA

C

200

(7.8

7)17

0(6

.69)

230

(9.0

5)60

(2.3

6)

Ext

erna

l 720

0 5/

8m

m20

0(7

.87)

170

(6.6

9)23

0(9

.05)

60(2

.36)

Ext

erna

l 720

0 se

ries

11 m

m10

0(3

.937

)85

(3.3

46)

115

(4.5

27)

30(1

.181

)E

xter

nal 7

200

seri

es14

mm

100

(3.9

37)

85(3

.346

)11

5(4

.527

)30

(1.1

81)

Ext

erna

l -18

Vol

t 30

00se

ries

200

(7.8

7)17

0(6

.69)

230

(9.0

5)60

(2.3

6)E

xter

nal 3

300

RA

M20

0(7

.87)

170

(6.6

9)23

0(9

.05)

60(2

.36)

Inte

rnal

330

0 N

Sv

200

(7.8

7)17

0(6

.69)

230

(9.0

5)60

(2.3

6)E

xter

nal 3

300

XL

NS

v20

0(7

.87)

170

(6.6

9)23

0(9

.05)

60(2

.36)

Page 162: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

A-6

Ful

l-sc

ale

Ran

ge a

nd A

lert

Gap

Set

poin

tM

on

ito

r T

ype

1701

/15

– R

adia

l Vib

rati

on

Mo

nit

or

Wo

rd8,

9, 1

0B

it N

um

ber

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Wo

rdC

hann

el A

Ful

l-sc

ale

Ran

ge(n

ot u

sed)

Cha

nnel

A O

ver

Ala

rm 1

(A

lert

) G

ap S

etpo

int

8C

hann

el B

Ful

l-sc

ale

Ran

ge(n

ot u

sed)

Cha

nnel

A U

nder

Ala

rm 1

(A

lert

) G

ap S

etpo

int

9C

hann

el B

Ove

r A

larm

1 (

Ale

rt)

Gap

Set

poin

tC

hann

el B

Und

er A

larm

1 (

Ale

rt)

Gap

Set

poin

t10

Bit

sD

irec

t F

ull-

scal

e R

ang

e15

1413

120

00

00

- 3

mils

00

01

0 -

5 m

ils0

01

00

- 10

mils

00

11

0 -

15 m

ils0

10

00

- 20

mils

01

01

0 -

100

um

01

10

0 -

125

um

01

11

0 -

150

um

10

00

0 -

200

um

10

01

0 -

250

um

10

10

0 -

300

um

10

11

0 -

400

um

11

00

0 -

500

um

11

01

11

10

11

11

Ala

rm G

ap S

etp

oin

tT

o se

t ga

p al

arm

set

poin

ts lo

ad th

e se

tpoi

nt f

ield

with

an

unsi

gned

bin

ary

8-bi

t int

eger

sca

led

betw

een

0 an

d 24

0 de

cim

al.

A s

etpo

int o

f 240

cor

resp

onds

to -

24 V

olt

DC

(fu

ll sc

ale)

and

0 c

orre

spon

ds to

0V

olts

. T

he g

ap o

ver

alar

m s

etpo

int

is th

e hi

gher

val

ue. T

he s

etpo

int r

esol

utio

n is

0.1

0 V

olt.

For

apr

oxim

ity tr

ansd

ucer

sys

tem

with

a s

cale

fac

tor

of 2

00

mV

/mil

the

reso

lutio

n is

0.5

mils

.E

xam

ple

:M

onito

r ty

pe:

Rad

ial V

ibra

tion

Sca

le f

acto

r:18

9 m

V/m

ilT

rans

duce

r ty

pe:

Inte

rnal

720

0 5

mm

Pro

be g

ap:

-9.1

4 V

Gap

full-

scal

e ra

nge:

24 V

Ove

r al

arm

set

poin

t:12

mils

ove

r ga

pU

nder

ala

rm s

etpo

int:

6 m

ils u

nder

gap

1.

Cal

cula

te t

he v

olta

ge f

or t

he o

ver

gap

setp

oint

.

Ove

r se

tpoi

nt

=

-9.

14 -

(12

0

.189

)

-

11.

408

V

=2.

S

cale

the

ove

r ga

p se

tpoi

nt.

Ove

r se

tpoi

nt

=

240

-1

1.40

8

24

114

dec

imal

, ro

unde

d to

clo

sest

inte

ger

= 0

111

0010

bin

ary

=

3.

Cal

cula

te t

he v

olta

ge f

or t

he u

nder

gap

set

poin

t.

Und

er s

etpo

int

=

- 9

.14

+ (

6 0

.189

)

-

8.0

06 V

=4.

S

cale

the

und

er g

ap s

etpo

int.

Und

er s

etpo

int

=

240

-

8.00

624

80

deci

mal

, ro

unde

d to

clo

sest

inte

ger

= 0

101

0000

bin

ary

=

5.

Load

the

bina

ry v

alue

s fo

r ov

er a

nd u

nder

gap

set

poin

t in

to th

e ap

prop

riate

set

poin

t fie

lds.

Page 163: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x A

—D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/15

Rad

ial V

ibra

tion

Mon

itor

A-7

Cha

nnel

Set

poin

tsM

on

ito

r T

ype

1701

/15

Rad

ial V

ibra

tio

n M

on

ito

rW

ord

11 a

nd

12

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0W

ord

Cha

nnel

A D

ange

r (A

larm

2)

setp

oint

Cha

nnel

A A

lert

(A

larm

1)

Set

poin

t11

Cha

nnel

B D

ange

r (A

larm

2)

setp

oint

Cha

nnel

B A

lert

(A

larm

1)

Set

poin

t12

Dir

ect

Ala

rm S

etp

oin

tT

o se

t al

arm

set

poin

ts lo

ad th

e se

tpoi

nt f

ield

with

an

unsi

gned

bin

ary,

8-b

it, in

tege

r sc

aled

bet

wee

n 0

and

200

deci

mal

. A s

etpo

int

of 2

00 c

orre

spon

ds to

100

% o

f ful

l sca

le a

nd 0

cor

resp

onds

to

botto

msc

ale.

The

set

poin

t re

solu

tion

will

be

0.5%

of

the

full

scal

e ra

nge.

Exa

mp

le:

Ful

l-sc

ale

rang

e:0

to 1

0 m

il pp

Cha

nnel

A A

larm

2 s

etpo

int:

7 m

il

1.

Cal

cula

te t

he b

inar

y va

lue

for

the

setp

oint

.

Set

poin

t =

7 10

2

00

= 1

40 d

ecim

al

= 1

000

1100

bin

ary

2.

Load

the

bina

ry v

alue

in th

e C

hann

el A

Ala

rm 2

(Dan

ger)

set

poin

t fie

ld.

Page 164: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

A-8

Cha

nnel

Hig

h-pa

ss a

nd L

ow-p

ass

Cor

ner

Fre

quen

cyM

on

ito

r T

ype

1701

/15

Rad

ial V

ibra

tio

n M

on

ito

rW

ord

13B

it N

um

ber

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Wo

rdC

hann

el A

HP

Cor

ner

Cha

nnel

A L

P C

orne

rC

hann

el B

HP

Cor

ner

Cha

nnel

B L

P C

orne

r13

Co

de

Hig

h P

ass

Co

rner

Fre

q,

Hz

Co

de

Lo

w P

ass

Co

rner

Fre

q,

Hz

0000

400

0040

0000

011

0001

600

0010

0010

0011

0011

0100

0100

0101

0101

0110

0110

0111

0111

1000

1000

1001

1001

1010

1010

1011

1011

1100

1100

1101

1101

1110

rese

rved

1110

rese

rved

1111

rese

rved

1111

rese

rved

Page 165: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x A

—D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/15

Rad

ial V

ibra

tion

Mon

itor

A-9

Ala

rm T

ime

Del

ayM

on

ito

r T

ype

1701

/15

Rad

ial V

ibra

tio

n M

on

ito

rW

ord

14B

it N

um

ber

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Wo

rdC

hann

el A

Dan

ger

Tim

eD

elay

Cha

nnel

A A

lert

Tim

e D

elay

Cha

nnel

B D

ange

r T

ime

Del

ayC

hann

el B

Ale

rt T

ime

Del

ay14

Dig

ital

Co

de

Ala

rm T

ime

Del

ay, s

eco

nd

s00

000.

1500

010.

2000

100.

3000

110.

5001

000.

6001

011.

0001

102.

0001

113.

0010

005.

0010

016.

0010

1010

.00

1011

20.0

011

0011

0111

1011

11

Page 166: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

A-1

0

Con

trol

Wri

te W

ord

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/1

5 R

adia

l Vib

rati

on

Mo

nit

or

Wo

rd15

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0W

ord

MO

NR

ST

BA

RM

Sb

BA

RLS

bS

ET

CO

NF

IGM

ON

TYP

EM

ON

TYP

EC

HA

ON

OR

OF

F

CH

BO

N O

RO

FF

CH

ATM M

Sb

CH

ATM LS

b

CH

BTM M

Sb

CH

BTM LS

b

CH

ATM E

NA

CH

BTM E

NA

CH

AIN

HC

HB

INH

15

Bit

Ab

bre

viat

ion

Des

crip

tio

nS

etti

ng

15M

ON

RS

TM

onito

r R

eset

0 =

nor

mal

ope

ratio

n1

= R

eset

14B

AR

MS

bB

arri

er C

onfig

urat

ion

MS

b

13B

ar L

Sb

Bar

rier

Con

figur

atio

n LS

b

12S

et C

onfig

Set

Con

figur

atio

n F

lag

Bit

0 =

Mon

itor

will

not

acc

ept

conf

igur

atio

n.

Ope

ratio

n w

ill h

alt.

1 =

Nor

mal

ope

ratio

n m

ode.

11M

ON

Typ

eM

Sb

Mon

itor

Typ

e M

Sb

For

Rad

ial V

ibra

tion

Mon

itors

:bi

t 11

= 0

10M

ON

Typ

eLS

bM

onito

r T

ype

LSb

bit

10 =

0

09C

HA

ON

\OF

FC

hann

el A

ON

\OF

F0

= C

hann

el o

ff08

CH

B O

N\O

FF

Cha

nnel

B O

N\O

FF

1 =

Cha

nnel

on

07C

HA

TM

MS

bC

hann

el A

Tri

p M

ultip

ly M

Sb

06C

HA

TM

LS

bC

hann

el A

Tri

p M

ultip

ly L

Sb

05C

HB

TM

MS

bC

hann

el B

Tri

p M

ultip

ly M

Sb

04C

HB

TM

LS

bC

hann

el B

Tri

p M

ultip

ly L

Sb

03C

HA

TM

En

Cha

nnel

A T

rip

Mul

tiply

ena

ble

0 =

dis

able

d02

CH

B T

M E

nC

hann

el B

Tri

p M

ultip

ly e

nabl

e1

= e

nabl

ed01

CH

A IN

HC

hann

el A

Inhi

bit

0 =

not

act

ive

00C

HB

INH

Cha

nnel

B In

hibi

t1

= a

ctiv

eW

her

e:M

Sb

= m

ost

sign

ifica

nt b

itLS

b =

leas

t si

gnifi

cant

bit

Msb

Lsb

Tri

p M

ult

iply

Lev

el0

0N

one

01

1.5

10

2.0

11

3.0

Msb

Lsb

Saf

ety

Bar

rier

00

Non

e0

1In

tern

al G

alva

nic

Isol

ator

10

Ext

erna

l Zen

er B

arri

er1

1E

xter

nal G

alva

nic

Isol

ator

Page 167: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x A

—D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/15

Rad

ial V

ibra

tion

Mon

itor

A-1

1

Com

pati

bilit

y T

able

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

e vs

. Ful

l Sca

le R

ange

vs.

Tri

p M

ulti

ply

for

the

Bar

rier

Opt

ions

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

Fu

ll S

cale

Ran

ge

Tri

pN

o B

arri

ers

Inte

rnal

Iso

lato

rE

xter

nal

Zen

erM

ult

iply

Inte

rnal

330

0 se

ries

8mm

or

5m

m0

- 3

mil

pp0

- 5

mil

pp0

- 10

mil

pp0

- 15

mil

pp0

- 20

mil

pp0

- 10

0 um

pp

0 -

125

um p

p0

- 15

0 um

pp

0 -

200

um p

p0

- 25

0 um

pp

0 -

300

um p

p0

- 40

0 um

pp

0 -

500

um p

p

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

not a

pplic

able

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ssIn

tern

al 7

200

serie

s 8m

m o

r 5

mm

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

not a

pplic

able

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss

Page 168: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

A-1

2

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

Fu

ll S

cale

Ran

ge

Tri

pN

o B

arri

ers

Inte

rnal

Iso

lato

rE

xter

nal

Zen

erM

ult

iply

Ext

erna

l 330

0 or

330

0 X

L se

ries

8mm

or

5 m

m,

incl

udes

3308

00 P

RO

XP

AC

0

- 3

mil

pp0

- 5

mil

pp0

- 10

mil

pp0

- 15

mil

pp0

- 20

mil

pp0

- 10

0 um

pp

0 -

125

um p

p0

- 15

0 um

pp

0 -

200

um p

p0

- 25

0 um

pp

0 -

300

um p

p0

- 40

0 um

pp

0 -

500

um p

p

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ssE

xter

nal 7

200

5/8

mm

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ssE

xter

nal 7

200

seri

es 1

1 m

m0

- 3

mil

pp0

- 5

mil

pp0

- 10

mil

pp0

- 15

mil

pp0

- 20

mil

pp0

- 10

0 um

pp

0 -

125

um p

p0

- 15

0 um

pp

0 -

200

um p

p0

- 25

0 um

pp

0 -

300

um p

p0

- 40

0 um

pp

0 -

500

um p

p

not

appl

icab

leno

t ap

plic

able

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss

Page 169: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x A

—D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/15

Rad

ial V

ibra

tion

Mon

itor

A-1

3

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

Fu

ll S

cale

Ran

ge

Tri

pN

o B

arri

ers

Inte

rnal

Iso

lato

rE

xter

nal

Zen

erM

ult

iply

Ext

erna

l 720

0 se

ries

14

mm

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

not a

pplic

able

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ssE

xter

nal -

18 V

olt

3000

ser

ies

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

not

appl

icab

leno

t ap

plic

able

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

1.5X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

2X o

r le

ss1.

5X o

r le

ssE

xter

nal 3

300

XL

NS

v o

r 33

00 R

AM

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

1.5X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

2X o

r le

ss1.

5X o

r le

ss

Page 170: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

A-1

4

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

Fu

ll S

cale

Ran

ge

Tri

pN

o B

arri

ers

Inte

rnal

Iso

lato

rE

xter

nal

Zen

erM

ult

iply

Inte

rnal

330

0 N

Sv

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

0 -

3 m

il pp

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

15 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 12

5 um

pp

0 -

150

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

250

um p

p0

- 30

0 um

pp

0 -

400

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

not a

pplic

able

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

1.5X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

2X o

r le

ss1.

5X o

r le

ss

Page 171: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x A

—D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/15

Rad

ial V

ibra

tion

Mon

itor

A-1

5

Com

pati

bilit

y T

able

Rad

ial V

ibra

tion

Tra

nsdu

cer

OK

Lim

its

vs. T

rans

duce

r T

ype

vs. B

arri

er O

ptio

ns

Rad

ial V

ibra

tio

n O

K L

imit

sT

ran

sdu

cer

No

Bar

rier

sIn

tern

al G

alva

nic

Iso

lato

rE

xter

nal

Zen

erB

arri

erL

OK

VU

OK

VL

OK

VU

OK

VL

OK

VU

OK

VIn

tern

al 3

300

serie

s 8m

m o

r 5

mm

-2.7

5-1

6.75

-2.7

5-1

6.75

nana

Inte

rnal

720

0 se

ries

8mm

or

5m

m-2

.75

-16.

75-2

.75

-16.

75na

naE

xter

nal 3

300

or 3

300

XL

serie

s 8m

m o

r 5

mm

, in

clud

es 3

3080

0 P

RO

XP

AC

-2

.75

-16.

75--

2.75

-16.

75-2

.75

-16.

75E

xter

nal 7

200

5/8

mm

-2.7

5-1

6.75

--2.

75-1

6.75

-2.7

5-1

6.75

Ext

erna

l 720

0 se

ries

11

mm

-3.6

0-1

9.65

nana

nana

Ext

erna

l 720

0 se

ries

14

mm

-2.7

5-1

6.75

-2.7

5-1

6.75

nana

Ext

erna

l -18

Vol

t 30

00 s

erie

s-2

.45

-12.

05na

nana

naE

xter

nal 3

300

XL

NS

v o

r 33

00 R

AM

-2.4

5-1

2.55

-2.4

5-1

2.55

-2.4

5-1

2.55

Inte

rnal

330

0 N

Sv

-2.4

5-1

2.55

-2.4

5-1

2.55

nana

If n

o O

K L

imits

are

sho

wn

then

that

tran

sduc

er ty

pe is

not

allo

wed

with

that

bar

rier

opt

ion.

Page 172: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

A-1

6

Page 173: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Ap

pen

dix

B

Dat

a T

able

s fo

r th

e 17

01/1

5 T

hru

st M

on

ito

rC

omm

.D

irect

ion

Des

crip

tion

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Wor

d0

RE

AD

M.S

.WS

.A.

erro

rS

.A. &

r/w

err

r/w

err

or1

0

1

0

1

00

00

00

01

Wor

d1

RE

AD

CH

A D

IRE

CT

16 B

it P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

(-5

00 c

ount

s to

+50

0 co

unts

pro

port

iona

l to

0 to

100

% o

f th

e fu

ll sc

ale

rang

e)

Wor

d2

RE

AD

CH

A G

AP

16 B

it V

alue

Sca

led

0 to

-24

,000

cou

nts

= 0

to -

24V

olts

Wor

d3

RE

AD

CH

B D

IRE

CT

16 B

it P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

(-5

00 c

ount

s to

+50

0 co

unts

pro

port

iona

l to

0 to

100

% o

f th

e fu

ll sc

ale

rang

e)

Wor

d4

RE

AD

CH

B G

AP

16 B

it V

alue

Sca

led

0 to

-24

,000

cou

nts

= 0

to -

24V

olts

Wor

d5

RE

AD

MO

N &

CH

AN

ST

AT

US

MO

NS

TAT

MO

NS

TAT

MO

NS

TAT

MO

NS

TAT

CH

ATO

KD

isab

led

CH

BTO

KD

isab

led

CH

AO

NC

HB

ON

CH

AA

LER

TA

CTI

VE

CH

AD

NG

RA

CTI

VE

CH

BA

LER

TA

CTI

VE

CH

BD

NG

RA

CTI

VE

CH

ATH

RU

ST

DIR

EC

TIO

N

CH

BTH

RU

ST

DIR

EC

TIO

N

CH

AIN

HA

CTI

VE

CH

B IN

HA

CTI

VE

Wor

d6

WR

ITE

CH

A X

DC

R &

SC

ALE

FA

CT

OR

CH

A T

rans

duce

r T

ype

CH

A S

cale

Fac

tor

Wor

d7

WR

ITE

CH

B X

DC

R &

SC

ALE

FA

CT

OR

CH

B T

rans

duce

r T

ype

CH

B S

cale

Fac

tor

Wor

d8

WR

ITE

CH

A F

.S.R

. &Z

ER

OP

OS

ITIO

N

CH

A F

ull S

cale

Ran

geC

HA

Zer

o P

ositi

on

Wor

d9

WR

ITE

CH

B F

.S.R

. &Z

ER

OP

OS

ITIO

N

CH

B F

ull S

cale

Ran

geC

HB

Zer

o P

ositi

on

Wor

d10

WR

ITE

CH

A D

IRE

CT

SE

TP

OIN

TS

CH

A D

irect

Ove

r D

ange

r S

etpo

int

CH

A D

irect

Und

er D

ange

r S

etpo

int

Wor

d11

WR

ITE

CH

A D

IRE

CT

SE

TP

OIN

TS

CH

A D

irect

Ove

r A

lert

Set

poin

tC

HA

Dire

ct U

nder

Ale

rt S

etpo

int

Wor

d12

WR

ITE

CH

B D

IRE

CT

SE

TP

OIN

TS

CH

B D

irect

Ove

r D

ange

r S

etpo

int

CH

B D

irect

Und

er D

ange

r S

etpo

int

Wor

d13

WR

ITE

CH

B D

IRE

CT

SE

TP

OIN

TS

CH

B D

irect

Ove

r A

lert

Set

poin

tC

HB

Dire

ct U

nder

Ale

rt S

etpo

int

Wor

d14

WR

ITE

ALA

RM

TIM

ED

ELA

YS

CH

A D

ange

r T

ime

Del

ayC

HA

Ale

rt T

ime

Del

ayC

HB

Dan

ger

Tim

e D

elay

CH

B A

lert

Tim

e D

elay

Wor

d15

WR

ITE

CO

NT

RO

LM

ON

RS

TB

AR

MS

bB

AR

LSb

SE

TC

ON

FIG

MO

NTY

PE

MO

NTY

PE

CH

AO

N O

RO

FF

CH

BO

N O

RO

FF

CH

AD

IRC

HB

DIR

CH

AIN

HC

HB

INH

App

endi

x

Page 174: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

B-2

Cha

nnel

Dir

ect P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

and

Cha

nnel

Gap

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/1

5 T

hru

st P

osi

tio

n M

on

ito

rW

ord

1 th

rou

gh

4B

it N

um

ber

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Wo

rd16

-bit

Pro

port

iona

l Val

ue1

16-b

it V

alue

sca

led

0 to

-24

000

coun

ts =

0 to

-24

V2

16-b

it P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

316

-bit

Val

ue s

cale

d 0

to -

2400

0 co

unts

= 0

to -

24 V

4

Page 175: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x B

— D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/15

Thr

ust M

onito

r

B-3

Mon

itor

and

Cha

nnel

Sta

tus

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/1

5 –

Th

rust

Po

siti

on

Mo

nit

or

Wo

rd5

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0B

it D

escr

iptio

nM

onito

r S

tatu

sC

h A

TO

KD

isab

led

Ch

BT

OK

Dis

able

d

Ch

AO

NC

h B

ON

Ch

AA

lert

Act

ive

Ch

AD

ange

rA

ctiv

e

Ch

BA

lert

Act

ive

Ch

BD

ange

rA

ctiv

e

Ch

A D

IRC

h B

DIR

Ch

A IN

Hac

tive

Ch

BIN

Hac

tive

Bit

sM

on

ito

r S

tatu

s15

1413

120

00

0U

ncon

figur

ed,

(NO

ALA

RM

ING

)0

00

1C

h A

is O

K a

nd C

h B

is N

OT

OK

00

10

Ch

A is

NO

T O

K a

nd C

h B

is O

K0

01

1C

h A

and

Ch

B a

re N

OT

OK

01

00

Con

fig fa

ult

on C

h A

and

Ch

B is

OK

01

01

Con

fig fa

ult

on C

h A

and

Ch

B is

NO

T O

K0

11

0C

h A

is O

K a

nd C

onfig

faul

t on

Ch

B0

11

1C

h A

is N

OT

OK

and

Con

fig fa

ult o

n C

h B

10

00

Con

fig fa

ult

on C

h A

and

Con

fig fa

ult

on C

h B

10

01

Unu

sed

10

10

Unu

sed

10

11

Unu

sed

11

00

Unu

sed

11

01

Unu

sed

11

10

Har

dwar

e fa

ult (

NO

ALA

RM

ING

)1

11

1M

odul

e O

K,

Con

fig O

K,

Ch

A a

nd B

OK

,

Tim

ed O

K C

han

nel

Def

eat

(TO

K)

bit

sS

etti

ng

s11

= C

hann

el A

10 =

Cha

nnel

BF

or T

hrus

t M

onito

rs, T

OK

is a

lway

s di

sabl

ed (

bits

set

to 0

0).

Ch

ann

el O

N/O

FF

(O

N)

bit

sS

etti

ng

s9

= C

hann

el A

8 =

Cha

nnel

B0

= c

hann

el is

off

1 =

cha

nnel

is o

n

Ch

ann

el A

larm

Sta

tus

bit

sS

etti

ng

s7

=

Cha

nnel

A a

lert

alar

m s

tatu

s6

=

Cha

nnel

A d

ange

ral

arm

sta

tus

5 =

Cha

nnel

B a

lert

alar

m s

tatu

s4

=

Cha

nnel

B d

ange

ral

arm

sta

tus

0 =

ala

rm n

ot a

ctiv

e1

= a

larm

act

ive

No

rmal

Th

rust

Dir

ecti

on

bit

sS

etti

ng

s3

= C

hann

el A

2 =

Cha

nnel

B0

= u

psca

le d

irec

tion

tow

ard

the

prob

e1

= u

psca

le d

irec

tion

away

from

pro

be

Ch

ann

el In

hib

it S

tatu

sb

its

Set

tin

gs

1 =

Cha

nnel

A0

= C

hann

el B

0 =

inhi

bit

not

activ

e1

= in

hibi

t ac

tive

Page 176: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

B-4

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

e an

d T

rans

duce

r Sc

ale

Fac

tor

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/1

5 –

Th

rust

Po

siti

on

Mo

nit

or

Wo

rd6

and

7B

it N

um

ber

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Wo

rdC

hann

el A

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

eC

hann

el A

Sca

le F

acto

r6

Cha

nnel

B T

rans

duce

r T

ype

Cha

nnel

B S

cale

Fac

tor

7

Bit

sT

ran

sdu

cer

Typ

e15

1413

120

00

0In

tern

al 3

300

serie

s 8m

m o

r 5

mm

00

01

Inte

rnal

720

0 se

ries

8mm

or

5m

m0

01

0E

xter

nal 3

300

or 3

300

XL

serie

s 8

mm

or 5

mm

, in

clud

es 3

3080

0 P

RO

XP

AC

0

01

1E

xter

nal 7

200

5/8

mm

01

00

Ext

erna

l 720

0 se

ries

11

mm

01

01

Ext

erna

l 720

0 se

ries

14

mm

01

10

Ext

erna

l -18

Vol

t 30

00 s

erie

s0

11

1E

xter

nal 3

300

RA

M o

r E

xter

nal 3

300

XL

NS

v1

00

0In

tern

al 3

300

NS

v1

00

11

01

01

01

11

10

01

10

11

11

01

11

1

Tra

nsd

uce

r sc

ale

fact

or

The

act

ual v

alue

load

ed in

the

data

tabl

e is

a p

ositi

ve o

ffset

fro

m th

e m

inim

um

sca

lefa

ctor

.

To

calc

ulat

e th

e of

fset

:1.

U

se t

he t

able

sho

win

g T

rans

duce

r T

ype

vs.

Sca

le F

acto

r R

ange

(ne

xt p

age)

to

dete

rmin

e th

e al

low

ed r

ange

spa

n an

d th

e m

inim

um

sca

le f

acto

r fo

r th

etr

ansd

ucer

you

are

usi

ng. T

he a

ctua

l tra

nsdu

cer

scal

e fa

ctor

mus

t be

with

in th

era

nge.

2.

Cal

cula

te t

he s

cale

fac

tor

offs

et:

Sca

leF

acto

r_O

ffset

= In

tege

r A

ctua

lSca

leF

acto

r -

Min

Sca

leF

acto

rS

F_

Adj

ustS

pan

4

095

w

here

:S

cale

Fac

tor_

Off

set

=

the

deci

mal

off

set

valu

e. A

lway

s a

posi

tive

num

ber.

Act

ualS

cale

Fac

tor

=

the

actu

al t

rans

duce

r sc

ale

fact

or,

(or

nom

inal

ifth

e ac

tual

is n

ot k

now

n).

Min

Sca

leF

acto

r=

th

e m

inim

um a

llow

ed s

cale

fac

tor.

SF

_Adj

ustS

pan

=

the

span

.

3.C

onve

rt t

he r

esul

t, S

cale

Fac

tor_

Off

set,

to

an u

nsig

ned

12 b

it bi

nary

inte

ger

and

load

this

inte

ger

into

bits

11

thro

ugh

0 (1

1 =

mos

t si

gnifi

cant

bit

and

0 =

leas

tsi

gnifi

cant

bit)

.

Page 177: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x B

— D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/15

Thr

ust M

onito

r

B-5

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

e vs

Sca

le F

acto

rP

roxi

mit

or

Sen

sors

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

Sca

le F

acto

rsm

V/m

il (m

V/

m)

No

min

alM

inim

um

Max

imu

mA

dju

stm

ent

Sp

anIn

tern

al 3

300

serie

s8m

m o

r 5m

m20

0(7

.87)

170

(6.6

9)23

0(9

.05)

60(2

.36)

Inte

rnal

720

0 se

ries

8mm

or

5mm

200

(7.8

7)17

0(6

.69)

230

(9.0

5)60

(2.3

6)E

xter

nal 3

300

or 3

300

XL

seri

es 8

mm

or

5m

m,

incl

udes

330

800

PR

OX

PA

C

200

(7.8

7)17

0(6

.69)

230

(9.0

5)60

(2.3

6)

Ext

erna

l 720

0 5/

8m

m20

0(7

.87)

170

(6.6

9)23

0(9

.05)

60(2

.36)

Ext

erna

l 720

0 se

ries

11 m

m10

0(3

.937

)85

(3.3

46)

115

(4.5

27)

30(1

.181

)E

xter

nal 7

200

seri

es14

mm

100

(3.9

37)

85(3

.346

)11

5(4

.527

)30

(1.1

81)

Ext

erna

l -18

Vol

t 30

00se

ries

200

(7.8

7)17

0(6

.69)

230

(9.0

5)60

(2.3

6)E

xter

nal 3

300

RA

M20

0(7

.87)

170

(6.6

9)23

0(9

.05)

60(2

.36)

Inte

rnal

330

0 N

Sv

200

(7.8

7)17

0(6

.69)

230

(9.0

5)60

(2.3

6)E

xter

nal 3

300

XL

NS

v20

0(7

.87)

170

(6.6

9)23

0(9

.05)

60(2

.36)

Page 178: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

B-6

Ful

l-sc

ale

Ran

ge a

nd Z

ero

Pos

itio

n V

olta

geM

on

ito

r T

ype

1701

/15

– T

hru

st P

osi

tio

n M

on

ito

rW

ord

8 an

d 9

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0W

ord

Cha

nnel

A F

ull-

scal

e R

ange

Cha

nnel

A Z

ero

Pos

ition

8C

hann

el B

Ful

l-sc

ale

Ran

geC

hann

el B

Zer

o P

ositi

on9

Bit

sD

irec

t F

ull-

scal

e R

ang

e15

1413

120

00

010

- 0

- 1

0 m

ils0

00

125

- 0

- 2

5 m

ils0

01

030

- 0

- 3

0 m

ils0

01

140

- 0

- 4

0 m

ils0

10

050

- 0

- 5

0 m

ils0

10

175

- 0

- 7

5 m

ils0

11

00.

250

- 0

- 0.

250

mm

01

11

0.50

0 -

0 -

0.50

0 m

m1

00

00.

600

- 0

- 0.

600

mm

10

01

0.80

0 -

0 -

0.80

0 m

m1

01

01.

000

- 0

- 1.

000

mm

10

11

2.00

0 -

0 -

2.00

0 m

m1

10

01

10

11

11

01

11

1

Zer

o P

osi

tio

nC

onfig

ure

the

zero

pos

ition

vol

tage

by

calc

ulat

ing

an o

ffset

and

load

ing

it in

the

thru

st I

/O d

ata

tabl

e as

a 12

-bit,

uns

igne

d, b

inar

y in

tege

r.

To

calc

ulat

e th

e ze

ro p

ositi

on v

olta

ge o

ffset

for

a ch

anne

l:

1.

Det

erm

ine

the

allo

wed

ran

ge a

nd th

e lo

w li

mit

of t

he r

ange

(m

ost

posi

tive

gap

volta

ge)

for

the

tran

sduc

er y

ou a

re u

sing

by

refe

rrin

g to

the

tabl

e on

pag

es B

-7 a

nd B

-8.

The

act

ual z

ero

posi

tion

volta

ge m

ost

be w

ithin

the

rang

e.

2.

Cal

cula

te t

he o

ffse

t:

ZP

V_

Offs

et =

Inte

ger

ZP

VR

ange

_Lo

w

- A

ctua

l_U

serZ

PV

ZP

V_

Ran

ge

409

5•

whe

re:

ZP

V_O

ffse

t =

th

e de

cim

al o

ffse

t va

lue.

Alw

ays

a po

sitiv

e nu

mbe

r.Z

PV

Ran

ge_L

ow

=

the

mos

t po

sitiv

e al

low

ed z

ero

posi

tion

volta

ge in

sig

ned

volts

.A

ctua

l_U

serZ

PV

=

th

e ac

tual

zer

o po

sitio

n vo

ltage

in s

igne

d vo

lts.

ZP

V_R

ange

=

th

e sp

an in

pos

itive

sig

ned

volts

.

3.C

onve

rt t

he r

esul

t, Z

PV

_Off

set,

to

an u

nsig

ned

12 b

it bi

nary

inte

ger

and

load

into

bits

11

thro

ugh

0(1

1 is

the

mos

t si

gnifi

cant

bit

and

0 is

the

leas

e si

gnifi

cant

bit)

.E

xam

ple

:F

ull S

cale

Ran

ge:

-10

mils

to 0

to +

10

mils

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

e:E

xter

nal 7

200

8 m

mA

ctua

l Use

r S

et Z

PV

:-9

.15

Vol

tsA

llow

ed Z

PV

Adj

ustm

ent R

ange

: (-

6.20

to +

14.2

0) =

8.0

0Lo

w li

mit

of r

ange

:-6

.20

ZP

V_

Offs

et

= In

tege

r -6

.20

- (

-9.1

50)

8

409

5

151

0 de

cim

al

=

Con

vert

to

12 b

it un

sign

ed b

inar

y: 0

101

1110

011

0

Page 179: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x B

— D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/15

Thr

ust M

onito

r

B-7

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

e vs

. Ful

l Sca

le R

ange

vs.

Zer

o P

osit

ion

Vol

tage

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

Zer

o P

osi

tio

n V

olt

age

and

Fu

ll-sc

ale

Ran

ge

Fu

ll S

cale

Th

rust

Ran

ge

No

Bar

rier

s Z

ero

Po

siti

on

Vo

ltag

e R

ang

eIn

tern

al Is

ola

tor

Zer

oP

osi

tio

n V

olt

age

Ran

ge

Zen

er B

arri

erZ

ero

Po

siti

on

Vo

ltag

e R

ang

eIn

tern

al 3

300

serie

s 8

mm

or

5 m

m10

- 0

- 1

0 m

ils0.

250

- 0

- 0.

250

mm

-6.2

0 to

-14

.20

-6.2

0 to

-14

.20

not

appl

icab

le

or Inte

rnal

720

0 se

ries

8 m

m o

r 5

mm

25 -

0 -

25

mils

0.50

0 -

0 -

0.50

0 m

m0.

600

- 0

- 0.

600

mm

-7.2

0 to

-13

.20

-7.1

0 to

-12

.60

not

appl

icab

le

30 -

0 -

30

mils

0.80

0 -

0 -

0.80

0 m

m-8

.20

to -

12.2

0-8

.10

to -

11.8

0no

t ap

plic

able

40 -

0 -

40

mils

1.00

0 -

0 -

1.00

0 m

m-9

.50

to -

10.5

0-9

.40

to -

10.2

0no

t ap

plic

able

Ext

erna

l 330

0 se

ries

5 m

m o

r 8

mm

10 -

0 -

10

mils

0.25

0 -

0 -

0.25

0 m

m-6

.20

to -

14.

20-6

.20

to -

14.2

0-6

.20

to -

14.

20

25 -

0 -

25

mils

0.50

0 -

0 -

0.50

0 m

m0.

600

- 0

- 0.

600

mm

-7.2

0 to

-13

.20

-7.1

0 to

-12

.60

-7.1

0 to

-12

.60

30 -

0 -

30

mils

0.80

0 -

0 -

0.80

0 m

m-8

.20

to -

12.2

0-8

.10

to -

11.8

0-8

.10

to –

11.8

0

40 -

0 -

40

mils

1.00

0 -

0 -

1.00

0 m

m-9

.50

to -

10.5

0-9

.40

to -

10.2

0-9

.40

to –

10.2

0

Ext

erna

l 720

0 se

ries

5 m

m o

r 8

mm

10 -

0 -

10

mils

0.25

0 -

0 -

0.25

0 m

m-6

.20

to -

14.2

0-6

.20

to -

14.2

0-6

.20

to –

14.2

0

25 -

0 -

25

mils

0.50

0 -

0 -

0.50

0 m

m0.

600

- 0

- 0.

600

mm

-7.2

0 to

-13

.20

-7.1

0 to

-12

.60

-7.1

0 to

–12

.60

30 -

0 -

30

mils

0.80

0 -

0 -

0.80

0 m

m-8

.20

to -

12.2

0-8

.10

to -

11.4

0-8

.10

to –

11.4

0

40 -

0 -

40

mils

1.00

0 -

0 -

1.00

0 m

m-9

.60

to -

10.6

0-9

.40

to -

9.90

-9.4

0 to

-9.

90

Page 180: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

B-8

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

Fu

ll S

cale

Th

rust

Ran

ge

Zer

o P

osi

tio

n V

olt

age

and

Fu

ll-sc

ale

Ran

ge

No

Bar

rier

s Z

ero

Po

siti

on

Vo

ltag

e R

ang

eIn

tern

al Is

ola

tor

Zer

oP

osi

tio

n V

olt

age

Ran

ge

Zen

er B

arri

erZ

ero

Po

siti

on

Vo

ltag

e R

ang

eE

xter

nal 7

200

seri

es 1

1 m

m10

- 0

- 1

0 m

ils0.

250

- 0

- 0.

250

mm

-6.9

0 to

- 1

6.90

not

appl

icab

leno

t ap

plic

able

25 -

0 -

25

mils

0.50

0 -

0 -

0.50

0 m

m0.

600

- 0

- 0.

600

mm

-6.9

0 to

- 1

6.90

not

appl

icab

leno

t ap

plic

able

30 -

0 -

30

mils

0.80

0 -

0 -

0.80

0 m

m-8

.20

to -

15.3

0no

t ap

plic

able

not

appl

icab

le

40 -

0 -

40

mils

1.0

- 0

- 1.

0 m

m-8

.90

to -

14.9

0no

t ap

plic

able

not

appl

icab

le

50 -

0 -

50

mils

-9.3

0 to

-14

.60

not

appl

icab

leno

t ap

plic

able

75 -

0 -

75

mils

2.0

- 0

- 2.

0 m

m-1

1.45

to -

12.4

5no

t ap

plic

able

not

appl

icab

le

Ext

erna

l 720

0 se

ries

14

mm

10 -

0 -

10

mils

0.25

0 -

0 -

0.25

0 m

m-3

.75

to -

15.2

5-3

.75

to -

15.2

5no

t ap

plic

able

25 -

0 -

25

mils

0.50

0 -

0 -

0.50

0 m

m0.

600

- 0

- 0.

600

mm

-4.5

0 to

-15

.00

-4.5

0 to

-15

.00

not

appl

icab

le

30 -

0 -

30

mils

0.80

0 -

0 -

0.80

0 m

m-5

.10

to -

14.6

0-5

.10

to -

14.5

0no

t ap

plic

able

40 -

0 -

40

mils

1.0

- 0

- 1.

0 m

m-6

.25

to -

13.4

5-6

.25

to -

13.3

5no

t ap

plic

able

50 -

0 -

50

mils

-7.4

0 to

- 1

2.30

-7.4

0 to

-12

.20

not

appl

icab

le75

- 0

- 7

5 m

ils2.

0 -

0 -

2.0

mm

-9.5

5 to

- 1

0.15

-9.5

5 to

-10

.05

not

appl

icab

le

Ext

erna

l 300

0 se

ries

-18

V10

- 0

- 1

0 m

ils0.

250

- 0

- 0.

250

mm

-3.5

0 to

-10

.00

not

appl

icab

leno

t ap

plic

able

25 -

0 -

25

mils

0.50

0 -

0 -

0.50

0 m

m0.

600

- 0

- 0.

600

mm

-6.5

to -

7.70

not

appl

icab

leno

t ap

plic

able

10 -

0 -

10

mils

0.25

0 -

0 -

0.25

0 m

m-3

.50

to -

10.8

0-3

.50

to -

10.8

0-3

.50

to -

10.8

0E

xter

nal 3

300

NS

v o

r R

AM

ser

ies

25 -

0 -

25

mils

0.50

0 -

0 -

0.50

0 m

m0.

600

- 0

- 0.

600

mm

-6.5

3 to

-7.

40-6

.53

to -

7.40

-6.5

3 to

-7.

40

Page 181: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x B

— D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/15

Thr

ust M

onito

r

B-9

Inte

rnal

330

0 N

Sv

ser

ies

10 -

0 -

10

mils

0.25

0 -

0 -

0.25

0 m

m-3

.50

to -

10.8

0-3

.50

to -

10.8

0no

t ap

plic

able

25 -

0 -

25

mils

0.50

0 -

0 -

0.50

0 m

m0.

600

- 0

- 0.

600

mm

-6.5

3 to

-7.

40-6

.53

to -

7.40

not

appl

icab

le

Page 182: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

B-1

0

Dir

ect O

ver

and

Und

er A

larm

Set

poin

tsM

on

ito

r T

ype

1701

/15

Th

rust

Po

siti

on

Mo

nit

or

Wo

rd10

th

rou

gh

13

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0W

ord

Cha

nnel

A O

ver

Dan

ger

(Ala

rm 2

) se

tpoi

ntC

hann

el A

Und

er D

ange

r (A

larm

2)

setp

oint

10C

hann

el A

Ove

r A

lert

(A

larm

1)

setp

oint

Cha

nnel

A U

nder

Ale

rt (

Ala

rm 1

) se

tpoi

nt11

Cha

nnel

B O

ver

Dan

ger

(Ala

rm 2

) se

tpoi

ntC

hann

el B

Und

er D

ange

r (A

larm

2)

setp

oint

12C

hann

el B

Ove

r A

lert

(A

larm

1)

setp

oint

Cha

nnel

B U

nder

Ale

rt (

Ala

rm 1

) se

tpoi

nt13

Ch

ann

el S

etp

oin

tT

o se

t D

irec

t th

rust

pos

ition

ala

rm s

etpo

ints

load

the

setp

oint

fiel

d w

ith a

n un

sign

ed b

inar

y 8-

bit i

nteg

ersc

aled

bet

wee

n 0

and

200

deci

mal

. A s

etpo

int o

f 200

cor

resp

onds

to

posi

tive

full

upsc

ale

(+50

% o

f ful

lsc

ale)

and

0 c

orre

spon

ds to

neg

ativ

e fu

ll b

otto

m s

cale

(-5

0% o

f ful

l sca

le).

The

set

poin

t res

olut

ion

is0.

5% o

f fu

ll sc

ale.

Cal

cula

te t

he s

etpo

int

in c

ount

s us

ing

thes

e fo

rmul

as:

Ove

r_A

larm

_Set

poin

t =

(O

verS

etpo

int/

Ful

l UpS

cale

Ran

ge)

x 10

0 +

100

Und

er_A

larm

Set

poin

t =

-(U

nder

Set

poin

t/F

ull B

otto

mS

cale

Ran

ge)

x 10

0 +

100

Rou

nd th

e va

lues

to th

e cl

oses

t in

tege

r an

d co

nver

t to

bin

ary.

Exa

mp

leT

rans

duce

r ty

pe:

7200

8 m

mF

ull-

scal

e ra

nge:

40 -

0 -

40

mils

Bar

rier

s:N

one

Thr

ust

dire

ctio

n:U

psca

le t

owar

ds p

robe

Zer

o po

sitio

n vo

ltage

:-1

0.30

VT

rans

duce

r S

cale

fact

or:

200

mV

/mil

Low

er O

K li

mit:

-1.2

8 V

Upp

er O

K li

mit:

-19.

04 V

Ala

rm 2

set

poin

ts:

± 30

.00

mils

Ove

r A

larm

2 =

(30

/40)

x 1

00 +

100

= 1

75C

onve

rt t

o bi

nary

: 101

0 11

11

Und

er A

larm

2 =

-(3

0/40

) x

100

+ 1

00 =

25

Con

vert

to

bina

ry: 0

001

1001

Page 183: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x B

— D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/15

Thr

ust M

onito

r

B-1

1

Ala

rm T

ime

Del

ayM

on

ito

r T

ype

1701

/15

Th

rust

Po

siti

on

Mo

nit

or

Wo

rd14

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0W

ord

Cha

nnel

A D

ange

r T

ime

Del

ayC

hann

el A

Ale

rt T

ime

Del

ayC

hann

el B

Dan

ger

Tim

eD

elay

Cha

nnel

B A

lert

Tim

e D

elay

14

Dig

ital

Co

de

Ala

rm T

ime

Del

ay, s

eco

nd

s00

000.

1500

010.

2000

100.

3000

110.

5001

000.

6001

011.

0001

102.

0001

113.

0010

005.

0010

016.

0010

1010

.00

1011

20.0

011

0011

0111

1011

11

Page 184: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

B-1

2

Con

trol

Wri

te W

ord

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/1

5 T

hru

st P

osi

ti0o

n M

on

ito

rW

ord

15B

it N

um

ber

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Wo

rdM

ON

RS

TB

AR

MS

bB

AR

LSb

SE

TC

ON

FIG

MO

NTY

PE

MO

NTY

PE

CH

AO

N O

RO

FF

CH

BO

N O

RO

FF

CH

AD

IRC

HB

DIR

CH

AIN

HC

HB

INH

15

Bit

Ab

bre

viat

ion

Des

crip

tio

nS

etti

ng

15M

ON

RS

TM

onito

r R

eset

0 =

nor

mal

ope

ratio

n1

= R

eset

14B

AR

MS

bB

arri

er C

onfig

urat

ion

MS

b

13B

ar L

Sb

Bar

rier

Con

figur

atio

n LS

b

12S

et C

onfig

Set

Con

figur

atio

n F

lag

Bit

0 =

Mon

itor

will

not

acc

ept

conf

igur

atio

n.

Ope

ratio

n w

ill h

alt.

1 =

Nor

mal

ope

ratio

n m

ode.

11M

ON

Typ

eM

Sb

Mon

itor

Typ

e M

Sb

For

Thr

ust P

ositi

on M

onito

rs:

bit

11 =

010

MO

N T

ype

LSb

Mon

itor

Typ

e LS

bbi

t 10

= 1

09C

HA

ON

\OF

FC

hann

el A

ON

\OF

F0

= C

hann

el o

ff08

CH

B O

N\O

FF

Cha

nnel

B O

N\O

FF

1 =

Cha

nnel

on

07 06 05 04 03C

HA

DIR

Cha

nnel

A U

psca

le T

hrus

t D

irec

tion

0 =

Ups

cale

thr

ust

dire

ctio

n is

tow

ards

the

prob

e02

CH

B D

IRC

hann

el B

Ups

cale

Thr

ust

Dir

ectio

n1

= U

psca

le t

hrus

t di

rect

ion

is a

way

from

the

pro

be01

CH

A IN

HC

hann

el A

Inhi

bit

0 =

not

act

ive

00C

HB

INH

Cha

nnel

B In

hibi

t1

= a

ctiv

eW

her

e:M

Sb

= m

ost

sign

ifica

nt b

itLS

b =

leas

t si

gnifi

cant

bit

Msb

Lsb

Saf

ety

Bar

rier

00

Non

e0

1In

tern

al G

alva

nic

Isol

ator

10

Ext

erna

l Zen

er B

arri

er1

1E

xter

nal G

alva

nic

Isol

ator

Page 185: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x B

— D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/15

Thr

ust M

onito

r

B-1

3

Com

pati

bilit

y T

able

Thr

ust P

osit

ion

Tra

nsdu

cer

OK

Lim

its

vs. T

rans

duce

r T

ype

vs. B

arri

er O

ptio

nsT

hru

st P

osi

tio

n T

ran

sdu

cer

OK

Lim

its

Tra

nsd

uce

rN

o B

arri

ers

Inte

rnal

Gal

van

ic Is

ola

tor

Ext

ern

al Z

ener

Bar

rier

LO

KV

UO

KV

LO

KV

UO

KV

LO

KV

UO

KV

Inte

rnal

330

0 se

ries

8mm

or

5m

m-1

.28

-19.

04-1

.10

-18.

25na

naIn

tern

al 7

200

serie

s 8m

m o

r 5

mm

-1.2

8-1

9.04

-1.1

0-1

8.25

nana

Ext

erna

l 330

0 X

L or

330

0 se

ries

8mm

or

5 m

m,

incl

udes

330

800

PR

OX

PA

C

-1.2

8-1

9.04

-1.1

0-1

8.46

-1.1

0-1

8.2

Ext

erna

l 720

0 5/

8m

m-1

.28

-19.

04-1

.10

-18.

25-1

.10

-18.

2E

xter

nal 7

200

seri

es 1

1 m

m-3

.55

-20.

39na

nana

naE

xter

nal 7

200

seri

es 1

4 m

m-1

.65

-18.

05-1

.65

-18.

25na

naE

xter

nal -

18 V

olt

3000

ser

ies

-1.1

6-1

3.14

nana

nana

Ext

erna

l 330

0 R

AM

-1.1

6-1

3.14

-1.1

6-1

3.14

-1.0

5-1

2.35

Inte

rnal

330

0 N

Sv

-1.1

6-1

3.14

-1.1

6-1

3.14

nana

Ext

erna

l 330

0 X

L N

Sv

-1.1

6-1

3.14

-1.1

6-1

3.14

-1.0

5-1

2.35

If n

o O

K L

imits

are

sho

wn

then

that

tran

sduc

er is

not

allo

wed

with

that

bar

rier

opt

ion.

Page 186: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

B-1

4

Page 187: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Ap

pen

dix

C

Dat

a T

able

s fo

r th

e 17

01/2

5 V

elo

city

In

pu

t M

on

ito

rC

omm

.D

irect

ion

Des

crip

tion

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Wor

d0

RE

AD

M.S

.WS

.A.

erro

rS

.A. &

r/w

err

r/w

erro

r1

0

1

0

10

00

00

01

0

Wor

d1

RE

AD

CH

A D

IRE

CT

16 B

it P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

(0

- 10

00 c

ount

s pr

opor

tiona

l to

0 to

100

% o

f th

e fu

ll sc

ale

rang

e)

Wor

d2

RE

AD

UN

US

ED

Wor

d3

RE

AD

CH

B D

IRE

CT

16 B

it P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

(0

- 10

00 c

ount

s pr

opor

tiona

l to

0 to

100

% o

f th

e fu

ll sc

ale

rang

e)

Wor

d4

RE

AD

UN

US

ED

Wor

d5

RE

AD

MO

N &

CH

AN

ST

AT

US

MO

NS

TAT

MO

NS

TAT

MO

NS

TAT

MO

NS

TAT

CH

ATO

KE

nabl

e

CH

BTO

KE

nabl

e

CH

AO

NC

HB

ON

CH

AA

LER

TA

CTI

VE

CH

AD

NG

RA

CTI

VE

CH

BA

LER

TA

CTI

VE

CH

BD

NG

RA

CTI

VE

CH

ATM A

CTI

VE

CH

BTM A

CTI

VE

CH

AIN

HA

CTI

VE

CH

BIN

HA

CTI

VE

Wor

d6

WR

ITE

CH

A X

DC

R &

SC

ALE

FA

CT

OR

CH

A T

rans

duce

r T

ype

CH

A S

cale

Fac

tor

Wor

d7

WR

ITE

CH

B X

DC

R &

SC

ALE

FA

CT

OR

CH

B T

rans

duce

r T

ype

CH

B S

cale

Fac

tor

Wor

d8

WR

ITE

CH

A F

.S.R

. &T

IME

D O

KD

EF

.

CH

A F

ull S

cale

Ran

geTO

K O

NO

R O

FF

Wor

d9

WR

ITE

CH

B F

.S.R

. &T

IME

D O

KD

EF

.

CH

B F

ull S

cale

Ran

geTO

K O

NO

R O

FF

Wor

d10

WR

ITE

UN

US

ED

Wor

d11

WR

ITE

CH

A D

IRE

CT

SE

TP

OIN

TS

CH

A D

ange

r S

etpo

int

CH

A A

lert

Set

poin

t

Wor

d12

WR

ITE

CH

B D

IRE

CT

SE

TP

OIN

TS

CH

B D

ange

r S

etpo

int

CH

B A

lert

Set

poin

t

Wor

d13

WR

ITE

FIL

TE

RC

ON

FIG

CH

A H

P C

orne

rC

HA

LP

Cor

ner

CH

B H

P C

orne

rC

HB

LP

Cor

ner

Wor

d14

WR

ITE

ALA

RM

TIM

ED

ELA

YS

CH

A D

ange

r T

ime

Del

ayC

HA

Ale

rt T

ime

Del

ayC

HB

Dan

ger

Tim

e D

elay

CH

B A

lert

Tim

e D

elay

Wor

d15

WR

ITE

CO

NT

RO

LM

ON

RS

TB

AR

MS

bB

AR

LSb

SE

T C

ON

FIG

MO

NTY

PE

MO

NTY

PE

CH

AO

N O

RO

FF

CH

BO

N O

RO

FF

CH

ATM M

Sb

CH

ATM LS

b

CH

BTM M

Sb

CH

BTM LS

b

CH

ATM E

NA

CH

BTM E

NA

CH

AIN

HC

HB

INH

App

endi

x

Page 188: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

C-2

Cha

nnel

Dir

ect P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/2

5 V

elo

city

Inp

ut

Mo

nit

or

Wo

rd1

thro

ug

h 4

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0W

ord

16-b

it P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

1N

ot u

sed

216

-bit

Pro

port

iona

l Val

ue3

Not

use

d4

Page 189: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x C

—D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/25

Vel

ocity

Inpu

t M

onito

r

C-3

Mon

itor

and

Cha

nnel

Sta

tus

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/2

5 –V

elo

city

In

pu

t M

on

ito

rW

ord

5B

it N

um

ber

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Bit

Des

crip

tion

Mon

itor

Sta

tus

Ch

AT

OK

enab

led

Ch

BT

OK

enab

led

Ch

AO

NC

h B

ON

Ch

AA

lert

Act

ive

Ch

AD

ange

rA

ctiv

e

Ch

BA

lert

Act

ive

Ch

BD

ange

rA

ctiv

e

Ch

A T

MA

ctiv

eC

h B

TM

Act

ive

Ch

A IN

Hac

tive

Ch

BIN

Hac

tive

Bit

sM

on

ito

r S

tatu

s15

1413

120

00

0U

ncon

figur

ed,

(NO

ALA

RM

ING

)0

00

1C

h A

is O

K a

nd C

h B

is N

OT

OK

00

10

Ch

A is

NO

T O

K a

nd C

h B

is O

K0

01

1C

h A

and

Ch

B a

re N

OT

OK

01

00

Con

fig fa

ult

on C

h A

and

Ch

B is

OK

01

01

Con

fig fa

ult

on C

h A

and

Ch

B is

NO

T O

K0

11

0C

h A

is O

K a

nd C

onfig

faul

t on

Ch

B0

11

1C

h A

is N

OT

OK

and

Con

fig fa

ult o

n C

h B

10

00

Con

fig fa

ult

on C

h A

and

Con

fig fa

ult

on C

h B

10

01

Unu

sed

10

10

Unu

sed

10

11

Unu

sed

11

00

Unu

sed

11

01

Unu

sed

11

10

Har

dwar

e fa

ult (

NO

ALA

RM

ING

)1

11

1M

odul

e O

K,

Con

fig O

K,

Ch

A a

nd B

OK

,

Tim

ed O

K C

han

nel

Def

eat

(TO

K)

bit

sS

etti

ng

s11

= C

hann

el A

10 =

Cha

nnel

B0

= d

isab

led

1 =

ena

bled

Ch

ann

el O

N/O

FF

(O

N)

bit

sS

etti

ng

s9

= C

hann

el A

8 =

Cha

nnel

B0

= c

hann

el is

off

1 =

cha

nnel

is o

n

Ch

ann

el A

larm

Sta

tus

bit

sS

etti

ng

s7

=

Cha

nnel

A a

lert

alar

m s

tatu

s6

=

Cha

nnel

A d

ange

ral

arm

sta

tus

5 =

Cha

nnel

B a

lert

alar

m s

tatu

s4

=

Cha

nnel

B d

ange

ral

arm

sta

tus

0 =

ala

rm n

ot a

ctiv

e1

= a

larm

act

ive

Tri

p M

ult

iply

Sta

tus

bit

sS

etti

ng

s3

= C

hann

el A

2 =

Cha

nnel

B0

= tr

ip m

ultip

ly n

ot a

ctiv

e1

= tr

ip m

ultip

ly a

ctiv

e

Ch

ann

el In

hib

it S

tatu

sb

its

Set

tin

gs

1 =

Cha

nnel

A0

= C

hann

el B

0 =

inhi

bit

not

activ

e1

= in

hibi

t ac

tive

Page 190: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

C-4

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

e an

d T

rans

duce

r Sc

ale

Fac

tor

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/2

5 –V

elo

city

In

pu

t M

on

ito

rW

ord

6 an

d 7

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0W

ord

Cha

nnel

A T

rans

duce

r T

ype

Cha

nnel

A S

cale

Fac

tor

6C

hann

el B

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

eC

hann

el B

Sca

le F

acto

r7

Bit

sT

ran

sdu

cer

Typ

e15

1413

120

00

0V

elom

itor

, 10

0 m

V/(

in/s

)pk

, 33

0500

, 33

0525

,0

00

1H

igh

Tem

p V

elom

itor

, 14

5m

V/(

in/s

) pk

, 330

750,

3305

500

01

0C

EC

4 -

126

or C

EC

4 -

131

,14

5 m

V/(

in/s

) pk

00

11

500

mV

/in/s

pk,

920

0, 7

4712

(or

any

usin

g 10

k

load

,50

0 m

V/(

in/s

) pk

, co

rrec

t O

Klim

its)

01

00

01

01

01

10

01

11

10

00

10

01

10

10

10

11

11

00

11

01

11

10

11

11

Tra

nsd

uce

r sc

ale

fact

or

The

act

ual v

alue

load

ed in

the

data

tabl

e is

a p

ositi

ve o

ffset

fro

m th

e m

inim

um

sca

lefa

ctor

.

To

calc

ulat

e th

e of

fset

:1.

U

se t

he t

able

sho

win

g T

rans

duce

r T

ype

vs.

Sca

le F

acto

r R

ange

(ne

xt p

age)

to

dete

rmin

e th

e al

low

ed r

ange

spa

n an

d th

e m

inim

um

sca

le f

acto

r fo

r th

etr

ansd

ucer

you

are

usi

ng. T

he a

ctua

l tra

nsdu

cer

scal

e fa

ctor

mus

t be

with

in th

era

nge.

2.

Cal

cula

te t

he s

cale

fac

tor

offs

et:

Sca

leF

acto

r_O

ffset

= In

tege

r A

ctua

lSca

leF

acto

r -

Min

Sca

leF

acto

rS

F_

Adj

ustS

pan

4

095

w

here

:S

cale

Fac

tor_

Off

set

=

the

deci

mal

off

set

valu

e. A

lway

s a

posi

tive

num

ber.

Act

ualS

cale

Fac

tor

=

the

actu

al t

rans

duce

r sc

ale

fact

or,

(or

nom

inal

ifth

e ac

tual

is n

ot k

now

n).

Min

Sca

leF

acto

r=

th

e m

inim

um a

llow

ed s

cale

fac

tor.

SF

_Adj

ustS

pan

=

the

span

.

3.

Con

vert

the

res

ult,

Sca

leF

acto

r_O

ffse

t, t

o an

uns

igne

d 12

bit

bina

ry in

tege

r an

dlo

ad th

is in

tege

r in

to b

its 1

1 th

roug

h 0

(11

= m

ost

sign

ifica

nt b

it a

nd 0

= le

ast

sign

ifica

nt b

it).

Exa

mpl

e:T

rans

duce

r T

ype:

330

750

Hig

h T

emp

Vel

omito

rA

ctua

l Sca

le F

acto

r =

145

mV

/(in

/s)

pkF

rom

the

tab

le:

Min

Sca

leF

acto

r =

123

mV

/(in

/s)

pkS

F_A

djus

tSpa

n =

44

mV

Sca

leF

acto

r_O

ffset

= In

tege

r[(

145

- 12

3)/4

4] x

409

5 =

204

8C

onve

rt t

o bi

nary

: 100

0 00

00 0

000

Page 191: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x C

—D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/25

Vel

ocity

Inpu

t M

onito

r

C-5

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

e vs

. Sca

le F

acto

rV

elo

city

Sen

sors

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

Sca

le F

acto

rsm

V/(

in/s

) p

k (m

V/(

mm

/s)

pk)

No

min

alM

inim

um

Max

imu

mA

dju

stm

ent

Sp

an33

0500

, 33

0525

,V

elom

itor,

100

mV

/(in

/s)

pk,

100

(3.9

37)

85(3

.347

)11

5(4

.527

)30

(1.1

80)

3307

50,

Hig

hT

emp

Vel

omito

r,14

5 m

V/(

in/s

) pk

145

(5.7

08)

123.

25(4

.853

)16

6.75

(6.5

64)

43.5

(1.7

11)

CE

C 4

-12

6 or

CE

C 4

- 1

31,

145

mV

/(in

/s)

pk

145

(5.7

08)

123.

25(4

.853

)16

6.75

(6.5

64)

43.5

(1.7

11)

500

mV

/(in

/s)

pk,

9200

, 74

712

(or

any

usin

g 10

K

load

, 50

0m

V/(

in/s

) pk

,co

rrec

t O

K li

mits

)

500

(19.

685)

425

(16.

733)

575

(22.

637)

150

(5.9

04)

Page 192: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

C-6

Ful

l-sc

ale

Ran

ge a

nd T

imed

OK

Cha

nnel

Def

eat

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/2

5 –

Vel

oci

ty I

np

ut

Mo

nit

or

Wo

rd8

and

9B

it N

um

ber

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Wo

rdC

hann

el A

Ful

l-sc

ale

Ran

geT

OK

on o

rof

f

Not

use

d8

Cha

nnel

B F

ull-

scal

e R

ange

TO

Kon

or

off

Not

use

d9

Bit

Nu

mb

erF

ull-

scal

e R

ang

eB

it N

um

ber

Fu

ll-sc

ale

Ran

ge

1514

1312

1110

1514

1312

1110

00

00

00

0 -

0.5

in/s

pk

10

00

00

0 -

0.5

in/s

rm

s0

00

00

10

- 1.

0 in

/s p

k1

00

00

10

- 1.

0 in

/s r

ms

00

00

10

0 -

2.0

in/s

pk

10

00

10

0 -

2.0

in/s

rm

s0

00

01

10

– 3.

0 in

/s p

k1

00

01

10

– 3.

0 in

/s r

ms

00

01

00

10

01

00

00

01

01

10

01

01

00

01

10

10

01

10

00

01

11

10

01

11

00

10

00

0 -

10 m

m/s

pk

10

10

00

0 -

10 m

m/s

rm

s0

01

00

10

- 20

mm

/s p

k1

01

00

10

- 20

mm

/s r

ms

00

10

10

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk

10

10

10

0 -

40 m

m/s

rm

s0

01

01

10

– 7

5 m

m/s

pk

10

10

11

0 -

50 m

m/s

rm

s0

01

10

01

01

10

00

– 7

5 m

m/s

rm

s0

01

10

11

01

10

10

01

11

01

01

11

00

01

11

11

01

11

10

10

00

00

- 5

mils

pp,

inte

grat

ed v

eloc

ity1

10

00

00

10

00

10

- 10

mils

pp,

inte

grat

ed v

eloc

ity1

10

00

10

10

01

00

- 20

mils

pp,

inte

grat

ed v

eloc

ity1

10

01

00

10

01

11

10

01

10

10

10

01

10

10

00

10

10

11

10

10

10

10

11

01

10

11

00

10

11

11

10

11

10

11

00

00

- 10

0um

pp,

inte

grat

ed v

eloc

ity1

11

00

00

11

00

10

- 20

0um

pp,

inte

grat

ed v

eloc

ity1

11

00

10

11

01

00

- 50

0 um

pp,

inte

grat

ed v

eloc

ity1

11

01

0

Page 193: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x C

—D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/25

Vel

ocity

Inpu

t M

onito

r

C-7

Bit

Nu

mb

erF

ull-

scal

e R

ang

eB

it N

um

ber

Fu

ll-sc

ale

Ran

ge

1514

1312

1110

1514

1312

1110

01

10

11

11

10

11

01

11

00

11

11

00

01

11

01

11

11

01

01

11

10

11

11

10

01

11

11

11

11

11

Tim

ed O

K C

han

nel

Def

eat

Bits

Des

crip

tion

Wor

d 8,

bit

9 =

Cha

nnel

AW

ord

9, b

it 9

= C

hann

el B

0 =

TO

K o

ff1

= T

OK

on

Page 194: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

C-8

Ala

rm S

etpo

ints

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/2

5 –V

elo

city

In

pu

t M

on

ito

rW

ord

11 a

nd

12

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0W

ord

Cha

nnel

A A

larm

2 (

Dan

ger)

set

poin

tC

hann

el A

Ala

rm 1

(A

lert

) S

etpo

int

11C

hann

el B

Ala

rm 2

(D

ange

r) S

etpo

int

Cha

nnel

B A

larm

1 (

Ale

rt)

Set

poin

t12

Ala

rm S

etp

oin

tsT

o se

t al

arm

set

poin

ts lo

ad th

e se

tpoi

nt f

ield

with

an

unsi

gned

bin

ary,

8-b

it, in

tege

r sc

aled

bet

wee

n 0

and

200

deci

mal

. A s

etpo

int

of 2

00 c

orre

spon

ds to

100

% o

f ful

l sca

le a

nd 0

cor

resp

onds

to

botto

msc

ale.

The

set

poin

t re

solu

tion

will

be

0.5%

of

the

full

scal

e ra

nge.

Exa

mp

le:

Ful

l-sc

ale

rang

e:0

to 2

.0 in

/s p

kC

hann

el A

Ala

rm 2

set

poin

t:1.

75 in

/s p

k

1.

Cal

cula

te t

he b

inar

y va

lue

for

the

setp

oint

.

Setp

oint

=

1.75 2

2

00

= 1

75 d

ecim

al

= 1

010

1111

bin

ary

2.

Load

the

bina

ry v

alue

in th

e C

hann

el A

Ala

rm 2

set

poin

t fie

ld.

Page 195: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x C

—D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/25

Vel

ocity

Inpu

t M

onito

r

C-9

Cha

nnel

Hig

h-pa

ss a

nd L

ow-p

ass

Cor

ner

Fre

quen

cyM

on

ito

r T

ype

1701

/25

Vel

oci

ty In

pu

t M

on

ito

rW

ord

13B

it N

um

ber

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Wo

rdC

hann

el A

HP

Cor

ner

Cha

nnel

A L

P C

orne

rC

hann

el B

HP

Cor

ner

Cha

nnel

B L

P C

orne

r13

Com

pati

bilit

y T

able

Filt

er S

elec

tion

Tab

leT

rans

duce

r T

ype

vs. F

ull S

cale

Ran

ge T

ype

vs. F

ilter

Cor

ner

Fre

quen

cies

Co

de

Hig

h P

ass

Co

rner

Fre

q,

Hz

Co

de

Lo

w P

ass

Co

rner

Fre

q, H

z00

003

0000

5500

0001

1000

0140

0000

1015

0010

3000

0011

1800

1120

0001

0020

0100

1600

0101

2501

0114

0001

1030

0110

1200

0111

5001

1110

0010

0060

1000

800

1001

8010

0160

010

1010

010

1040

010

1112

010

1120

011

0011

011

0012

011

0111

0110

011

10re

serv

ed11

1045

011

11re

serv

ed11

11re

serv

ed

Ap

plic

atio

n A

lert

:T

here

are

no

defa

ult

filte

rop

tions

. T

o av

oid

sele

ctin

gco

rner

fre

quen

cies

that

are

not

allo

wed

for

your

con

figur

atio

nop

tions

, re

fer

to b

oth

tabl

esab

ove.

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

Fu

ll S

cale

Ran

ge

Typ

eC

orn

er F

req

uen

cy R

ang

es

Min

imu

m H

PC

orn

erM

axim

um

LP

Co

rner

Vel

omito

r,

100

mV

/(in

/s)

pk,

3305

00,

3305

25,

Pk

Vel

ocity

rms

Vel

ocity

pp D

ispl

acem

ent

3 H

z10

Hz

10 H

z

5500

Hz

5500

Hz

5500

Hz

Hig

h T

emp

Vel

omito

r,

145

mV

/(in

/s)

pk,

3307

50,

3305

50

Pk

Vel

ocity

rms

Vel

ocity

pp d

ispl

acem

ent

3 H

z10

Hz

10 H

z

5500

Hz

5500

Hz

5500

Hz

CE

C 4

-12

6 or

CE

C 4

-13

1, 1

45 m

V/(

in/s

) pk

Pk

Vel

ocity

rms

Vel

ocity

pp d

ispl

acem

ent

3 H

z10

Hz

10 H

z

5500

Hz

5500

Hz

5500

Hz

500

mV

/(in

/s)

pk,

9200

,74

712

(or

any

usin

g 10

load

, 500

mV

/(in

/s)

pk,

corr

ect

OK

lim

its)

Pk

Vel

ocity

rms

Vel

ocity

pp d

ispl

acem

ent

3 H

z10

Hz

10 H

z

5500

Hz

5500

Hz

5500

Hz

Page 196: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

C-1

0

Ala

rm T

ime

Del

ayM

on

ito

r T

ype

1701

/25

Vel

oci

ty In

pu

t M

on

ito

rW

ord

14B

it N

um

ber

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Wo

rdC

hann

el A

Dan

ger

Tim

eD

elay

Cha

nnel

A A

lert

Tim

e D

elay

Cha

nnel

B D

ange

r T

ime

Del

ayC

hann

el B

Ale

rt T

ime

Del

ay14

Dig

ital

Co

de

Ala

rm T

ime

Del

ay, s

eco

nd

s00

000.

1500

010.

2000

100.

3000

110.

5001

000.

6001

011.

0001

102.

0001

113.

0010

005.

0010

016.

0010

1010

.00

1011

20.0

011

0011

0111

1011

11

Page 197: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x C

—D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/25

Vel

ocity

Inpu

t M

onito

r

C-1

1

Con

trol

Wri

te W

ord

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/2

5 V

elo

city

Inp

ut

Mo

nit

or

Wo

rd15

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0W

ord

MO

NR

ST

BA

RM

Sb

BA

RLS

bS

ET

CO

NF

IGM

ON

TYP

EM

ON

TYP

EC

HA

ON

OR

OF

F

CH

BO

N O

RO

FF

CH

ATM M

Sb

CH

ATM LS

b

CH

BTM M

Sb

CH

BTM LS

b

CH

ATM E

NA

CH

BTM E

NA

CH

AIN

HC

HB

INH

15

Bit

Ab

bre

viat

ion

Des

crip

tio

nS

etti

ng

15M

ON

RS

TM

onito

r R

eset

0 =

nor

mal

ope

ratio

n1

= R

eset

14B

AR

MS

bB

arri

er C

onfig

urat

ion

MS

b

13B

ar L

Sb

Bar

rier

Con

figur

atio

n LS

b

12S

et C

onfig

Set

Con

figur

atio

n F

lag

Bit

0 =

Mon

itor

will

not

acc

ept

conf

igur

atio

n.

Ope

ratio

n w

ill h

alt.

1 =

Nor

mal

ope

ratio

n m

ode.

11M

ON

Typ

eM

Sb

Mon

itor

Typ

e M

Sb

For

Vel

ocity

Inpu

t Mon

itors

:bi

t 11

= 0

10M

ON

Typ

eLS

bM

onito

r T

ype

LSb

bit

10 =

0

09C

HA

ON

\OF

FC

hann

el A

ON

\OF

F0

= C

hann

el o

ff08

CH

B O

N\O

FF

Cha

nnel

B O

N\O

FF

1 =

Cha

nnel

on

07C

HA

TM

MS

bC

hann

el A

Tri

p M

ultip

ly M

Sb

06C

HA

TM

LS

bC

hann

el A

Tri

p M

ultip

ly L

Sb

05C

HB

TM

MS

bC

hann

el B

Tri

p M

ultip

ly M

Sb

04C

HB

TM

LS

bC

hann

el B

Tri

p M

ultip

ly L

Sb

03C

HA

TM

En

Cha

nnel

A T

rip

Mul

tiply

ena

ble

0 =

dis

able

d02

CH

B T

M E

nC

hann

el B

Tri

p M

ultip

ly e

nabl

e1

= e

nabl

ed01

CH

A IN

HC

hann

el A

Inhi

bit

0 =

not

act

ive

00C

HB

INH

Cha

nnel

B In

hibi

t1

= a

ctiv

eW

her

e:M

Sb

= m

ost

sign

ifica

nt b

itLS

b =

leas

t si

gnifi

cant

bit

Msb

Lsb

Tri

p M

ult

iply

Lev

el0

0N

one

01

1.5

10

2.0

11

3.0

Msb

Lsb

Saf

ety

Bar

rier

00

Non

e0

1In

tern

al G

alva

nic

Isol

ator

10

Ext

erna

l Zen

er B

arri

er1

1E

xter

nal G

alva

nic

Isol

ator

Page 198: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

C-1

2

Co

mp

atib

ility

Tab

le:

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

vs. F

ull

Sca

leR

ang

e vs

. Tri

p M

ult

iply

fo

r B

arri

er O

pti

on

sTra

nsd

uce

rT

ype

Fu

ll S

cale

Ran

ge

Tri

p

No

Bar

rier

sIn

tern

al Is

ola

tor

Ext

ern

al Z

ener

Mu

ltip

lyV

elom

itor,

100

mV

/(in

/s)

pk, 3

3050

0, 3

3052

5,0

- 0.

5 in

/s p

k0

- 1.

0 in

/s p

k0

- 2.

0 in

/s p

k0

- 3.

0 in

/s p

k0

- 10

mm

/s p

k0

- 20

mm

/s p

k0

- 50

mm

/s p

k0

- 75

mm

/s p

k0

- 5

mil

pp0

- 10

mil

pp0

- 20

mil

pp0

- 10

0 um

pp

0 -

200

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

0 -

0.5

in/s

rm

s0

- 1.

0 in

/s r

ms

0 -

2.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 3.

0 in

/s r

ms

0 -

10 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 20

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

40 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 50

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

75 m

m/s

rm

s

0 -

0.5

in/s

pk

0 -

1.0

in/s

pk

0 -

2.0

in/s

pk

0 -

3.0

in/s

pk

0 -

10 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 m

m/s

pk

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk

0 -

75 m

m/s

pk

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

500

um p

p0

- 0.

5 in

/s r

ms

0 -

1.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 2.

0 in

/s r

ms

0 -

3.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 10

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

20 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 40

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

50 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 75

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

0.5

in/s

pk

0 -

1.0

in/s

pk

0 -

2.0

in/s

pk

0 -

3.0

in/s

pk

0 -

10 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 m

m/s

pk

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk

0 -

75 m

m/s

pk

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

500

um p

p0

- 0.

5 in

/s r

ms

0 -

1.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 2.

0 in

/s r

ms

0 -

3.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 10

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

20 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 40

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

50 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 75

mm

/s r

ms

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

2X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

2X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

2X o

r le

ss

Page 199: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x C

—D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/25

Vel

ocity

Inpu

t M

onito

r

C-1

3

Co

mp

atib

ility

Tab

le:

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

vs. F

ull

Sca

leR

ang

e vs

. Tri

p M

ult

iply

fo

r B

arri

er O

pti

on

sTra

nsd

uce

rT

ype

Fu

ll S

cale

Ran

ge

Tri

p

No

Bar

rier

sIn

tern

al Is

ola

tor

Ext

ern

al Z

ener

Mu

ltip

lyH

igh

Tem

p V

elom

itor,

145

mV

/(in

/s)

pk,

3307

50,

3305

500

- 0.

5 in

/s p

k0

- 1.

0 in

/s p

k0

- 2.

0 in

/s p

k0

- 3.

0 in

/s p

k0

- 10

mm

/s p

k0

- 20

mm

/s p

k0

- 50

mm

/s p

k0

- 75

mm

/s p

k0

- 5

mil

pp0

- 10

mil

pp0

- 20

mil

pp0

- 10

0 um

pp

0 -

200

um p

p0

- 50

0 um

pp

0 -

0.5

in/s

rm

s0

- 1.

0 in

/s r

ms

0 -

2.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 3.

0 in

/s r

ms

0 -

10 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 20

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

40 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 50

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

75 m

m/s

rm

s

0 -

0.5

in/s

pk

0 -

1.0

in/s

pk

0 -

2.0

in/s

pk

0 -

3.0

in/s

pk

0 -

10 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 m

m/s

pk

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk

0 -

75 m

m/s

pk

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

500

um p

p0

- 0.

5 in

/s r

ms

0 -

1.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 2.

0 in

/s r

ms

0 -

3.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 10

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

20 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 40

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

50 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 75

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

0.5

in/s

pk

0 -

1.0

in/s

pk

0 -

2.0

in/s

pk

0 -

3.0

in/s

pk

0 -

10 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 m

m/s

pk

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk

0 -

75 m

m/s

pk

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

500

um p

p0

- 0.

5 in

/s r

ms

0 -

1.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 2.

0 in

/s r

ms

0 -

3.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 10

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

20 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 40

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

50 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 75

mm

/s r

ms

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

2X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

2X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

2X o

r le

ss

Page 200: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

C-1

4

Co

mp

atib

ility

Tab

le:

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

vs. F

ull

Sca

leR

ang

e vs

. Tri

p M

ult

iply

fo

r B

arri

er O

pti

on

sTra

nsd

uce

rT

ype

Fu

ll S

cale

Ran

ge

Tri

p

No

Bar

rier

sIn

tern

al Is

ola

tor

Ext

ern

al Z

ener

Mu

ltip

lyC

EC

4 -

126

or C

EC

4 -

131

, 14

5 m

V/(

in/s

) pk

0 -

0.5

in/s

pk

0 -

1.0

in/s

pk

0 -

2.0

in/s

pk

0 -

3.0

in/s

pk

0 -

10 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 m

m/s

pk

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk

0 -

75 m

m/s

pk

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

500

um p

p0

- 0.

5 in

/s r

ms

0 -

1.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 2.

0 in

/s r

ms

0 -

3.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 10

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

20 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 40

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

50 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 75

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

0.5

in/s

pk

0 -

1.0

in/s

pk

0 -

2.0

in/s

pk

0 -

3.0

in/s

pk

0 -

10 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 m

m/s

pk

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk

0 -

75 m

m/s

pk

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

500

um p

p0

- 0.

5 in

/s r

ms

0 -

1.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 2.

0 in

/s r

ms

0 -

3.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 10

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

20 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 40

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

50 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 75

mm

/s r

ms

not a

pplic

able

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

2X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

2X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

2X o

r le

ss

Page 201: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x C

—D

ata

Tab

les

for

the

1701

/25

Vel

ocity

Inpu

t M

onito

r

C-1

5

Co

mp

atib

ility

Tab

le:

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

vs. F

ull

Sca

leR

ang

e vs

. Tri

p M

ult

iply

fo

r B

arri

er O

pti

on

sTra

nsd

uce

rT

ype

Fu

ll S

cale

Ran

ge

Tri

p

No

Bar

rier

sIn

tern

al Is

ola

tor

Ext

ern

al Z

ener

Mu

ltip

ly50

0 m

V/(

in/s

) pk

, 92

00,

7471

2 (o

r an

y us

ing

10 k

oh

m lo

ad,

500

mV

/(in

/s)

pk,

corr

ect

OK

lim

its)

0 -

0.5

in/s

pk

0 -

1.0

in/s

pk

0 -

2.0

in/s

pk

0 -

10 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 m

m/s

pk

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

500

um p

p0

- 0.

5 in

/s r

ms

0 -

1.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 2.

0 in

/s r

ms

0 -

10 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 20

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

40 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 50

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

0.5

in/s

pk

0 -

1.0

in/s

pk

0 -

2.0

in/s

pk

0 -

10 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 m

m/s

pk

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk

0 -

5 m

il pp

0 -

10 m

il pp

0 -

20 m

il pp

0 -

100

um p

p0

- 20

0 um

pp

0 -

500

um p

p0

- 0.

5 in

/s r

ms

0 -

1.0

in/s

rm

s0

- 2.

0 in

/s r

ms

0 -

10 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 20

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

40 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 50

mm

/s r

ms

not a

pplic

able

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

2X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss2X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

2X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

2X o

r le

ss

Page 202: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

C-1

6

Com

pati

bilit

y T

able

Vel

ocit

y T

rans

duce

r O

K L

imit

s vs

. Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

e vs

. Bar

rier

Opt

ions

Vel

oci

ty S

enso

r O

K li

mit

sN

o B

arri

ers

Inte

rnal

Gal

van

icIs

ola

tor

Ext

ern

al Z

ener

Bar

rier

Tra

nsd

uce

rL

OK

VU

OK

VL

OK

VU

OK

VL

OK

VU

OK

VV

elom

itor

, 10

0 m

V/(

in/s

) pk

, 33

0500

, 33

0525

,-3

.5-2

0.4

-3.5

-19.

95-4

.15

-19.

85H

igh

Tem

p V

elom

itor

, 14

5 m

V/(

in/s

) pk

, 33

0750

, 33

0550

-2.7

4-2

1.26

-2.7

4-1

9.95

-2.7

4-1

9.95

CE

C 4

-12

6 or

CE

C 4

- 1

31, 1

45

mV

/(in

/s)

pk-2

.05

-17.

95-2

.05

-17.

95na

na50

0 m

V/(

in/s

) pk

, 92

00,

7471

2 (o

r an

y us

ing

10 k

oh

m lo

ad, 5

00

mV

/(in

/s)

pk,

corr

ect

OK

lim

its)

-2.0

5-1

7.95

-2.0

5-1

7.95

nana

If n

o O

K L

imits

are

sho

wn

then

that

tran

sduc

er is

not

allo

wed

with

that

bar

rier

opt

ion.

Page 203: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Ap

pen

dix

D

Dat

a T

able

fo

r th

e 17

01/2

5 A

ccel

erat

ion

Inp

ut

Mo

nit

or

Com

m.

Dire

ctio

nD

escr

iptio

n15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0

Wor

d0

RE

AD

M.S

.WS

.A.

erro

rS

.A. &

r/w

err

r/w

erro

r1

0

1

0

10

00

00

01

0

Wor

d1

RE

AD

CH

A D

IRE

CT

16 B

it P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

(0

- 10

00 c

ount

s pr

opor

tiona

l to

0 to

100

% o

f th

e fu

ll sc

ale

rang

e)

Wor

d2

RE

AD

UN

US

ED

Wor

d3

RE

AD

CH

B D

IRE

CT

16 B

it P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

(0

- 10

00 c

ount

s pr

opor

tiona

l to

0 to

100

% o

f th

e fu

ll sc

ale

rang

e)

Wor

d4

RE

AD

UN

US

ED

Wor

d5

RE

AD

MO

N &

CH

AN

ST

AT

US

MO

NS

TAT

MO

NS

TAT

MO

NS

TAT

MO

NS

TAT

CH

ATO

KE

nabl

e

CH

BTO

KE

nabl

e

CH

AO

NC

HB

ON

CH

AA

LER

TA

CTI

VE

CH

AD

NG

RA

CTI

VE

CH

BA

LER

TA

CTI

VE

CH

BD

NG

RA

CTI

VE

CH

ATM A

CTI

VE

CH

BTM A

CTI

VE

CH

AIN

HA

CTI

VE

CH

B IN

HA

CTI

VE

Wor

d6

WR

ITE

CH

A X

DC

R &

SC

ALE

FA

CT

OR

CH

A T

rans

duce

r T

ype

CH

A S

cale

Fac

tor

Wor

d7

WR

ITE

CH

B X

DC

R &

SC

ALE

FA

CT

OR

CH

B T

rans

duce

r T

ype

CH

B S

cale

Fac

tor

Wor

d8

WR

ITE

CH

A F

.S.R

. &T

IME

D O

KD

EF

.

CH

A F

ull S

cale

Ran

geTO

K O

NO

R O

FF

Wor

d9

WR

ITE

CH

B F

.S.R

. &T

IME

D O

KD

EF

.

CH

B F

ull S

cale

Ran

geTO

K O

NO

R O

FF

Wor

d10

WR

ITE

UN

US

ED

Wor

d11

WR

ITE

CH

A D

IRE

CT

SE

TP

OIN

TS

CH

A D

ange

r S

etpo

int

CH

A A

lert

Set

poin

t

Wor

d12

WR

ITE

CH

B D

IRE

CT

SE

TP

OIN

TS

CH

B D

ange

r S

etpo

int

CH

B A

lert

Set

poin

t

Wor

d13

WR

ITE

FIL

TE

RC

ON

FIG

CH

A H

P C

orne

rC

HA

LP

Cor

ner

CH

B H

P C

orne

rC

HB

LP

Cor

ner

Wor

d14

WR

ITE

ALA

RM

TIM

ED

ELA

YS

CH

A D

ange

r T

ime

Del

ayC

HA

Ale

rt T

ime

Del

ayC

HB

Dan

ger

Tim

e D

elay

CH

B A

lert

Tim

e D

elay

Wor

d15

WR

ITE

CO

NT

RO

LM

ON

RS

TB

AR

MS

bB

AR

LSb

SE

T/C

ON

FIG

MO

NTY

PE

MO

NTY

PE

CH

AO

N O

RO

FF

CH

BO

N O

RO

FF

CH

ATM M

Sb

CH

ATM LS

b

CH

BTM M

Sb

CH

BTM LS

b

CH

ATM E

NA

CH

BTM E

NA

CH

AIN

HC

HB

INH

App

endi

x

Page 204: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

D-2

Cha

nnel

Dir

ect P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/2

5 A

ccel

erat

ion

Inp

ut

Mo

nit

or

Wo

rd1

thro

ug

h 4

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0W

ord

16-b

it P

ropo

rtio

nal V

alue

1N

ot u

sed

216

-bit

Pro

port

iona

l Val

ue3

Not

use

d4

Page 205: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x D

— D

ata

Tab

les

for

1701

Acc

eler

atio

n In

put M

onito

r

D-3

Mon

itor

and

Cha

nnel

Sta

tus

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/2

5 –A

ccel

erat

ion

Inp

ut

Mo

nit

or

Wo

rd5

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0B

it D

escr

iptio

nM

onito

r S

tatu

sC

h A

TO

Ken

able

d

Ch

BT

OK

enab

led

Ch

AO

NC

h B

ON

Ch

AA

lert

Act

ive

Ch

AD

ange

rA

ctiv

e

Ch

BA

lert

Act

ive

Ch

BD

ange

rA

ctiv

e

Ch

A T

MA

ctiv

eC

h B

TM

Act

ive

Ch

A IN

Hac

tive

Ch

BIN

Hac

tive

Bit

sM

on

ito

r S

tatu

s15

1413

120

00

0U

ncon

figur

ed,

(NO

ALA

RM

ING

)0

00

1C

h A

is O

K a

nd C

h B

is N

OT

OK

00

10

Ch

A is

NO

T O

K a

nd C

h B

is O

K0

01

1C

h A

and

Ch

B a

re N

OT

OK

01

00

Con

fig fa

ult

on C

h A

and

Ch

B is

OK

01

01

Con

fig fa

ult

on C

h A

and

Ch

B is

NO

T O

K0

11

0C

h A

is O

K a

nd C

onfig

faul

t on

Ch

B0

11

1C

h A

is N

OT

OK

and

Con

fig fa

ult o

n C

h B

10

00

Con

fig fa

ult

on C

h A

and

Con

fig fa

ult

on C

h B

10

01

Unu

sed

10

10

Unu

sed

10

11

Unu

sed

11

00

Unu

sed

11

01

Unu

sed

11

10

Har

dwar

e fa

ult (

NO

ALA

RM

ING

)1

11

1M

odul

e O

K,

Con

fig O

K,

Ch

A a

nd B

OK

,

Tim

ed O

K C

han

nel

Def

eat

(TO

K)

bit

sS

etti

ng

s11

= C

hann

el A

10 =

Cha

nnel

B0

= d

isab

led

1 =

ena

bled

Ch

ann

el O

N/O

FF

(O

N)

bit

sS

etti

ng

s9

= C

hann

el A

8 =

Cha

nnel

B0

= c

hann

el is

off

1 =

cha

nnel

is o

n

Ch

ann

el A

larm

Sta

tus

bit

sS

etti

ng

s7

=

Cha

nnel

A a

lert

alar

m s

tatu

s6

=

Cha

nnel

A d

ange

ral

arm

sta

tus

5 =

Cha

nnel

B a

lert

alar

m s

tatu

s4

=

Cha

nnel

B d

ange

ral

arm

sta

tus

0 =

ala

rm n

ot a

ctiv

e1

= a

larm

act

ive

Tri

p M

ult

iply

Sta

tus

bit

sS

etti

ng

s3

= C

hann

el A

2 =

Cha

nnel

B0

= tr

ip m

ultip

ly n

ot a

ctiv

e1

= tr

ip m

ultip

ly a

ctiv

e

Ch

ann

el In

hib

it S

tatu

sb

its

Set

tin

gs

1 =

Cha

nnel

A0

= C

hann

el B

0 =

inhi

bit

not

activ

e1

= in

hibi

t ac

tive

Page 206: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

D-4

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

e an

d T

rans

duce

r Sc

ale

Fac

tor

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/2

5 –

Acc

eler

atio

n In

pu

t M

on

ito

rW

ord

6 an

d 7

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0W

ord

Cha

nnel

A T

rans

duce

r T

ype

Cha

nnel

A S

cale

Fac

tor

6C

hann

el B

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

eC

hann

el B

Sca

le F

acto

r7

Bit

sT

ran

sdu

cer

Typ

e15

1413

120

00

010

0 m

V/g

pk,

20

kHz

or le

ss -

3dB

BW

,33

0400

,0

00

110

0 m

V/g

pk,

20

kHz

or le

ss -

3dB

BW

,23

733-

03 I/

F m

odul

e0

01

010

0 m

V/g

pk,

Hi f

req,

241

45-0

10

01

125

mV

/g p

k, 2

0 kH

z or

less

-3d

B,

3304

250

10

025

mV

/g p

k, 2

0 kH

z or

less

-3d

b, 4

9578

-01

01

01

25 m

V/g

pk,

Hi f

req,

155

023-

010

11

025

mV

/g p

k, h

i fre

q,0

11

11

00

01

00

11

01

01

01

11

10

01

10

11

11

01

11

1

Tra

nsd

uce

r sc

ale

fact

or

The

act

ual v

alue

load

ed in

the

data

tabl

e is

a p

ositi

ve o

ffset

fro

m th

e m

inim

um

sca

lefa

ctor

.

To

calc

ulat

e th

e of

fset

:1.

U

se t

he t

able

sho

win

g T

rans

duce

r T

ype

vs.

Sca

le F

acto

r R

ange

(ne

xt p

age)

to

dete

rmin

e th

e al

low

ed r

ange

spa

n an

d th

e m

inim

um

sca

le f

acto

r fo

r th

etr

ansd

ucer

you

are

usi

ng. T

he a

ctua

l tra

nsdu

cer

scal

e fa

ctor

mus

t be

with

in th

era

nge.

2.

Cal

cula

te t

he s

cale

fac

tor

offs

et:

Sca

leF

acto

r_O

ffset

= In

tege

r A

ctua

lSca

leF

acto

r -

Min

Sca

leF

acto

rS

F_

Adj

ustS

pan

4

095

w

here

:S

cale

Fac

tor_

Off

set

=

the

deci

mal

off

set

valu

e. A

lway

s a

posi

tive

num

ber.

Act

ualS

cale

Fac

tor

=

the

actu

al t

rans

duce

r sc

ale

fact

or,

(or

nom

inal

ifth

e ac

tual

is n

ot k

now

n).

Min

Sca

leF

acto

r=

th

e m

inim

um a

llow

ed s

cale

fact

or.

SF

_Adj

ustS

pan

=

the

span

.

3.C

onve

rt t

he r

esul

t, S

cale

Fac

tor_

Off

set,

to

an u

nsig

ned

12 b

it bi

nary

inte

ger

and

load

this

inte

ger

into

bits

11

thro

ugh

0 (1

1 =

mos

t si

gnifi

cant

bit

and

0 =

leas

tsi

gnifi

cant

bit)

.

Page 207: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x D

— D

ata

Tab

les

for

1701

Acc

eler

atio

n In

put M

onito

r

D-5

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

e vs

. Sca

le F

acto

rA

ccel

erat

ion

Sen

sors

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

Sca

le F

acto

rsm

V/g

pk

No

min

alM

inim

um

Max

imu

mA

dju

stm

ent

Sp

an33

0400

, 10

0 m

V/g

pk,

20

kHz

or le

ss -

3dB

BW

100

8511

530

2373

3-03

I/F

mod

ule,

100

mV

/g p

k, 2

0 kH

z or

less

-3d

B B

W10

085

115

3024

145-

01,

100

mV

/g p

k, H

i fre

q10

085

115

3033

0425

, 25

mV

/g p

k, 2

0 kH

z or

less

–3d

B25

21.2

528

.75

7.5

4957

8-01

, 25

mV

/g p

k, 2

0 kH

z or

less

-3d

b25

21.2

528

.75

7.5

1555

023-

01,

25 m

V/g

pk,

Hi f

req

2521

.25

28.7

57.

525

mV

/g p

k, h

i fre

q,25

21.2

528

.75

7.5

Page 208: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

D-6

Ful

l-sc

ale

Ran

ge a

nd T

imed

OK

Cha

nnel

Def

eat

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/2

5 –

Acc

eler

atio

n In

pu

t M

on

ito

rW

ord

8 an

d 9

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0W

ord

Cha

nnel

A F

ull-

scal

e R

ange

TO

Kon

or

off

Not

use

d8

Cha

nnel

B F

ull-

scal

e R

ange

TO

Kon

or

off

Not

use

d9

Bit

Nu

mb

erF

ull-

scal

e R

ang

eB

it N

um

ber

Fu

ll-sc

ale

Ran

ge

1514

1312

1110

1514

1312

1110

00

00

00

0 -

2 gs

pk

10

00

00

0 –

2 g

s rm

s ac

cele

ratio

n0

00

00

10

- 5

gs p

k1

00

00

10

– 5

gs

rms

acce

lera

tion

00

00

10

0 -

10 g

s pk

10

00

10

0 –

10 g

s rm

s ac

cele

ratio

n0

00

01

10

- 20

gs

pk1

00

01

10

– 20

gs

rms

acce

lera

tion

00

01

00

0 -

25 g

s pk

10

01

00

0 –

25 g

s rm

s ac

cele

ratio

n0

00

10

10

- 40

gs

pk1

00

10

10

– 40

gs

rms

acce

lera

tion

00

01

10

0 -

50 g

s pk

10

01

10

0 –

50 g

s rm

s ac

cele

ratio

n0

00

11

11

00

11

10

01

00

00

- 20

m/s

2 pk

10

10

00

0 -

20 m

/s2 r

ms

acce

lera

tion

00

10

01

0 -

50 m

/s2 pk

10

10

01

0 -

50 m

/s2 r

ms

acce

lera

tion

00

10

10

0 -

100

m/s

2 pk

10

10

10

0 –

100

m/s

2 r

ms

acce

lera

tion

00

10

11

0 -

200

m/s

2 pk

10

10

11

0 –

200

m/s

2 r

ms

acce

lera

tion

00

11

00

0 -

250

m/s

2 pk

10

11

00

0 –

250

m/s

2 r

ms

acce

lera

tion

00

11

01

0 -

400

m/s

2 pk

10

11

01

0 –

400

m/s

2 r

ms

acce

lera

tion

00

11

10

0 -

500

m/s

2 pk

10

11

10

0 –

500

m/s

2 r

ms

acce

lera

tion

00

11

11

10

11

11

01

00

00

0 -

1.0

in/s

pk,

inte

grat

ed a

ccel

erat

ion

11

00

00

0 -

1.0

in/s

rm

s, in

tegr

ated

rm

sac

cele

ratio

n0

10

00

10

- 2.

0 in

/s p

k, in

tegr

ated

acc

eler

atio

n1

10

00

10

- 2.

0 in

/s r

ms,

inte

grat

ed r

ms

acce

lera

tion

01

00

10

11

00

10

01

00

11

11

00

11

01

01

00

11

01

00

01

01

01

11

01

01

01

01

10

11

01

10

01

01

11

11

01

11

01

10

00

0 -

25 m

m/s

pk,

inte

grat

ed a

ccel

erat

ion

11

10

00

0 -

25 m

m/s

rm

s, in

tegr

ated

rm

sac

cele

ratio

n

Page 209: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x D

— D

ata

Tab

les

for

1701

Acc

eler

atio

n In

put M

onito

r

D-7

Bit

Nu

mb

erF

ull-

scal

e R

ang

eB

it N

um

ber

Fu

ll-sc

ale

Ran

ge

1514

1312

1110

1514

1312

1110

01

10

01

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk,

inte

grat

ed a

ccel

erat

ion

11

10

01

0 -

50 m

m/s

rm

s, in

tegr

ated

rm

sac

cele

ratio

n0

11

01

00

- 10

0 m

m/s

pk,

inte

grat

ed a

ccel

erat

ion

11

10

10

0 –

100

mm

/s r

ms,

inte

grat

ed r

ms

acce

lera

tion

01

10

11

11

10

11

01

11

00

11

11

00

01

11

01

11

11

01

01

11

10

11

11

10

01

11

11

11

11

11

Tim

ed O

K C

han

nel

Def

eat

Bits

Des

crip

tion

Wor

d 8,

bit

9 =

Cha

nnel

AW

ord

9, b

it 9

= C

hann

el B

0 =

TO

K o

ff1

= T

OK

on

Page 210: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

D-8

Ala

rm S

etpo

ints

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/2

5 –A

ccel

erat

ion

Inp

ut

Mo

nit

or

Wo

rd11

an

d 1

2B

it N

um

ber

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Wo

rdC

hann

el A

Ala

rm 2

(D

ange

r) s

etpo

int

Cha

nnel

A A

larm

1 (

Ale

rt)

Set

poin

t11

Cha

nnel

B A

larm

2 (

Dan

ger)

Set

poin

tC

hann

el B

Ala

rm 1

(A

lert

) S

etpo

int

12

Ala

rm S

etp

oin

tsT

o se

t al

arm

set

poin

ts lo

ad th

e se

tpoi

nt f

ield

with

an

unsi

gned

bin

ary,

8-b

it, in

tege

r sc

aled

bet

wee

n 0

and

200

deci

mal

. A s

etpo

int

of 2

00 c

orre

spon

ds to

100

% o

f ful

l sca

le a

nd 0

cor

resp

onds

to

botto

msc

ale.

The

set

poin

t re

solu

tion

will

be

0.5%

of

the

full

scal

e ra

nge.

Exa

mp

le:

Ful

l-sc

ale

rang

e:0

to 2

0 m

/s2 p

kC

hann

el A

Ala

rm 2

set

poin

t:15

m/s

2 pk

1.

Cal

cula

te t

he b

inar

y va

lue

for

the

setp

oint

.

Setp

oint

=

15 20

200

= 1

50 d

ecim

al

= 1

001

0110

bin

ary

2.

Load

the

bina

ry v

alue

in th

e C

hann

el A

Ala

rm 2

set

poin

t fie

ld.

Page 211: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x D

— D

ata

Tab

les

for

1701

Acc

eler

atio

n In

put M

onito

r

D-9

Cha

nnel

Hig

h-pa

ss a

nd L

ow-p

ass

Cor

ner

Fre

quen

cyM

on

ito

r T

ype

1701

/25

Acc

eler

atio

n In

pu

t M

on

ito

rW

ord

13B

it N

um

ber

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Wo

rdC

hann

el A

HP

Cor

ner

Cha

nnel

A L

P C

orne

rC

hann

el B

HP

Cor

ner

Cha

nnel

B L

P C

orne

r13

Use

thes

e ta

bles

to d

eter

min

e fi

lter

sele

ctio

ns b

ased

on

the

type

of

Acc

eler

atio

n M

onito

r yo

u pr

ogra

m.

Filt

er S

elec

tion

Tab

les

Filt

er S

elec

tio

ns

for

Du

al C

han

nel

14.

05 k

Hz

Acc

eler

atio

n M

on

ito

r T

ype

(Typ

e 01

)C

od

eH

igh

Pas

sC

orn

erF

req

, Hz

Co

de

Lo

w P

ass

Co

rner

Fre

q, H

z00

003

0000

1405

000

0110

0001

1320

000

1012

0010

1210

000

1116

0011

1060

001

0020

0100

1000

001

0122

0101

9000

0110

2501

1081

0001

1130

0111

7000

1000

5010

0061

0010

0160

1001

5000

1010

100

1010

4100

1011

120

1011

3100

1100

150

1100

2100

1101

200

1101

1100

1110

rese

rved

1110

rese

rved

1111

rese

rved

1111

rese

rved

Ap

plic

atio

n A

lert

:T

here

are

no

defa

ult

filte

r op

tions

. T

o av

oid

sele

ctin

g co

rner

freq

uenc

ies

that

are

not

allo

wed

for

your

con

figur

atio

nop

tions

, re

fer

to b

oth

the

Filt

er S

elec

tion

Tab

les

abov

e an

dth

e C

ompa

tibili

ty T

able

s, T

rans

duce

r T

ype

vs.

Ful

l Sca

leR

ange

vs.

HP

and

LP

Cor

ner

Fre

quen

cy R

ange

s be

low

.

Filt

er S

elec

tio

ns

for

Du

al C

han

nel

31.

55 k

Hz

Acc

eler

atio

n M

on

ito

r T

ype

(Typ

e 10

)C

od

eH

igh

Pas

sC

orn

erF

req

, Hz

Co

de

Lo

w P

ass

Co

rner

Fre

q, H

z00

003

0000

3155

000

0110

0001

2600

000

1012

0010

2370

000

1116

0011

1580

001

0020

0100

1325

001

0122

0101

1210

001

1025

0110

1060

001

1130

0111

1000

010

0050

1000

8100

1001

6010

0160

0010

1010

010

1050

0010

1112

010

1130

0011

0015

011

0021

0011

0120

011

0110

0011

10re

serv

ed11

10re

serv

ed11

11re

serv

ed11

11re

serv

ed

Filt

er S

elec

tio

ns

for

Sin

gle

Ch

ann

el 2

4.3

kHz

Acc

eler

atio

n M

on

ito

r T

ype

(Typ

e 11

)C

od

eH

igh

Pas

sC

orn

erF

req

, Hz

Co

de

Lo

w P

ass

Co

rner

Fre

q, H

z00

003

0000

2430

000

0110

0001

2100

000

1012

0010

1800

000

1116

0011

1580

001

0020

0100

1325

001

0122

0101

1210

001

1025

0110

1060

001

1130

0111

1000

010

0050

1000

8100

1001

6010

0160

0010

1010

010

1050

0010

1112

010

1130

0011

0015

011

0021

0011

0120

011

0110

0011

10re

serv

ed11

10re

serv

ed11

11re

serv

ed11

11re

serv

ed

Page 212: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

D-1

0

Use

thes

e ta

bles

to d

eter

min

e th

e al

low

ed f

ilter

cor

ner

limits

vs.

acc

eler

atio

n m

onito

r ty

pe a

nd s

igna

l pro

cess

ing.

Com

pati

bilit

y T

able

sT

rans

duce

r T

ype

vs. F

ull S

cale

Ran

ge T

ype

vs. H

P a

nd L

P C

orne

r F

requ

ency

Ran

ges,

(fo

r th

e th

ree

acce

lera

tion

mon

itor

type

s)D

UA

L C

HA

NN

EL

AC

CE

LE

RA

TIO

N, 1

4.05

kH

z (M

on

ito

r T

ype

01)

Tra

nsd

uce

rT

ype

Fu

ll S

cale

Ran

ge

Typ

eC

orn

er F

req

uen

cy R

ang

es

Min

imu

m H

P C

orn

erM

axim

um

LP

Co

rner

All

Pk

Acc

eler

atio

n

rms

Acc

eler

atio

n

Pk

Vel

ocity

rms

Vel

ocity

3 H

z

10 H

z

20 H

z

20 H

z

14.0

5 kH

z

14.0

5 kH

z

14.0

5 kH

z

14.0

5 kH

z

DU

AL

CH

AN

NE

L A

CC

EL

ER

AT

ION

31.

55 k

Hz

(Mo

nit

or

Typ

e 10

)T

ran

sdu

cer

Typ

eF

ull

Sca

le R

ang

eT

ype

Co

rner

Fre

qu

ency

Ran

ges

Min

imu

m H

P C

orn

erM

axim

um

LP

Co

rner

All

Pk

Acc

eler

atio

n

rms

Acc

eler

atio

n

3 H

z

10 H

z

31.5

5 kH

z

31.5

5 kH

z

SIN

GL

E C

HA

NN

EL

AC

CE

LE

RA

TIO

N 2

4.3

kHz

(Mo

nit

or

Typ

e 11

)T

ran

sdu

cer

Typ

eF

ull

Sca

le R

ang

eT

ype

Co

rner

Fre

qu

ency

Ran

ges

Min

imu

m H

P C

orn

erM

axim

um

LP

Co

rner

All

Pk

Acc

eler

atio

n

rms

Acc

eler

atio

n

Pk

Vel

ocity

rms

Vel

ocity

3 H

z

10 H

z

20 H

z

20 H

z

24.3

kH

z

24.3

kH

z

24.3

kH

z

24.3

kH

z

Page 213: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x D

— D

ata

Tab

les

for

1701

Acc

eler

atio

n In

put M

onito

r

D-1

1

Ala

rm T

ime

Del

ayM

on

ito

r T

ype

1701

/25

Acc

eler

atio

n In

pu

t M

on

ito

rW

ord

14B

it N

um

ber

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

10

Wo

rdC

hann

el A

Dan

ger

Tim

eD

elay

Cha

nnel

A A

lert

Tim

e D

elay

Cha

nnel

B D

ange

r T

ime

Del

ayC

hann

el B

Ale

rt T

ime

Del

ay14

Dig

ital

Co

de

Ala

rm T

ime

Del

ay, s

eco

nd

s00

000.

1500

010.

2000

100.

3000

110.

5001

000.

6001

011.

0001

102.

0001

113.

0010

005.

0010

016.

0010

1010

.00

1011

20.0

011

0011

0111

1011

11

Page 214: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

D-1

2

Con

trol

Wri

te W

ord

Mo

nit

or

Typ

e17

01/2

5 A

ccel

erat

ion

Inp

ut

Mo

nit

or

Wo

rd15

Bit

Nu

mb

er15

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

0W

ord

MO

NR

ST

BA

RM

Sb

BA

RLS

bS

ET

CO

NF

IGM

ON

TYP

EM

ON

TYP

EC

HA

ON

OR

OF

F

CH

BO

N O

RO

FF

CH

ATM M

Sb

CH

ATM LS

b

CH

BTM M

Sb

CH

BTM LS

b

CH

ATM E

NA

CH

BTM E

NA

CH

AIN

HC

HB

INH

15

Bit

Ab

bre

viat

ion

Des

crip

tio

nS

etti

ng

15M

ON

RS

TM

onito

r R

eset

0 =

nor

mal

ope

ratio

n1

= R

eset

14B

AR

MS

bB

arri

er C

onfig

urat

ion

MS

b

13B

ar L

Sb

Bar

rier

Con

figur

atio

n LS

b

12S

et C

onfig

Set

Con

figur

atio

n F

lag

Bit

0 =

Mon

itor

will

not

acc

ept

conf

igur

atio

n.

Ope

ratio

n w

ill h

alt.

1 =

Nor

mal

ope

ratio

n m

ode.

11M

ON

Typ

eM

Sb

Mon

itor

Typ

e M

Sb

10M

ON

Typ

eLS

bM

onito

r T

ype

LSb

09C

HA

ON

\OF

FC

hann

el A

ON

\OF

F0

= C

hann

el o

ff08

CH

B O

N\O

FF

Cha

nnel

B O

N\O

FF

1 =

Cha

nnel

on

07C

HA

TM

MS

bC

hann

el A

Tri

p M

ultip

ly M

Sb

06C

HA

TM

LS

bC

hann

el A

Tri

p M

ultip

ly L

Sb

05C

HB

TM

MS

bC

hann

el B

Tri

p M

ultip

ly M

Sb

04C

HB

TM

LS

bC

hann

el B

Tri

p M

ultip

ly L

Sb

03C

HA

TM

En

Cha

nnel

A T

rip

Mul

tiply

ena

ble

0 =

dis

able

d02

CH

B T

M E

nC

hann

el B

Tri

p M

ultip

ly e

nabl

e1

= e

nabl

ed01

CH

A IN

HC

hann

el A

Inhi

bit

0 =

not

act

ive

00C

HB

INH

Cha

nnel

B In

hibi

t1

= a

ctiv

eW

her

e:M

Sb

= m

ost

sign

ifica

nt b

itLS

b =

leas

t si

gnifi

cant

bit

Msb

Lsb

Tri

p M

ult

iply

Lev

el0

0N

one

01

1.5

10

2.0

11

3.0

Msb

Lsb

Acc

eler

atio

n In

pu

t M

on

ito

r T

ype

01

Dua

l Acc

el,

14.0

5 kH

z1

0D

ual A

ccel

, 31

.55

kHz

11

Sin

gle

Cha

nnel

Acc

el,

23.4

kH

z

Msb

Lsb

Saf

ety

Bar

rier

00

Non

e0

1In

tern

al G

alva

nic

Isol

ator

10

Ext

erna

l Zen

er B

arri

er1

1E

xter

nal G

alva

nic

Isol

ator

Page 215: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x D

— D

ata

Tab

les

for

1701

Acc

eler

atio

n In

put M

onito

r

D-1

3

Com

pati

bilit

y T

able

Acc

eler

atio

n T

rans

duce

r T

ype

vs. F

ull S

cale

Ran

ge v

s. T

rip

Mul

tipl

y fo

r B

arri

er O

ptio

nsT

ran

sdu

cer

Typ

eF

ull

Sca

le R

ang

eT

rip

NO

BA

RR

IER

SIN

T IS

OL

AT

OR

EX

T Z

EN

ER

Mu

ltip

ly10

0 m

V/g

pk,

20

kHz

or le

ss -

3dB

BW

, 33

0400

,0

- 2

g pk

0 -

5 g

pk0

- 10

g p

k0

- 20

g p

k0

- 25

g p

k0

- 20

m/s

2 pk

0 -

50 m

/s2 p

k0

- 10

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 20

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 25

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 1

in/s

pk

0 -

2 in

/s p

k0

- 25

mm

/s p

k0

- 50

mm

/s p

k0

- 2

g rm

s0

- 5

g rm

s0

- 10

g r

ms

0 -

20 g

rm

s0

- 25

g r

ms

0 -

20 m

/s2 r

ms

0 -

50 m

/s2

rms

0 -

100

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 20

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

250

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 1

in/s

rm

s0

- 2

in/s

rm

s0

- 25

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

50 m

m/s

rm

s

0 -

2 g

pk0

- 5

g pk

0 -

10 g

pk

0 -

20 g

pk

0 -

25 g

pk

0 -

20 m

/s2 p

k0

- 50

m/s

2 pk

0 -

100

m/s

2 pk

0 -

200

m/s

2 pk

0 -

250

m/s

2 pk

0 -

1 in

/s p

k0

- 2

in/s

pk

0 -

25 m

m/s

pk

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk

0 -

2 g

rms

0 -

5 g

rms

0 -

10 g

rm

s0

- 20

g r

ms

0 -

25 g

rm

s0

- 20

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 50

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 10

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

200

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 25

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

1 in

/s r

ms

0 -

2 in

/s r

ms

0 -

25 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 50

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

2 g

pk0

- 5

g pk

0 -

10 g

pk

0 -

20 g

pk

0 -

25 g

pk

0 -

20 m

/s2 p

k0

- 50

m/s

2 pk

0 -

100

m/s

2 pk

0 -

200

m/s

2 pk

0 -

250

m/s

2 pk

0 -

1 in

/s p

k0

- 2

in/s

pk

0 -

25 m

m/s

pk

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk

0 -

2 g

rms

0 -

5 g

rms

0 -

10 g

rm

s0

- 20

g r

ms

0 -

25 g

rm

s0

- 20

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 50

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 10

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

200

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 25

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

1 in

/s r

ms

0 -

2 in

/s r

ms

0 -

25 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 50

mm

/s r

ms

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss1.

5X o

r le

ss1.

5X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

1.5X

or

less

1.5X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ssno

neno

ne3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

none

none

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

Page 216: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

D-1

4

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

Fu

ll S

cale

Ran

ge

Tri

pN

O B

AR

RIE

RS

INT

ISO

LA

TO

RE

XT

ZE

NE

RM

ult

iply

100

mV

/g p

k, 2

0 kH

z or

less

-3d

B B

W,

2373

3-03

I/F

mod

ule

0 -

2 g

pk0

- 5

g pk

0 -

10 g

pk

0 -

20 g

pk

0 -

25 g

pk

0 -

20 m

/s2 p

k0

- 50

m/s

2 pk

0 -

100

m/s

2 pk

0 -

200

m/s

2 pk

0 -

250

m/s

2 pk

0 -

1 in

/s p

k0

- 2

in/s

pk

0 -

25 m

m/s

pk

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk

0 -

2 g

rms

0 -

5 g

rms

0 -

10 g

rm

s0

- 20

g r

ms

0 -

25 g

rm

s0

- 20

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 50

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 10

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

200

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 25

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

1 in

/s r

ms

0 -

2 in

/s r

ms

0 -

25 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 50

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

2 g

pk0

- 5

g pk

0 -

10 g

pk

0 -

20 g

pk

0 -

25 g

pk

0 -

20 m

/s2 p

k0

- 50

m/s

2 pk

0 -

100

m/s

2 pk

0 -

200

m/s

2 pk

0 -

250

m/s

2 pk

0 -

1 in

/s p

k0

- 2

in/s

pk

0 -

25 m

m/s

pk

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk

0 -

2 g

rms

0 -

5 g

rms

0 -

10 g

rm

s0

- 20

g r

ms

0 -

25 g

rm

s0

- 20

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 50

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 10

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

200

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 25

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

1 in

/s r

ms

0 -

2 in

/s r

ms

0 -

25 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 50

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

2 g

pk0

- 5

g pk

0 -

10 g

pk

0 -

20 g

pk

0 -

25 g

pk

0 -

20 m

/s2 p

k0

- 50

m/s

2 pk

0 -

100

m/s

2 pk

0 -

200

m/s

2 pk

0 -

250

m/s

2 pk

0 -

1 in

/s p

k0

- 2

in/s

pk

0 -

25 m

m/s

pk

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk

0 -

2 g

rms

0 -

5 g

rms

0 -

10 g

rm

s0

- 20

g r

ms

0 -

25 g

rm

s0

- 20

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 50

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 10

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

200

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 25

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

1 in

/s r

ms

0 -

2 in

/s r

ms

0 -

25 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 50

mm

/s r

ms

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss1.

5X o

r le

ss1.

5X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

1.5X

or

less

1.5X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ssno

neno

ne3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

none

none

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

Page 217: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x D

— D

ata

Tab

les

for

1701

Acc

eler

atio

n In

put M

onito

r

D-1

5

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

Fu

ll S

cale

Ran

ge

Tri

pN

O B

AR

RIE

RS

INT

ISO

LA

TO

RE

XT

ZE

NE

RM

ult

iply

100

mV

/g p

k, H

i fre

q, 2

4145

-01

0 -

2 g

pk0

- 5

g pk

0 -

10 g

pk

0 -

20 g

pk

0 -

25 g

pk

0 -

20 m

/s2 p

k0

- 50

m/s

2 pk

0 -

100

m/s

2 pk

0 -

200

m/s

2 pk

0 -

250

m/s

2 pk

0 -

1 in

/s p

k0

- 2

in/s

pk

0 -

25 m

m/s

pk

0 -

50 m

m/s

pk

0 -

2 g

rms

0 -

5 g

rms

0 -

10 g

rm

s0

- 20

g r

ms

0 -

25 g

rm

s0

- 20

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 50

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 10

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

200

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 25

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

1 in

/s r

ms

0 -

2 in

/s r

ms

0 -

25 m

m/s

rm

s0

- 50

mm

/s r

ms

not

appl

icab

leno

t ap

plic

able

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss1.

5X o

r le

ss1.

5X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

1.5X

or

less

1.5X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ssno

neno

ne3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

none

none

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

Page 218: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

D-1

6

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

Fu

ll S

cale

Ran

ge

Tri

pN

O B

AR

RIE

RS

INT

ISO

LA

TO

RE

XT

ZE

NE

RM

ult

iply

25 m

V/g

pk,

20

kHz

or le

ss -

3dB

, 330

425

0 -

20 g

pk

0 -2

5 g

pk0

- 40

g p

k0

- 50

g p

k0

- 20

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 25

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 40

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 50

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 10

0 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 g

rm

s0

- 25

g r

ms

0 -

40 g

rm

s0

- 50

g r

ms

0 -

200

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 25

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

400

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 50

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

100

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

20 g

pk

0 -2

5 g

pk0

- 40

g p

k0

- 50

g p

k0

- 20

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 25

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 40

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 50

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 10

0 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 g

rm

s0

- 25

g r

ms

0 -

40 g

rm

s0

- 50

g r

ms

0 -

200

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 25

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

400

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 50

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

100

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

20 g

pk

0 -2

5 g

pk0

- 40

g p

k0

- 50

g p

k0

- 20

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 25

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 40

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 50

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 10

0 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 g

rm

s0

- 25

g r

ms

0 -

40 g

rm

s0

- 50

g r

ms

0 -

200

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 25

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

400

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 50

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

100

mm

/s r

ms

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

25 m

V/.

g pk

, 20

kHz

or le

ss -

3db,

495

78-0

10

- 20

g p

k0

-25

g pk

0 -

40 g

pk

0 -

50 g

pk

0 -

200

m/s

2 pk

0 -

250

m/s

2 pk

0 -

400

m/s

2 pk

0 -

500

m/s

2 pk

0 -

100

mm

/s p

k0

- 20

g r

ms

0 -

25 g

rm

s0

- 40

g r

ms

0 -

50 g

rm

s0

- 20

0 m

/s2 r

ms

0 -

250

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 40

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

500

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 10

0 m

m/s

rm

s

0 -

20 g

pk

0 -2

5 g

pk0

- 40

g p

k0

- 50

g p

k0

- 20

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 25

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 40

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 50

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 10

0 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 g

rm

s0

- 25

g r

ms

0 -

40 g

rm

s0

- 50

g r

ms

0 -

200

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 25

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

400

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 50

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

100

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

20 g

pk

0 -2

5 g

pk0

- 40

g p

k0

- 50

g p

k0

- 20

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 25

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 40

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 50

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 10

0 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 g

rm

s0

- 25

g r

ms

0 -

40 g

rm

s0

- 50

g r

ms

0 -

200

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 25

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

400

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 50

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

100

mm

/s r

ms

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

Page 219: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x D

— D

ata

Tab

les

for

1701

Acc

eler

atio

n In

put M

onito

r

D-1

7

Tra

nsd

uce

r T

ype

Fu

ll S

cale

Ran

ge

Tri

pN

O B

AR

RIE

RS

INT

ISO

LA

TO

RE

XT

ZE

NE

RM

ult

iply

25 m

V/g

pk,

Hi f

req,

155

023-

010

- 20

g p

k0

-25

g pk

0 -

40 g

pk

0 -

50 g

pk

0 -

200

m/s

2 pk

0 -

250

m/s

2 pk

0 -

400

m/s

2 pk

0 -

500

m/s

2 pk

0 -

100

mm

/s p

k0

- 20

g r

ms

0 -

25 g

rm

s0

- 40

g r

ms

0 -

50 g

rm

s0

- 20

0 m

/s2 r

ms

0 -

250

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 40

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

500

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 10

0 m

m/s

rm

s

not

appl

icab

leno

t ap

plic

able

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

25 m

V/g

pk,

hi f

req,

0 -

20 g

pk

0 -2

5 g

pk0

- 40

g p

k0

- 50

g p

k0

- 20

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 25

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 40

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 50

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 10

0 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 g

rm

s0

- 25

g r

ms

0 -

40 g

rm

s0

- 50

g r

ms

0 -

200

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 25

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

400

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 50

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

100

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

20 g

pk

0 -2

5 g

pk0

- 40

g p

k0

- 50

g p

k0

- 20

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 25

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 40

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 50

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 10

0 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 g

rm

s0

- 25

g r

ms

0 -

40 g

rm

s0

- 50

g r

ms

0 -

200

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 25

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

400

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 50

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

100

mm

/s r

ms

0 -

20 g

pk

0 -2

5 g

pk0

- 40

g p

k0

- 50

g p

k0

- 20

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 25

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 40

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 50

0 m

/s2 p

k0

- 10

0 m

m/s

pk

0 -

20 g

rm

s0

- 25

g r

ms

0 -

40 g

rm

s0

- 50

g r

ms

0 -

200

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 25

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

400

m/s

2 rm

s0

- 50

0 m

/s2

rms

0 -

100

mm

/s r

ms

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

3X o

r le

ss3X

or

less

Page 220: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

D-1

8

Acc

eler

atio

n T

rans

duce

r O

K L

imit

s vs

Tra

nsdu

cer

Typ

e vs

. Bar

rier

Opt

ions

Acc

eler

atio

n T

ran

sdu

cer

OK

lim

its

Tra

nsd

uce

rN

o B

arri

ers

Inte

rnal

Gal

van

ic Is

ola

tor

Ext

ern

al Z

ener

Bar

rier

LO

KV

UO

KV

LO

KV

UO

KV

LO

KV

UO

KV

100

mV

/g p

k, 2

0 kH

z or

less

-3d

B B

W,

3304

00,

-2.7

5-1

5.05

-2.7

5-1

5.05

-2.7

5-1

5.05

100

mV

/g p

k, 2

0 kH

z or

less

-3d

B B

W,

2373

3-03

I/F

mod

ule

-2.7

5-1

5.05

-2.7

5-1

5.05

-3.1

-13.

8510

0 m

V/g

pk,

Hi f

req,

241

45-0

1-2

.75

-15.

05na

nana

na25

mV

/g p

k, 2

0 kH

z or

less

-3d

B, 3

3042

5-2

.75

-15.

05-2

.75

-15.

05-2

.75

-15.

0525

mV

/.g

pk, 2

0 kH

z or

less

-3d

b, 4

9578

-01

-5.6

3-1

1.37

-5.3

4-1

1.37

-5.3

4-1

0.86

25 m

V/g

pk,

Hi f

req,

155

023-

01-5

.63

-11.

37na

nana

na25

mV

/g p

k, h

i fre

q,-2

.75

-15.

05-2

.75

-15.

05-2

.75

-15.

05

If n

o O

K L

imits

are

sho

wn

then

that

tran

sduc

er is

not

allo

wed

with

that

bar

rier

opt

ion.

Page 221: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Appendix E Specifications and Monitor Options

Specifications - 1701/05 Terminal BaseInputs/OutputsQuantity Connection 1 16 pin female Flexbus connector for connection directly to another Flex

module 1 16 pin male Flexbus connector for connection directly to Flexbus using Flex

extender cable 1 25 pin DSUB. Buffered dynamic output signals 1 15 pin DSUB. Not Used. 8 Coaxial connectors. Buffered dynamic output signals 1 Coaxial connector. Buffered Keyphasor output signal 1 Euro terminal. Buffered Keyphasor output signal 1 Euro terminal. + 24 Volt DC +/- primary power input. 14 to 18 AWG 4 8 conductor Euro terminals. Transducer field wiring terminals for 8 monitor

channels. 16 to 26 AWG. 1 8 conductor Euro terminal. Keyphasor field wiring for one channel. 16 to 26

AWG 1 Wiring stud for instrument earth connection

ModulesQuantity

Module

1 Power Supply 1 FieldMonitor Management Interface Module 1 2-channel Transducer I/O Module for Keyphasor Up to 4 2-channel Monitor Modules Up to 4 2-channel Transducer I/O Modules (one per monitor)

General SpecificationsPhysical Dimensions (Length x width x height) (modules installed)

33.65 cm x 17.27 cm x 12.7 cm (13.25 in x 6.8 in x 5 in)

Weight (no modules installed) 1.1 Kilograms (2 lbs, 6 oz) Mounting Bulkhead. 4 #8 bolts. Can mount over top of DIN rails Environmental Limits Operating Temperature -20 ° C to + 70 ° C Storage Temperature -40 ° C to + 85 ° C Operating Humidity 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity Storage Humidity 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity

Specifications - 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor - Radial VibrationProgrammable Options Proportional Values Direct (Overall), Gap Alarms Alarm 1 (Alert), Alarm 2 (Danger) Over Alarm 1 & 2 on Direct, Over/Under Alarm 1 on Gap Alarm Time Delays 0.15, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, 6.0, 10.0, 20.0 seconds Latching/Non-Latching Alarms Non-Latching only Alarm Hysteresis 0.5% of full scale Signal Processing Options

Bandwidth/Filtering High Pass Corner Frequency in Hz1, 4

Low Pass Corner Frequency in Hz4000, 600

Full Scale Direct Range mils pp micrometers pp0 - 3 mils 0 - 100 um0 - 5 mils 0 - 150 um0 - 10 mils 0 - 200 um0 - 15 mils 0 - 125 um0 - 20 mils 0 - 250 um

0 - 300 um0 - 400 um0 - 500 um

Full Scale Gap Range 24 Volts Gap Filter - 3 db @ 0.09 Hz

Appendix

Page 222: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

E-2

Barriers Internal galvanically isolated barrierExternal Zener BarrierExternal galvanically isolated barrier

Transducer I/O Module Options Description Part NumberInternal 3300 5 meter Proximitor® 170133-050-xxInternal 3300 9 meter Proximitor® 170133-090-xxInternal 3300 14 meter Proximitor®Internal 3300 NSv 7 meter Proximitor®

170133-014-xx170150-070-00

Internal 7200 5 meter Proximitor® 170172-050-xxInternal 7200 9 meter Proximitor® 170172-090-xxProximitor®/ Accelerometer I/O 170180-01-xxExternal -18 Volt Proximitor® I/O 170180-05-xx

External Proximitor® Options Description I/O Module3300 5mm3300 8mm330800 PROXPAC3300XL7200 5mm 170180-01-xx7200 8mm7200 11mm7200 14mm3300 RAM3300 XL NSv3000 -18 Volt 170180-05-xx

Control I/OChannel On/OffMonitor ResetChannel InhibitTrip Multiply Programmable, none, 1.5, 2, 3

Specifications @ 25 °°°° C (Accuracy is monitor input to output)

Direct accuracy 1% of full scale max (exclusive of filters) Direct resolution 0.1% of full scale Gap accuracy +/- 20mV, -1 to -23 Volt Gap Resolution 1 mV Gap Setpoint Resolution 0.10 Volt Power input - 24 Volt, + 5 Volt, from1701 Power Supply Power Consumption 1.5 Watt (not including transducers) Setpoint resolution 0.5% of full scale Flex read/write rate ≥ 25 millisec (monitor to Flex adapter) Buffered Output 100 ft cable at 60pF/ft, not isolated

Output impedance 200 ohms

General Specifications Physical Dimensions HxWxD 127mm x 21.6mm x 105mm (5 in x 0.85 in x 4.15 in) Weight 314 grams (11 oz) Environmental Limits Operating Temperature -20 ° C to + 70 ° C Storage Temperature -40 ° C to + 85 ° C Operating Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity Storage Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity

Specifications - 1701/15 Proximitor Input Monitor - Thrust PositionProgrammable Options Proportional Values Direct, Gap Alarms Alarm 1 (Alert), Alarm 2 (Danger) Over/Under Alarm 1 & Alarm 2 on Direct Alarm Time Delays 0.15, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, 6.0, 10.0, 20.0 seconds Latching/Non-Latching Alarms Non-Latching only OK Mode Non-Latching only Alarm Hysteresis 0.5% of full scale Signal Processing Options Bandwidth/Filtering Direct Filter -3dB @ 1.2 Hz Gap Filter -3dB @ 0.041 Hz Full Scale Direct Range mils millimeters

10 - 0 - 10 0.250 - 0 - 0.250

Page 223: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options

E-3

25 - 0 - 25 0.500 - 0 - 0.50030 - 0 - 30 0.600 - 0 - 0.60040 - 0 - 40 0.800 - 0 - 0.80050 - 0 - 50 1.0 - 0 - 1.075 - 0 - 75 2.0 - 0 - 2.0

Full Scale Gap Range 24 Volts Normal Thrust Direction Towards probe

Away from probe Direct Zero Position Set using I/O data tables Barriers Internal galvanically isolated barrier

External Zener BarrierExternal galvanically isolated barrier

Transducer I/O Module Options Description Part NumberInternal 3300 5 meter Proximitor® 170133-050-xxInternal 3300 9 meter Proximitor® 170133-090-xxInternal 3300 14 meter Proximitor®Internal 3300 NSv 7 meter Proximitor®

170133-014-xx170150-070-00

Internal 7200 5 meter Proximitor® 170172-050-xxInternal 7200 9 meter Proximitor® 170172-090-xxExternal Proximitor® I/O 170180-01-xxExternal -18 Volt Proximitor® I/O 170180-05-xx

External Proximitor® Options Description I/O Module3300 5mm3300 8mm3300XL330800 PROXPAC7200 5mm 170180-01-xx7200 8mm7200 11mm7200 14mm3300 RAM3300 XL NSv3000 -18 Volt 170180-05-xx

Control I/OChannel On/OffMonitor ResetChannel Inhibit

Specifications @ 25 °°°° C (Accuracy is monitor input to output)

Direct accuracy 1% of full scale max, (exclusive of filters) Direct resolution 0.1% of full scale Gap accuracy +/- 20mV, -1 to -23 Volt Gap Resolution 1 mV Power input - 24 Volt, + 5 Volt, from 1701 Power Supply Power Consumption 1.5 Watt (not including transducers) Setpoint resolution 0.5% of full scale Flex read/write rate ≥ 25 millisec (monitor to Flex adapter) Buffered Output 100 ft cable at 60pF/ft, not isolated

Output impedance 200 ohms

General Specifications Physical Dimensions HxWxD 127mm x 21.6mm x 105mm (5 in x 0.85 in x 4.15 in) Weight 314 grams (11 oz) Environmental Limits Operating Temperature -20 ° C to + 70 ° C Storage Temperature -40 ° C to + 85 ° C Operating Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity Storage Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity

Specifications - 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor - VelocityProgrammable Options Proportional Values One per channel direct velocity

rms velocityintegrated velocityfiltered direct velocityfiltered rms velocity

Page 224: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

E-4

filtered integrated velocity Alarms Alarm 1 (Alert), Alarm 2 (Danger) Over Alarm 1 & Alarm 2 on single proportional value Alarm Time Delays 0.15, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, 6.0, 10.0, 20.0 seconds Latching/Non-Latching Alarms Non-Latching only OK Mode Non-Latching only Alarm Hysteresis 0.5% of full scale Signal Processing Options Bandwidth/Filtering Direct velocity 3 Hz to 5,500 Hz Direct rms or integrated direct velocity 10 Hz to 5,500 Hz Filters Programmable low pass (LP) and high pass (HP) 4th order (-80 dB/decade) Filter Programmable Options High Pass Corner Frequency in Hz

3, 10, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 50, 60, 80,100, 110, 120

Low Pass Corner Frequency in Hz5500, 4000, 3000, 2000, 1600,1400, 1200, 1000, 800, 600, 400,450, 200, 120, 100

Note: The allowed programmable corner frequencies depend on thetransducer type and the full-scale range type as shown in the tables on pageC-9.

Full Scale Ranges Peak velocity (nointegration)

Integrated velocity, PP RMS velocity

0 - 0.5 in/s 0 - 5 mil 0 - 0.5 in/s rms0 - 1.0 in/s 0 - 10 mil 0 - 1.0 in/s rms0 - 2.0 in/s 0 - 20 mil 0 - 2.0 in/s rms0 - 3.0 in/s 0 - 3.0 in/s rms0 - 10 mm/s 0 - 100 um 0 - 10 mm/s rms0 - 20 mm/s 0 - 200 um 0 - 20 mm/s rms0 - 50 mm/s 0 - 500 um 0 - 40 mm/s rms0 - 75 mm/s 0 - 50 mm/s rms

0 - 75 mm/s rms Barriers Internal galvanically isolated barrier

External Zener Barrier (VELOMITORS ONLY)External galvanically isolated barrier

Transducer I/O Module Options Description Part NumberVelomitor I/O 170180-03-xxVelocity I/O 170180-02-xxVelomitor A & Velocity B I/O 170180-04-xx

External Transducer Options Description Use with I/O ModuleVelomitor 170180-03-xx or 170180-04 Channel

A onlyHigh Temperature Velomitor 170180-03-xx or 170180-04 Channel

A onlyCEC 4 - 126 170180-02-xx or 170180-04 Channel

B only9200 170180-02-xx or 170180-04 Channel

B only Control I/O

Channel On/OffMonitor ResetChannel InhibitTrip Multiply Programmable, none, 1.5, 2, 3Timed OK/Channel Defeat Enabled, Disabled (30 sec delay)

Specifications @ 25 °°°° C (Accuracy is monitor input to output)

Direct accuracy 1% of full scale for full scale ranges with voltage spans > 200mVp.2.0% of full scale for full scale ranges with voltage spans ≤ 200 mVp(exclusive of filters)

Direct resolution 0.1% of full scale Power input - 24 Volt, + 5 Volt, from1701 Power Supply Power Consumption 1.5 Watt (not including transducers) Setpoint resolution 0.5% of full scale Flex read/write rate ≥ 25 millisec (monitor to Flex adapter) Buffered Output 100 ft cable at 60pF/ft, not isolated (Buffered signal is unprocessed transducer signal)

Output impedance 200 ohms

General Specifications Physical Dimensions HxWxD 127mm x 21.6mm x 105mm (5 in x 0.85 in x 4.15 in)

Page 225: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options

E-5

Weight 314 grams (11 oz) Environmental Limits Operating Temperature -20 ° C to + 70 ° C Storage Temperature -40 ° C to + 85 ° C Operating Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity Storage Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity

Specifications - 1701/25 Seismic Input Monitor - AccelerationProgrammable Options Proportional Values One per channel direct acceleration

rms accelerationfiltered direct accelerationfiltered rms accelerationintegrated direct acceleration (velocity)integrated rms accelerationfiltered integrated direct accelerationfiltered integrated rms acceleration

Alarms Alarm 1 (Alert), Alarm 2 (Danger) Over Alarm 1 & Alarm 2 on single proportional value Alarm Time Delays 0.15, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, 6.0, 10.0, 20.0 seconds Latching/Non-Latching Alarms Non-Latching only OK Mode Non-Latching only Alarm Hysteresis 0.5% of full scale Signal Processing Options Conversions (Integrator position with respect to filtering: Filters before integrator only)

Integratedrms

Bandwidth/Filtering Two channels of acceleration input Output type Selectable Filter Ranges (HP to LP)

Peak acceleration 3 Hz to 31.55 kHzrms acceleration 10 Hz to 31.55 kHzPeak velocity 20 Hz to 14.05 kHzrms velocity 20 Hz to 14.05 kHz

One channel acceleration input, one channel unused Output type Selectable Filter Ranges (HP to LP)

Peak acceleration 3 Hz to 24.3 KHzrms acceleration 10 Hz to 24.3 KHzPeak velocity 20 Hz to 24.3 KHzrms velocity 20 Hz to 24.3 KHz

Filters Programmable low pass (LP) and high pass (HP) 4th order (-80 dB/decade) Filter Programmable options

Dual Channel 14.05 kHz Accel Monitor Type (01)High Pass Corner Frequency in Hz3, 10, 12, 16, 20, 22, 25, 30, 50, 60,100, 120, 150, 200

Low Pass Corner Frequency in Hz14050, 13200, 12100, 10600, 10000,9000, 8100, 7000, 6100, 5000, 4100,3100, 2100, 1100

Dual Channel 31.55 kHz Accel Monitor Type (10)High Pass Corner Frequency in Hz3, 10, 12, 16, 20, 22, 25, 30, 50, 60,100, 120, 150, 200

Low Pass Corner Frequency in Hz31550, 26000, 23700, 15800, 13250,12100, 10600, 10000, 8100, 6000,5000, 3000, 2100, 1000

Single Channel 24.3 kHz Accel Monitor Type (11)High Pass Corner Frequency in Hz3, 10, 12, 16, 20, 22, 25, 30, 50, 60,100, 120, 150, 200

Low Pass Corner Frequency in Hz24300, 21000, 18000, 15800, 13250,12100, 10600, 10000, 8100, 6000,5000, 3000, 2100, 1000

Note: The allowed programmable corner frequencies depend on the channeltype and the full-scale range type as shown in the tables on page D-9 and D-10.

Page 226: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

E-6

Full Scale Ranges Peakacceleration,no integration

Integratedacceleration,pk

RMSacceleration

RMS integratedacceleration

0 - 2 g’s pk 0 - 1.0 in/s pk 0 - 2 g’s rms 0 - 1.0 in/s rms0 - 5 g’s pk 0 - 2.0 in/s pk 0 - 5 g’s rms 0 - 2.0 in/s rms0 - 10 g’s pk 0 - 25 mm/s pk 0 - 10 g’s rms 0 - 25 mm/s rms0 - 20 g’s pk 0 - 50 mm/s pk 0 - 20 g’s rms 0 - 50 mm/s rms0 - 25 g’s pk 0 - 100 mm/s pk 0 - 25 g’s rms 0 - 100 mm/s rms0 - 40 g’s pk 0 - 40 g’s rms0 - 50 g’s pk 0 - 50 g’s rms0 - 20 m/s2 pk 0 - 20 m/s2 rms0 - 50 m/s2 pk 0 - 50 m/s2 rms0 - 100 m/s2 pk 0 - 100 m/s2 rms0 - 200 m/s2 pk 0 - 200 m/s2 rms0 - 250 m/s2 pk 0 - 250 m/s2 rms0 - 400 m/s2 pk 0 - 400 m/s2 rms0 - 500 m/s2 pk 0 - 500 m/s2 rms

BarriersInternal galvanically isolated barrierExternal Zener BarrierExternal galvanically isolated barrier

Transducer I/O Module Options Description Part NumberProximitor/Accel I/O 170180-01-xx

External Transducer Options Description Part Number100 mV/g pk *23733-03High frequency acceleration *24145-02100 mV/g pk 49578-01High frequency acceleration *155023-01100 mV/g pk 33040025 mV/g pk 330425* Note: These products are not recommended for new designs because theyare old products scheduled for phase out. Use 330400 and 330425acceleration systems where feasible.

Control I/OChannel On/OffMonitor ResetChannel InhibitTrip Multiply Programmable, none, 1.5, 2, 3Timed OK/Channel Defeat Enabled, Disabled (30 sec delay)

Specifications @ 25 °°°° C (Accuracy is monitor input to output)

Direct accuracy 1% of full scale for full scale ranges with voltage spans > 200mVp.2% of full scale for full scale ranges with voltage spans ≤ 200 mVp(exclusive of filters)

Direct resolution 0.1% of full scale Power input - 24 Volt, + 5 Volt, from 1701 Power Supply Power Consumption 1.5 Watt (not including transducers) Setpoint resolution 0.5% of full scale Flex read/write rate ≥ 25 millisec (monitor to Flex adapter) Buffered Output 100 ft cable at 60pF/ft, not isolated (Buffered signal is unprocessed transducer signal)

Output impedance 200 ohms

General Specifications Physical Dimensions HxWxD 127mm x 21.6mm x 105mm (5 in x 0.85 in x 4.15 in) Weight 314 grams (11 oz) Environmental Limits Operating Temperature -20 ° C to + 70 ° C Storage Temperature -40 ° C to + 85 ° C Operating Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity Storage Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity

Page 227: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options

E-7

Specifications - External Transducer I/O ModuleSignal Inputs Channel A Channel B

170180-01-xxx One Proximitor or Accelerometerwith -24 Vdc Supply

One Proximitor or Accelerometerwith -24 Vdc Supply

170180-02-xxx One 2-wire Velocity Transducer One 2-wire Velocity Transducer170180-03-xxx One Velomitor Velocity

TransducerOne Velomitor Velocity Transducer

170180-04-xxx One Velomitor VelocityTransducer

One 2-wire Velocity Transducer

170180-05-xxx One Proximitor sensor with -18Vdc supply

One Proximitor Sensor with -18Vdc supply

General SpecificationsRelative Humidity 100% condensing nonsubmerged from 7° C to 85° C (45° F to 185° F) when

the connector is protected.Operating Temperature -34° C to +85° C (-30° F to +185° F)Storage Temperature -40° C to +85° C (-40° F to +185° F)Weight 277g (9.75 oz.) typical

Proximitor Sensor/ Accelerometer InterfaceModule

Input Signal Voltage Range 0 to -Vt VOutput Voltage Range 0 to -Vt VFrequency Response -5% at >25 kHzCurrent draw (without transducer) 2.0 mA maximumCurrent Limit Setpoint 33.6 mA min, 37.6 mA max at 25°C (77°F)

2-Wire Velocity Transducer Interface ModuleInput Signal Voltage Range 0 to -Vt VOutput Voltage Range 0 to -Vt VFrequency Response -5% at >25 KHzInput Impedance 9.98 ± 0.02 KCurrent draw (without transducer) 2.0 mA maximum

Velomitor Piezo-Velocity TransducerInput Signal Voltage Range 0 to -Vt VOutput Voltage Range 0 to -Vt VTransducer Nominal Bias Voltage -12 VdcTransducer Regulated Current 3.00 to 4.10 mAFrequency Response -5% at >25 KHzCurrent draw (without transducer) 1.5 mA maximum

-18 V Proximitor Interface ModuleInput Signal Voltage Range 0 to -Vt VOutput Voltage Range 0 to -Vt VTransducer Supply Voltage -17.75 to -18.24 VdcFrequency Response -5% at >25 kHzCurrent draw (without transducer) 2.0 mA maximum

Page 228: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

E-8

FieldMonitor System for Hazardous AreasSystem Specifications

Power Input Range This is the primary power input range using the 1701/10 24 Volt DC Supply

Primary DC Power Input Range +19 Volt DC to + 33 Volt DC

Power Dissipation Typical

36 Watts at +24 VoltComplete system (4 monitors, 5 isolators, 5Transducer I/O Modules or Internal ProximitorSensors)

Installation Install per control drawing 141265

Installs in a safe area, CSA/NRTL Zone 2 IIC and Class 1 Division 2, Gp A,B, C, D,Or Cenelec Zone 2 IIC

1701/06 Isolator Terminal Base SpecificationsAll Specifications are at 23° ± 2° C, (73.4° ± 3.6° F)Inputs/OutputsQuantity Connection 1 16 pin female Flexbus connector for connection directly to another Flex

module 1 16 pin male Flexbus connector for connection directly to Flexbus using Flex

extender cable 1 25 pin DSUB. Buffered dynamic output signals 8 Coaxial connectors. Buffered dynamic output signals 1 Coaxial connector. Buffered Keyphasor output signal 1 Euro terminal. Buffered Keyphasor output signal 1 Euro terminal. + 24 Volt DC +/- primary power input. 14 to 18 AWG 4 8 conductor Euro terminals. Transducer field wiring terminals for 8 monitor

channels. 16 to 18 AWG. These connections are intrinsically safe whengalvanic isolators are installed.

1 8 conductor Euro terminal. Keyphasor field wiring for one channel. 16 to18 AWG. This connection is intrinsically safe when a galvanic isolator isinstalled

1 Wiring stud for hazardous area earth connection 1 Wiring stud for instrument earth connection

ModulesQuantity

Module

1 Power Supply 1 FieldMonitor Management Interface Module 1 2-channel Transducer I/O Module for Keyphasor 1 170190 Dual Galvanic Isolator for Keyphasor Up to 4 2-channel Monitor Modules Up to 4 170190 Dual Galvanic Isolator (one per monitor) Up to 4 2-channel Transducer I/O Modules (one per monitor)

General Specifications Physical Dimensions (Length x width x height) (modules installed)

50.80 cm x 20.32 cm x 12.7 cm (20.00 in x 8.0 in x 5 in)

Weight (no modules installed) 1.6 Kilograms (3 lbs, 8 oz) Mounting Bulkhead. 6 #10 bolts. Can mount over top of DIN rails Environmental Limits Operating Temperature -20 ° C to + 70 ° C (-4° F to +158° F) ambient air temperature next to

modules Storage Temperature -40 ° C to + 85 ° C (-40° F to +185° F) Operating Humidity 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity Storage Humidity 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidityHazardous Area Approvals

CSA/NRTL/C Class I Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4 at Tamb = + 70 °CCSA Class I Zone 2 IIC

Page 229: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options

E-9

LCIE EEx nA [ia] IIC, (Cenelec Zone 2 IIC), T4 at Tamb = + 70 °C

170190 Dual Galvanic Isolator SpecificationsAll Specifications are at 23° ± 2° C, (73.4° ± 3.6° F)

Signal Inputs (The 170190 isolator interfacesto two transducers and works with either internalor external transducers. When an externaltransducer is used a Transducer I/O Module isinstalled in the terminal base.)

Transducers that are not listed can be used with the isolator if they areapproved and their entity parameters are within the isolator’s specification.See the Safety and Entity Parameters section below.

Refer to the transducer data sheet for exact ordering information.

Input Type Transducer I/O Module or InternalTransducer

Transducer

Two external –24 Volt Proximitor Sensors 170180-01-05 -24 Volt Proximitor Sensors:3301003308003308013309007200 5 mm, 8 mm7200 14mm

Internal Dual Proximitor Modules (2 channels) 170133-050-05170133-090-05170133-140-05

170172-050-05170172-090-05

Not applicable

Two Acceleration sensors 170180-01-05 -24 Volt Acceleration sensors:330400330425237334957824145

Two Velocity sensors 170180-02-05 920074712CEC 4-126 or equivalent

Two Velomitor sensors 170180-03-05 330500330525330750330752

Velomitor sensor on channel A and a Velocitysensor on channel B.

170180-04-05 Channel A: 330500330525330750

Channel B: 920074712CEC 4-126 or equivalent

Environmental SpecificationsRelative Humidity 95% non-condensingOperating Temperature -20° C to +70° C (-4° F to +158° F) ambient air temperature next to modulesStorage Temperature -40° C to +85° C (-40° F to +185° F)Weight 200g (7.0 oz.) typical

Power Input+24 Volt DC input from terminal base +18 to +32 Volt DC at input to isolator-Vt, transducer voltage input from monitor+24 Volt Power 97 mA at +24 Volt-Vt Power with no transducers connected 29 mA each channel

AC Performance (Typical) Specification is input to output of isolator in percent of the monitorsconfigured full scale range. The specification depends on the type of signalprocessing, peak or peak to peak versus rms, and on the amplitude of the fullscale signal.

AC Amplitude Full Scale Ranges less than 200 mVpeak

Full Scale Ranges greater than 200mV peak

Frequency Range Peak or peak-to-peak signalprocessing

RMS signalprocessing

Peak or peak-to-peak signalprocessing

RMS signalprocessing

1 Hz to 5 KHz +4 to +2% +1 to -2% +1 to –2% +1 to -2%5 KHz to 10 KHz +3 to +1% 0 to -2% -1 to -4% -1 to -3%10 KHz to 20 KHz +3 to -2% 0 to -4 % -3 to -10% -2 to -7%

AC Ripple 14 mV rms, 20 KHz bandwidth

Page 230: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

E-10

AC Phase ( Delay is equal to or less than 12.5 microsecond)0 to 200 Hz Less than or equal to 0.86 degrees200 Hz to 600 Hz Less than or equal to 2.6 degrees600 Hz to 1 KHz Less than or equal to 4.3 degrees1 KHz to 10 KHz Less than or equal to 43.2 degrees10 KHz to 20 KHz Less than or equal to 90 degrees

DC Performance Specification is input to output of isolator

DC error for DC inputs between –2.0Volt DC and –20 Volt DC

± 100 milliVolt DC

Hazardous Area Approvals The system, including the isolator, transducer i/o modules and internalProximitors must install in a safe area or Div 2/Zone 2. The interface toexternal transducers and the proximity probe connectors on the internalProximitors are intrinsically safe and have the approvals shown.

CSA/NRTL/C Class I Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4 at Tamb = + 70°CCSA Class I Zone 2

170190-01 Dual Galvanic Isolator

LCIE EEx nA [ia] IIC, (Cenelec Zone 2 IIC), T4 at Tamb = + 70° C Transducer I/O Modules and InternalProximitor Modules when used with the 170190isolator

CSA/NRTL/C LCIE (CENELEC)

170180-01-05 Class 1Div 1, Gps A, B, C, D

EEx ia IIC

170180-02-05 Class 1Div 1, Gps A, B, C, D

EEx ia IIC

170180-03-05 Class 1Div 1, Gps A, B, C, D

EEx ia IIC

170180-04-05 Class 1Div 1, Gps A, B, C, D

EEx ia IIC

170133-xxx-05 Class 1Div 1, Gps A, B, C, D

EEx ia IIC

170172-xxx-05 Class 1Div 1, Gps A, B, C, D

EEx ia IIC

Safety Parameters, maximum outputvoltage and current per channel (Thesafety.parameters are the maximum outputvoltage and current into the hazardous area.)

This specification gives UO and IO, the maximum voltage and current at theintrinsically safe field wiring terminals on the terminal base when the 170190isolator is used with the Transducer I/O Modules indicated. These twoparameters are derived from the combination of the signal and powerinterface to a singe transducer.

Transducer I/O Module or InternalTransducer

UO ,Volts IO ,mA

170180-01-05 26.8 119.8170180-02-05 26.8 19170180-03-05 26.8 119.8170180-04-05, Channel A 26.8 119.8170180-04-05, Channel B 26.8 19170133-xxx-05 26.8 119.8170172-xxx-05 26.8 119.8

Entity Parameters, maximum externalcapacitance and inductance perchannel (Entity parameters are used todetermine if a system composed of individualapproved components, such as a sensor, cabling,signal conditioning, and isolator is within safelimits when it is connected as a system.)

This specification gives the limits for combined cable/sensor capacitanceand inductance when the 170190 isolator is used with the Transducer I/OModules indicated.

IIC IIB IIATransducer I/O ModuleCo , nF Lo , mH Co , nF Lo , mH Co , nF Lo , mH

170180-01-05 170180-03-05

74 2.73 680 11.10 2,330 22.25

170180-02-05 70 110 698 443 2348 886 170180-04-05, Channel A 52 2.73 680 11.10 2,330 22.25 170180-04-05, Channel B 70 110 698 443 2348 886

Page 231: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options

E-11

Null Input Offset Error (Null Input OffsetError ,NOIE, is the signal reading when there isno dynamic vibration from the connected sensor.)

This specification gives the typical values of NIOE measured using the digitalscaled value returned by the vibration monitor connected to the Isolator. NullInput offset error can be reduced by decreasing channel bandwidth and byselecting rms full scale ranges when using velocity or acceleration sensors.

Full Scale Range Type Transducer Type Null Input Offset Error Peak-to-Peak Displacement 200 mV/mil (7.87 mV/um)

Proximitor Sensors0.03 mil peak-to-peak(0.8 micrometer peak-to-peak)

100 mV/in/s pk (3.93 mV/mm/s pk)Velomitor Sensors

0.04 in/s peak(1.0 mm/s peak)

145 mV/in/s pk (5.71 mV/mm/s pk)Velomitor Sensors

0.048 in/s peak(1.2 mm/s peak)

145 mV/in/s pk (5.71 mV/mm/s pk)Velocity sensors

0.04 in/s peak(1.0 mm/s peak)

Peak Velocity

500 mV/in/s pk (19.68 mV/mm/s pk)Seismoprobe Sensors

0.01 in/s peak(0.25 mm/s peak)

100 mV/in/s pk (3.93 mV/mm/s pk)Velomitor Sensors

0.01 in/s rms(0.25 mm/s rms)

145 mV/in/s pk (5.71 mV/mm/s pk)Velomitor Sensors

0.018 in/s rms(0.46 mm/s rms)

145 mV/in/s pk (5.71 mV/mm/s pk)Velocity sensors

0.01 in/s rms(0.25 mm/s rms)

RMS Velocity

500 mV/in/s pk (19.68 mV/mm/s pk)Seismoprobe Sensors

0.002 in/s rms(0.05 mm/s rms)

100 mV/in/s pk (3.93 mV/mm/s pk)Velomitor Sensors

0.10 mil peak-to-peak(2.5 micrometer peak-to-peak)

145 mV/in/s pk (5.71 mV/mm/s pk)Velomitor Sensors

0.08 mil peak-to-peak(2.0 micrometer peak-to-peak)

145 mV/in/s pk (5.71 mV/mm/s pk)Velocity sensors

0.10 mil peak-to-peak(2.5 micrometer peak-to-peak)

Peak-to-Peak Displacement (Integrated Velocity)

500 mV/in/s pk (19.68 mV/mm/s pk)Seismoprobe Sensors

0.02 mil peak-to-peak(0.5 micrometer peak-to-peak)

100 mV/g Accelerometers 0.10 g peak(1.0 m/s2 peak)

Peak Acceleration

25 mV/g Accelerometers 0.50 g peak(4.9 m/ s2 peak)

100 mV/g Accelerometers 0.02 g rms(0.20 m/s2 rms)

RMS Acceleration

25 mV/g Accelerometers 0.10 g rms(1.00 m/s2 rms)

100 mV/g Accelerometers 0.009 in/s peak(0.23 mm/s peak)

Peak Velocity (Integrated Acceleration)

25 mV/g Accelerometers 0.043 in/s peak(1.10 mm/s peak)

100 mV/g Accelerometers 0.003 in/s rms(0.08 mm/s rms)

RMS Velocity (Integrated Acceleration)

25 mV/g Accelerometers 0.012 in/s rms(0.3 mm/s rms)

DC Output with Input Open This specification gives the minimum DC output voltage from the isolator withthe input signal connected to common or open circuit when using an externalor internal Proximitor Module.

Transducer IO Module or InternalProximitor Module170180-01-05170133-xxx-05170172-xxx-05

Equal to or more positive than –1.00 Volt dc

Page 232: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

E-12

Specifications - 170133 Internal Proximitor ModuleThe following specifications apply at 22° C (72° F) with a Bently Nevada supplied AISI 4140 steel target. Typical is defined as90% of the devices built meeting the specification. The calibration range is 250 µm (10 mil) to 2250 µm (90 mil).Note: Operation outside the specified limits may result in false readings and/or loss of machine monitoring.System

Average Scale Factor (ASF)Typical 7.87 ± 0.21 mV/µm (200.0 ± 5.4 mV/mil)

Incremental Scale Factor (ISF)Typical 7.87 ± 0.51 mV/µm (200.0 ± 13 mV/mil)

Deviation from Straight Line (DSL) This specification covers a range starting at the beginning of the calibrationrange 250 µm (10 mil) and ending at 2250 µm (90 mil). Error is referencedto the straight line which is centered to yield minimum error and which has a7.87 mV/µm (200 mV/mil) slope over the calibration range.

Typical Less than ± 38 µm (1.5 mil)Frequency response (at 50 mils gap) 0 to 12.5 KHz (750,000 cpm), -3dB

Proximitor SensorInterchangeability error

Average scale factor (ASF) changeTypical Less than 0.09 mV/µm (2.3 mV/mil)

Apparent gap changeAt 1270 µm (50 mil) gap 180 µm (7.1 mil) maximumAt 250 µm (10 mil) gap 130 µm (5.3 mil) maximum

Weight 320 g (11.3 oz)Temperature

Storage -40° C to +85° C (-40° F to +185° F)Operating -34° C to +85° C (-30° F to +185° F)

Relative Humidity 100% condensing non-submerged from 7° C to 85° C (45° F to 185° F) whenconnectors are protected.

Indication of faults The output will go to within 1.0 volt (typically 0.7 volts) of common if a short oropen circuit occurs in an extension cable or probe.

intrinsic safety The 1701 Proximitor Sensor is designed to be used only with the 1701Internal Galvanic Isolator

ProbeDC resistance (nominal) (RPROBE) 7.3 Ω + 0.28 Ω/m (7.3 Ω + 0.087 Ω/ft)Connector torque requirement 0.565 N•m (5 in•lb) minimum

(approximately finger tight plus 1/8 turn.)Recommended minimum bend radius 25.4 mm (1.00 in)Temperature

Storage -34° C to +177° C (-30° F to +350° F)Operating -34° C to +177° C (-30° F to +350° F)

Relative Humidity 100% condensing nonsubmerged from 7°C to 85°C (45° F to 185° F) whenconnectors are protected.

CableInterchangeability error

Average scale factor (ASF) changeTypical Less than 0.09 mV/µm (2.3 mV/mil)

Apparent gap changeAt 1270 µm (50 mil) gap 180 µm (7.1 mil) maximumAt 250 µm (10 mil) gap 130 µm (5.3 mil) maximum

DC resistance, nominalCenter conductor (RCORE) 0.222 Ω/m (0.067 Ω/ft)Shield (RJACKET) 0.066 Ω/m (0.020 Ω/ft)

Capacitance 69.9 pF/m (21.3 pF/ft) typicalMinimum bend radius 25.4 mm (1.0 in)Connector torque requirement 0.565 N•m (5 in•lb) minimumTemperature

Storage -51° C to +177° C (-60° F to +350° F)Operating -51° C to +177° C (-60° F to +350° F)

Relative Humidity 100% condensing nonsubmerged from 2° C to 100° C (35° F to 212° F)when connectors are protected.

Page 233: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options

E-13

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140

ISF

ER

RO

RR

efer

ence

d t

o 2

00 M

V/M

IL

-10

-5

0

5

10

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140

DS

L E

RR

OR

IN M

ILS

Ref

eren

ced

to

200

MV

/MIL

-24

-22

-20

-18

-16

-14

-12

-10

-8

-6

-4

-2

0

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140

OU

TP

UT

(V

OL

TS

)

25 deg C (77 deg F) 70 deg C (158 deg F) 85 deg C (185 deg F)

170133 System Performance Graphs - 5m Proximitor and 4m (13.1 ft) cable at high temperature

Page 234: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

E-14

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140

ISF

ER

RO

RR

efer

ence

d t

o 2

00 M

V/M

IL

-10

-5

0

5

10

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140

DS

L E

RR

OR

IN M

ILS

Ref

eren

ced

to

200

MV

/MIL

-24

-22

-20

-18

-16

-14

-12

-10

-8

-6

-4

-2

0

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140

OU

TP

UT

(V

OL

TS

)

25 deg C (77 deg F) -20 deg C (-4 deg F) -35 deg C (-31 deg F)

170133 System Performance Graphs - 5m Proximitor and 4m (13.1 ft) cable at low temperature

Page 235: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options

E-15

Specifications - 170150 Internal Proximitor ModuleThe following specifications apply over ambient temperature range of 0° C to 45° C with a Bently Nevada supplied AISI 4140 steeltarget. The calibration range is 250 µm (10 mil) to 1750 µm (70 mil).Note: Operation outside the specified limits may result in false readings and/or loss of machine monitoring.System

Incremental Scale Factor (ISF)Typical 7.87 +1.10/-1.69 mV/µm (200.0 +28/-43 mV/mil)

Deviation from Straight Line (DSL) This specification covers a range starting at the beginning of the calibrationrange 250 µm (10 mil) and ending at 1750 µm (70 mil). Error is referencedto the straight line which is centered to yield minimum error and which has a7.87 mV/µm (200 mV/mil) slope over the calibration range.Less than ± 58 µm (2.3 mil)

Interchangeability errorAverage scale factor (ASF) change Less than 0.33 mV/µm (8.4 mV/mil)Gap at 0.51mm (20 mils) Less than 0.23 mm (9 mils)Frequency response 0 to 10 KHz (600,000 cpm), -3dB

Proximitor SensorWeight 320 g (11.3 oz)Temperature

Storage -40° C to +85° C (-40° F to +185° F)Operating -34° C to +85° C (-30° F to +185° F)

Relative Humidity 100% condensing non-submerged from 7° C to 85° C (45° F to 185° F) whenconnectors are protected.

Indication of faults The output will go to within 1.0 volt (typically 0.7 volts) of common if a short oropen circuit occurs in an extension cable or probe.

ProbeDC resistance (nominal) (RPROBE) 3.9 Ω + 0.28 Ω/m (3.9 Ω + 0.087 Ω/ft)Connector torque requirement 0.565 N•m (5 in•lb) minimum

(Approximately finger tight plus 1/8 turn.)Recommended minimum bend radius 25.4 mm (1.00 in)Temperature

Storage -34° C to +177° C (-30° F to +350° F)Operating -34° C to +177° C (-30° F to +350° F)

Relative Humidity 100% condensing nonsubmerged from 7°C to 85°C (45° F to 185° F) whenconnectors are protected.

CableDC resistance, nominal

Center conductor (RCORE) 0.220 Ω/m (0.067 Ω/ft)Shield (RJACKET) 0.066 Ω/m (0.020 Ω/ft)

Capacitance 69.9 pF/m (21.3 pF/ft) typicalMinimum bend radius 25.4 mm (1.0 in)Connector torque requirement 0.565 N•m (5 in•lb) minimumTemperature

Storage -51° C to +177° C (-60° F to +350° F)Operating -51° C to +177° C (-60° F to +350° F)

Relative Humidity 100% condensing nonsubmerged from 2° C to 100° C (35° F to 212° F)when connectors are protected.

Page 236: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

E-16

-4

-3

-2

-1

0

1

2

3

4

DS

L E

rro

r (m

ils)

0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25Gap (mm)

-15

-10

-5

0

5

10

15

ISF

Err

or

(%)

Ref

eren

ced

to

200

M

V/M

IL

-24

-22

-20

-18

-16

-14

-12

-10

-8

-6

-4

-2

00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90Gap (mils)

Ou

tpu

t (V

olt

s)

23°C (73°F ) 65°C (150°F ) 85°C (185°C)

170150 System Performance Graphs - 7m Proximitor and 6m (19.7 ft) cable at high temperature

Page 237: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Appendix E — Specifications and Monitor Options

E-17

-4

-3

-2

-1

0

1

2

3

4

DS

L E

rro

r (m

ils)

0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25Gap (mm)

-15

-10

-5

0

5

10

15

ISF

ER

RO

R (

%)

Ref

eren

ced

to

200

M

V/M

IL

-24

-22

-20

-18

-16

-14

-12

-10

-8

-6

-4

-2

00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90Gap (mils)

Ou

tpu

t (V

olt

s)

23°C (73°F ) 0°C (32°F ) -35°C (-31°F )

170150 System Performance Graphs - 7m Proximitor and 6m (19.7 ft) cable at low temperature

Page 238: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

E-18

Specifications - 1701/10 24 Volt Power SupplySpecifications @ 25 °°°° CInput voltage range + 18 Volt to + 36 Volt DCInrush current 30 Amp pk nominalFusing 250 V, 3 Amp, SBIsolation Voltage 850 volts DC, primary to chassis, 1 minuteOvervoltage protection No damage to 50 volt DCInput conductor size 14 to 26 AWG

General Specifications Physical Dimensions HxWxD 105 mm x 150 mm x 56 mm (4.1 in x 5.9 in x 2.2 in) Weight 0.57 Kg (1.25 lb) Environmental Limits Operating Temperature -20 ° C to + 70 ° C Storage Temperature -40 ° C to + 85 ° C Operating Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity Storage Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity

Page 239: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Appendix F Tested Network AdaptersBently Nevada Corporation has tested certain Flex network adapters with the1701 product. These tests consist of verifying communication, configuration,power up, and removal and insertion under power.

For an updated list contact your Bently Nevada representative.

Tested AdaptersAdapter Controller Adapter

ManufacturerAdapter Revision Comments

1794 ACNControlNet 1.25

Allen-Bradley 1785L20C

Allen-Bradley Series A, Rev A01 Not Recommended

1794 ACN15ControlNet 1.5

Allen-Bradley 1785L20C15

Allen-Bradley Series A, Rev A01,F/W Rev B

On rare occasionsduring removal andinsertion under power(RIUP) and at powerup modules may notconfigure. If thisoccurs, cycle power tothe node.

1794 ACN15ControlNet 1.5

Allen-Bradley 1785L20C15

Allen-Bradley Series B, Rev A Power up and RIUPproblem has beenfixed.

1794 ASBRemote I/O

Allen-Bradley 1785L20CAllen-Bradley 1785L20C15

Allen-Bradley Series C, Rev C01,F/W Rev D

On rare occasionsduring removal andinsertion under powerand at power upmodules may notconfigure. If thisoccurs, cycle power tothe node

1794 ADNDeviceNet

Allen-BradleyControlLogix, 1756DeviceNet Bridge

Allen-Bradley Series B, Rev A01

3170 MBSModbus

Allen-Bradley 1785L20C15 with ProsoftTechnology ModbusGateway

Prosoft Technology

3170 PDP Siemens S7-300 PLC,315-2 DP Processor

Prosoft Technology FW rev 1 Hardware configurationrequires specialinstructions.

9900-HMS-APBProfibus DP

Hilscher Profibuscard/software inpersonal computer

Hassbjer MicroSystem (HMS)

FW rev 1/HW rev 1 GSD file is suppliedwith the adapter

Appendix

Page 240: Field Monitor Book.pdf

FieldMonitor™ User Manual

F-2

Page 241: Field Monitor Book.pdf

G-1

Appendix G 1701/05 Terminal Base Installation andWiring Diagrams

Drawing Title PageTerminal Base Direct Hookup to Flex Module G-2Terminal Base Indirect Hookup to Flex Module G-3Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O G-4Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O with ExternalBarriers

G-5

Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O with input fromAccelerometer Interface Module

G-6

Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O with ExternalBarriers and Input from Accelerometer Interface Modules

G-7

Dual External Proximitor® / Acceleration with Input from350500 Dynamic Pressure Charge Amplifier (DPCA)

G-8

Dual External Proximitor® / Acceleration with External Barriersand Input from 350500 Dynamic Pressure Charge Amplifier(DPCA)

G-9

Dual External -18 V Proximitor I/O Module G-10Dual Channel Velocity I/O with Seismoprobe Input G-11Dual Channel Velomitor I/O Module G-12Dual Channel Velomitor I/O Module with External Barriers G-13Dual Channel Velomitor I/O Module with PCB 102M203 OrPCB 102M206 Input

G-14

Dual Channel Velomitor I/O Module with external barriersand PCB 102M206 input

G-15

Dual Channel Velomitor/Seismoprobe I/O Module G-16Dual Internal Proximitor Module G-171701/22 Conditioned Keyphasor Hookup G-181701/05 Overall Dimensions with Power Supply and ModulesInstalled

G-19

1701/05 Mounting Dimensions with no Power Supply andModules Installed

G-20

Ethernet Connection G-21System Wiring Notes G-22 to

G-25

Appendix

Page 242: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

G-2

Page 243: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x G

— F

ield

Wir

ing

Dia

gram

s

G-3

Page 244: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

G-4

Page 245: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x G

— F

ield

Wir

ing

Dia

gram

s

G-5

SHIELD BSHIELD A

COM A

Vt A

SIG ACOM B

SIG B

Vt B

Page 246: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

G-6

Page 247: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x G

— F

ield

Wir

ing

Dia

gram

s

G-7

Page 248: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

G-8

Page 249: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x G

— F

ield

Wir

ing

Dia

gram

s

G-9

Page 250: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

G-1

0

Page 251: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x G

— F

ield

Wir

ing

Dia

gram

s

G-1

1

Page 252: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

G-1

2

Page 253: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x G

— F

ield

Wir

ing

Dia

gram

s

G-1

3

Page 254: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

G-1

4

Page 255: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x G

— F

ield

Wir

ing

Dia

gram

s

G-1

5

Page 256: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

G-1

6

Page 257: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x G

— F

ield

Wir

ing

Dia

gram

s

G-1

7

Page 258: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

G-1

8

Page 259: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x G

— F

ield

Wir

ing

Dia

gram

s

G-1

9

Page 260: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

G-2

0

Page 261: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x G

— F

ield

Wir

ing

Dia

gram

s

G-2

1

Page 262: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

G-2

2

Page 263: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x G

— F

ield

Wir

ing

Dia

gram

s

G-2

3

Page 264: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

G-2

4

Page 265: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x G

— F

ield

Wir

ing

Dia

gram

s

G-2

5

Page 266: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

G-2

6

Page 267: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Appendix H 1701/06 Isolator Terminal BaseInstallation and Wiring Diagrams

Drawing Title PageSystem Wiring Notes H-2 to

H-3Terminal Base Direct Hookup to Flex Module H-4Terminal Base Indirect Hookup to Flex Module H-5Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O with ProximitorInput

H-6

Dual External Proximitor / Acceleration I/O with input fromAccelerometer Interface Module

H-7

Dual External Proximitor®/ Accelerometer I/O with input from350500 Dynamic Pressure Charge Amplifier (DPCA)

H-8

Dual Channel Velocity I/O with Seismoprobe Input H-9Dual Channel Velomitor I/O Module H-10Dual Channel Velomitor® I/O with PCB 102M203 or PCB102M206 Input

H-11

Dual Channel Velomitor / Velocity I/O Module H-12Dual Internal Proximitor Module H-131701/22 Conditioned Keyphasor Hookup H-141701/06 Overall Dimensions with Power Supply and ModulesInstalled

H-15

Ethernet Connection H-16Allowable Cable Capacitance and Inductance H-17

to H-18

Appendix

Page 268: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

H-2

Page 269: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x H

— A

ppro

val I

nsta

llatio

n D

raw

ing

H-3

Page 270: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

H-4

Page 271: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x H

— A

ppro

val I

nsta

llatio

n D

raw

ing

H-5

Page 272: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

H-6

Page 273: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x H

— A

ppro

val I

nsta

llatio

n D

raw

ing

H-7

Page 274: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

H-8

Page 275: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x H

— A

ppro

val I

nsta

llatio

n D

raw

ing

H-9

Page 276: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

H-1

0

Page 277: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x H

— A

ppro

val I

nsta

llatio

n D

raw

ing

H-1

1

Page 278: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

H-1

2

Page 279: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x H

— A

ppro

val I

nsta

llatio

n D

raw

ing

H-1

3

Page 280: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

H-1

4

Page 281: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x H

— A

ppro

val I

nsta

llatio

n D

raw

ing

H-1

5

Page 282: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

H-1

6

Page 283: Field Monitor Book.pdf

App

endi

x H

— A

ppro

val I

nsta

llatio

n D

raw

ing

H-1

7

Page 284: Field Monitor Book.pdf

Fie

ldM

onito

r™ U

ser

Man

ual

H-1

8